..::Book of Yulaw::..

The Book of Yulaw is the first and by far the longest part of Codex Yulaw. It is a collection of information, research, thoughts and everything else in between that I have come to learn along my path. It is a very long book as it goes into depth of description as to what exactly Yulaw is and what it does. If you do not require to know what it is but instead what to do with it then skip the book, the Creed disciplines the mind and is also a concise version of the book. If you find yourself completely lost, void of hope, completely stressed out over life with no clear direction and you once bright aspirations slowly fading away with time then do not worry for you are not the only one. You can find yourself in this position for various reasons, ones that can be vastly different, however, what they all have in common is the reliance on a misguided dulled down education from the state. Today the state is viewed as the all knowing watchers of our lives; they look after us and we can live a happy life doing what we want with no worries over consequence. The education system teaches only a very left brain logical way of thinking, although this is great in terms of getting a job and working for a company with the objective of moving up the corporate ladder, periodic holidays and retirement in mind, it misses out a hell of a lot of educational development. The current model completely suppresses right brain thinking which is linked to creativity and imagination, it teaches us to follow, not to lead. The more we let the state educate the people - the less we let and understand that it is in fact life that teaches us. We continue everyday to fail to listen to the signs and lessons life brings us and also step ever more faster towards an ignorant mindset. The more this happens, the more dependence within the general population towards the state. In doing so it will cause apathy and at the same time allow a minority to gain complete control over the majority as we hand our flow and its direction over to them without even knowing it. Today we find ourselves in a world completely unbalanced, where the majority are selfish, indifferent and completely obsessed with material possessions. The divide between first and third world countries is bigger than ever, the worlds resources are being used faster than ever before and the worlds population continues to grow setting the record every second. We are on a collision course with disaster, something will have to give and one day in the not too distant future we will wake up to find the civilisation we have become so dependant on completely broken with no one left to help us. This book is dedicated to humanity, it is a subtle attempt to allow those who have searched to be rewarded, not with a make shift educational course in exchange for your money, not for one person to control your life indefinitely but to help realise we can all be free, we can all be autonomous and we can all self actualise. The book's only long winded purpose is to wake you up, allow you to see and to realise they are achievable without anyone handing them to us – it comes from within. The book can only show you the door, it is you who must walk through it.

-----PART I----~An Open Mind~
"There is no wealth like knowledge, no poverty like ignorance." - Ali ibn Abi-Talib

Opening your mind is the only way to truly listen to outside knowledge, to learn and to better yourself as a human as you make the journey of your life. To open your mind literally means to stop anything from within inhibiting any knowledge coming from without, be it from a sign post, conversation with a friend, textbooks or anything you observe. An open mind is the only way to live in wealth, to prosper and flourish as an individual, to navigate your life to its full potential. The opposite is to live in ignorance, in pre-thought ideas about the way things are, ideas that can twist your very perception and lead you on a downwards spiral of negativity; to act negative and then analyse negative leading you to act even more negative and so on. For anyone reading this you will not see it exactly how the Codex describes, for you will never 100% relate to what is written unless your the author and you write your own. This is because you can't take someone else's thinking, opinions or perception for your own, to do this would only lead to bad things for you. The only way is to take the knowledge, analyse the good, the bad, the right and the wrong and decide your own opinion from it. Having your own opinion from this newly analysed and acquired knowledge, even if it turns out to be the same as someone else's, will be a piece towards your own perception of who you are and where your life is going. To be open minded is to be open to knowledge from others and the outside world, but if you're truly open minded you won't let anything decide your own opinions or perception about the way your life or the universe is without first considering and deciding on it for yourself. It is said that only 20% of society formulate their opinions based on what they think and observe, while 80% formulate there opinions according to someone else's knowledge and accept it blindly without looking into it for themselves or even thinking it through. The biggest thing that is taught in society today is that you are only required to do your bit and follow, not to think for yourself and lead. Take the fashion industry; you don't need to worry about the newest trend or think up funky new ways that will allow you to express you and allow everyone to accept that, instead just listen to fashion! Read all the glossy magazines and they will tell you when the day to wear your underwear on your head comes round so that your not left out and seen as 'strange' and unaccepted by society! There is no thinking on your behalf, all you are required to do is to make your choice into what has been placed before you, not choose your own path to place before you and walk down it. Confidently walking your own path is known as leading and the only person you need to lead is yourself. Also the only person that will truly look after you is you, it is therefore naive to believe that anyone else will 100% ever be there to take care

of you be it government, friends or family. Walking your own path means looking after yourself, and making decisions based on what you have perceived through your own experience, whole heartily following is borrowing others experiences and is a false reality. To do so would manifest itself and be very detrimental for you and your life. Going about life in this way is the first step - do not follow others, lead yourself. The answer then to interpreting anything anyone else is saying and hoping to gain an insight into what that person's perception is, is found in accepting that you can't. You will never fully know exactly what actions, words and thought processes led this person to their current opinion, never know exactly how it was formed. As things change for that person and all things all the time, how anyone will ever know exactly what anyone else's exact perspective on anything is at all is currently beyond us as individuals. Even if they had left a diary of all thoughts, words and actions that led them to that opinion, the fact is you will never be them. You will never 100% relate to that opinion as you will never experience those exact experiences as and when they happened so you can't ever fully know. You only know what you know of a person through relating what you have observed to your own experience, hence the phrase 'takes one to know one'. By observing their actions and connecting with them through words, it is the only way to try and attempt to understand their thought process, to get a glimpse into what they might have gone through to formulated their opinions and current perception. This is the only way to attempt to see things from their perspective but always remember you will never fully be able to and that you must accept. The only truth you know when it comes to anyone else's perception is that you can never know, no matter how much they try and get you to see it. The only way you would know is if you exclusively were that person, you had been through every step knowing all the choices made and there outcomes to get you to where that person is presently. The only thing that you have exclusively gone through is your own life, only you know what in your own life to be true, only what you know and what you've realised, observed, done and talked about creates you as a person with your own truly unique perspective on life and the universe. It is comforting to know that even if people think they know you, your perspective and what you've been through, the truth is they don't and they never will; you are unique. Similarly if they don't know and never will why go into massive depth explaining it to them? Because of this fact, you can accept that this is exclusively true for every other being in the entire universe. Accepting someone's interpretation or their perspective on life is acknowledging what's been said and done and knowing you will never know their realisations, observations and the way they felt or in other words their perception. It doesn't matter if you agree with it or not, it happened for them and to you its a passing opinion. Therefore you can interpret this passing opinion for yourself and one outside opinion will only ever be a piece never a whole into formulating your own opinion regardless of what you are observing. Never taking anyone's perception as your own is the second step - always think for yourself. No matter what happens in the universe, there are always multiple vantage points on every event. This means that when an event occurs and there are multiple people watching there will always be multiple perceptions and opinions on the event which will differ depending on who stood where and how it was seen. Say you didn't observe the event but want to know what happened, as there are multiple individual perceptions how do you decide which is right? To understand the answer to this question you have to understand the question itself. What you are looking for is the external perception of the

event, as you weren't there you have to bend the above second step and take another perception as your own, this is only bent not broken as technically the external perception isn't any one persons opinion. The external perception is the combination of all individual perceptions and belongs to everybody, this is also known as common knowledge. The real question then is which individual perception will become known as "right" and become the external perception and that of course is the majority of individual perceptions that complement or agree with each other. The absolute answer to this question is that there is no right or wrong and that there is only a general view of right or wrong that is generally agreed by the majority of opinions. Individually or internally there is right and there is wrong, you know what's right for you, but when you try make all other perceptions agree to the way an event played out you will only be met by opposition as there is no absolute right or wrong externally. Literally once you take the thought from inside of you where it is right or wrong for you and you make it external that's where right and wrong doesn't exist as some people will relate to it as right and others wrong. An example of relative opinions and perception; ten people stand around a field, and someone says the grass is green: This is generally true but not absolutely, grass is green but grass is many shades of green, one person may see the root of grass which is white and red, another may see that the grass under a bin is yellow-ish for it is dyeing, the grass after a concert is brown, the grass is blue where paint has been spilled. So now the absolute truth is that grass isn't just green, depending on which way you see it depends on what your opinion becomes of it. That then becomes fact in your head as the opinion adds to your perception, known to you as "the way it is". So generally grass is green but absolutely grass is and isn't green at the same time. This majority opinion and therefore perception is also known as "normal". If the majority of people thought wearing underwear on their head was the right thing to do it would become normal, an everyday thing to do and they would look at you weirdly for not following suit. The opposite is also true, that the minority opinion is known as weird, abnormal and generally as wrong, so if only a few people wore their underwear on their head most would consider that strange. None of those opinions or perceptions are ever correct for anyone other then the person who holds them. This means opinions and perceptions are all relative, they only work for whomever can 100% relate to it and only yours will work for you. This is why it is incredibly important that you have an open mind regardless of whether your opinion goes against the norm or against your religion's faith or your country's patriotism. It is your opinion and if you believe it is right then that in itself makes it correct but only for yourself. If you are persecuted or bullied in anyway for having your own opinion or feel you can't think freely against the "normal" external perception, be it about fashion or even something controversial like terrorism then you are not free! For freedom is the ability to act, speak and think without external constraint. Accepting that things are and aren't at the same time is fundamental as things are constantly flowing and changing and this applies to everything in existence, it may be right for you one day but not the next. Looking at the world in this way is the final step to having an open mind; there is no right or wrong. So to have a truly open mind you should be thinking for yourself by not accepting as hard fact any pre thought ideas that are placed in front of you without first considering it. Find things out for yourself, never take other peoples opinions whole heartedly, instead accept them as passing statements. Analyse

these statements for yourself to help form your own opinion that agrees with you and your reality, above all never argue over opinions - its pointless as there are no right or wrong opinions just different opinions. Similarly never impose your perception or opinions onto another as everyone is entitled to their own and this is effectively mental slavery. As there is no right or wrong externally you will only constantly learn as you go through life as things change and keep changing. Using this lead yourself through your life, don't just follow and you can be sure that you will always find the best paths to place in front of you and walk down. Thinking for yourself and knowing there is no right or wrong is the only way to fully understand anything especially the Codex. You can be confident that your perception of the world is valid because it is yours and as long as you don't go around forcing it onto other people then it is your right as a living being to have your own view to how you see the universe. If you formulate an opinion without using the above it is merely borrowed and will never work for it is not your own. This is free thinking and when a person is allowed to do so; having their own perception made up of their own opinions, they know whole truth and are able to logically negotiate life successfully. Whole truth is only ascertained when all angles have been considered, regardless of how illogical a point seems. You must consider every opinion you come across, accumulate as many perceptions on truth as you can, assume it to be correct until proven incorrect but always we ready for it to be so. The more ways you can perceive something regardless of whether you agree with it the more factual and real your overall opinion and therefore perception will be. When you come to consider anything, make your own judgement of every part not just the whole, have an open mind; you may disagree with some points and agree with others but this is fine as long as you have your own opinion/perception even if its the same as another. Know that absolutely everything has truth to it even if it is a rumour, lie, conspiracy, false account, if anything is deemed absolutely wrong there still will be some right to it. Truth and the belief of our truths inevitably makes us who we are, as our truths and beliefs make up our knowledge and therefore our perception. It decides our intentions therefore our choices and that decides our life. Have your own genuine opinions and perception on life and the Codex will benefit you greatly as you will take in all the positive information to it and disregard anything that does not relate to your own perception of truth. After finishing the Codex you will not only be able to relate to the opening paragraph you will know truth and so you will know freedom as "Only truth can set you free".
"All kinds of knowledge eventually becomes self knowledge, use only that which works, and take it from any place you can find it."

-----PART II----~The Alpha and Omega~
"The whole is more than the sum of its parts." - Aristotle

There has always been and always will be the 'thing' that binds everything together, it is fundamentally everything and is ultimately forever; was there before the physical universe began and will be there after. The 'thing' is well known throughout the world, it has been given many different names, concepts and personifications over the ages from our species beginnings to the present day. These ideas are still very affluent in modern society and although each version is individually an answer for one; OM for a Hindu, energy for a scientist, God for a Christian, never is any one answer ever the right answer as there are always at least two sides to every story. Instead the correct answer is only found in the combination of the general aspects to every answer as all answers are inherently correct but when individually viewed tend to be correct for one but incorrect for all. This is because only 'in general' works for all, where as 'absolute' only works for one. As everything is only 'in general' you can only create an 'in general' rule and generally that rule is; 90% of the time it will work every time. If you consider your world thusly things start making a lot more sense. If you take any concept and put it into practice you will see how this works; for example it is thought that absolutely all humans rely on air to breathe but this is only 'in general' as there are a select few individuals who are allergic to something found in common air and so need specially filtered air tents to survive. So even breathing air is an in general practice and not absolute. This can be reflected naturally in the workings of the universe by any concept, generally everything in the universe works as it should but absolutely it does not. This is why not any one non man made thing has ever been fully explained, there is still a lot of "because that's the way it is" involved and as science looks deeper it only finds more questions. The only absolute thing in the universe is the universe itself, the 'thing' that is everything. The universe as a whole is perfect and absolute, this is because firstly it works and secondly it is full of physical imperfect constantly changing or evolving things which only fall under the 'in general' rule. So looking at any of the answers available today it becomes clear that any individual external perception or opinion of the 'thing' is incorrect, especially when you consider that devout followers of any particular perception will go to war attempting to impose their own opinions on others. At the same time when these people are not feeling threatened they will quite happily tell you everyone is apart of the big picture, the same 'thing', if they think this then why does it matter if others see it differently? The reason behind their 'divine' crusades, conquests and inquisitions is mainly that these followers have had to exchange time, effort or even money to gain the divine knowledge they have acquired. They hate on any opinions or perspectives of people who haven't had to do the same or those who have done so for a different faith and therefore gained a different perception. The fact is that all perceptions point to the same 'thing' and the only way to understand this is to look at and appreciate every answer as neither right or wrong but in combination the similarities all answers share create the right answer. This

is true especially when considering that there are always two sides to every story and each story can generally only be told from one side. What you will find should you look at even just a handful of answers and compare the similarities is that whatever name the 'thing' is given it always follows the same characteristics: Omnipresence - is throughout the entire universe, across all distances internally and therefore externally to yourself. It is the universe, it is you, the tree, the bird, the planet, the solar system, everything. Omniscience - all knowing, all seeing as it is anyone and anything that has or will observe or has had any sense over the external universe. So what you experience or observe the 'thing' knows as it is you and similarly whatever the ant experiences and records the 'thing' also knows as it is the ant. Omnipotence - able to do anything that is physically achievable, this includes anything you can do as a human, anything a snake can do as a snake, even planets as planets, stars, nebulae as so on as the 'thing' is everything. Omni benevolence - is positive, the 'thing' works generally in the grand scheme of things for all things in the universe to survive and prosper, though this isn't what benevolence means the term basically covers the fact that if you look at all things together, not one thing alone, that in general they work harmoniously, for if they did not and it was the opposite then there would be no universe, where more things perish then survive. The 'thing' that has been referred to thus far is known throughout the world as many different names, some for example are: The Divine Spirit The True Universe Mother Nature God (all of them) Energy Tao Ultimate Observer Meta-physical Consciousness Perfection OM The Force Soul Spirit The Observer Yu Prana Chi All these names are for the same 'thing' and all share major similarities. For one none of them have been proven to exist, they have never been observed directly, only their effects have. If you look at science's perspective they will tell you energy is the binding 'thing' that exists in absolutely everything in

the Universe, that they know it's there only because they can record its effects, the transfer of energy when it moves from one place to another, but what exactly it is has yet to be known or recorded. This is just like a Christian man whom will tell you "the bottom line is God exists as all you can see is proof of his existence". Both these views as well as all the rest are fundamentally different perceptions or points of view on the same thing. It's like this: If everyone on Earth was to look up at the moon tonight and record what they observed everyone's observations would be different. Of course everyone will see the same moon but depending on what part of the Earth they're stood determines what point of view and therefore what perception of the moon they will have. The various individual points of view of the 'thing' are minor details and practically irrelevant, what matters is the fact that the 'thing' itself is there, it works and it is recognised for working not for what it is as that simply does not matter. Explaining the 'thing' individually to a finite detail is practically impossible, it would take many years even lifetimes and many people have dedicated their entire lives in an attempting to do so. All these people would have found is that only they themselves would fully understand their own writing as it is their perception. The more detailed they got the more only they could relate to it and the more opposition it would receive The simple truth is it can never be explained because none of these 'things' are physical so how do you explain something that technically isn't real and doesn't exist? Just as how the scientists see energy; the physical universe is the result of the movement of the 'thing' and everything would not be here if it weren't for it. Because of this it is impossible to relate the part that doesn't physically exist to any one physical aspect, it can only be related to everything at once. This is why it can't be drawn either and why it is assumed God looks like a man because he created us in his own image, why he creates deformed children then must be a mistake but he's perfect so the idea of a human looking God just becomes paradoxical As the 'thing' is not physical it can not be explained physically, what it looks like, where it exists will never be answered other then within all physical things, it looks like the combination of all physical things and is explained in the explanation of all physical things. It is like asking someone to draw dignity, imagination, happiness, fear or any other non physical concept. What you will find is every single person will draw what they relate to the concept so for fear they will draw the physical manifestations; for example someone scared. This does not mean that fear does not exist, similarly it doesn't mean the 'thing' does not exist, it is there, it's just your senses can only observe or interpret its effects but you know its there; you can feel it. Externally it is hard to find the 'thing' as it isn't any one physical thing, its every physical thing. The best place to look is not externally; from outside you but internally; from within you. As the entire physical universe is here as a result of the 'thing' this obviously includes you, you can find it internally as it is you and you are it! This is why when it comes down to it, the 'thing' can never be explained to all by one person, only to one person by all and if you open your mind you may very well one day understand what exactly it is that is being explained here. In today's modern fast paced stressful man made society it makes it hard to see the 'thing' for what it truly is and a lot of people need proof. They end up looking externally to find that which is already within, to try see things that they hope will convince them, often relating to and identifying with an external place thus no longer identifying with it internally or in other words identifying with themselves. In their search they generally end up parting with money, effort or time and joining religious movements, cults, orders and so on. This is unhealthy for these things only mirror the truth that true religion comes from within and your religion really is your code to live your life by, your daily routine and is derived from what you believe to be right for yourself and so therefore is unique to each

person. Religious movements often make the 'thing' become something truly external, preaching that the 'thing' is separate, no longer apart of you, instead it is up there watching over you and judging you, this is effectively mental slavery through fear! It demands the people follow and no longer lead, closes off a persons open ways of thinking to everything other then the established ideals, teachings and direction. This is dangerous as the movement no longer concerns the individual but only the movement as a whole. It creates difference in perception of the 'thing' and when two vastly different perceptions meet it turns to all out war and destruction, fighting over minor details that have become everything to them. Ever heard that religion is the cause of all war? Further more the people in control of the movement often become corrupted by power of authority and seek to control the followers through fear in order to attain more physical possessions such as money, land and property therefore granting themselves more authority. Worst of all those in charge set themselves higher then the rest creating a physical divide from them and their followers meaning they make themselves materialisticly wealthier, take without giving and misguide themselves away from the roots of the movement down a dark path of corruption, blindly the movement follows. This is no longer a healthy church but a twisted and dark established order, looking on the outside to potential followers like it serves the purpose of the individual but the only people it serves are those known to be closest to God! What the 'thing' is is not important, it never was, how it moves however is. This is why established religions and orders are irrelevant, people believe being apart of something to say "I'm this and I'm that" is enough, well its not! All of it is just an image, a conception, an established order sold to you for your time effort and money, to make you think "yeah that's me, I'm apart of something, I'm doing the right thing like all the others". Really these followers aren't doing anything different to what they did before they signed up, the actions they make in their personal lives are what matters, the opposite; image, or the way it looks is irrelevant as to consider image is to stop action. The best way to view action is to go out an do it, to sit back and talk or think about it is to freeze action in time on the false pretence that it can be better perceived by the individual normally to the point where no action happens at all. This is why joining cults, orders and religions is unnecessary as you can change what you do, correct your course right now. You don't need a church to tell you what is right and wrong, it doesn't exist externally anyway. Only you know what's right and wrong for yourself and more often then not individually right or wrong really is just the difference between being selfless or selfish. The first thing everyone should be made aware of in their life about their life is that all life flows and continues to flow and change no matter what. It is a continual flowing movement of actions, this means image or how it looks isn't important to life as it will only continue to change as actions change over time. Look at it like this: If the spider stops doing, just one day decided to stop building webs, just stop and stand still, then the 'thing' would oust it out of existence. Something would happen in the form of it being killed or eaten by something else or perhaps nothing would happen and it would die of starvation, for the spider to stop doing is for the spider to eventually perish. Therefore actions; the continual process of internal choice and external consequence is what it means to be alive, to stop this is to effectively end your existence and to perish. This is why the 'thing' with many names or images, known only for what it looks like, should really be known for what it does and what the 'thing' or the universe and everything in it does is keep doing, keep flowing. The 'thing' is really the un-nameable, un-comprehensible, un-describable, but as the 'thing' results in flowing movements of continual actions the 'thing' is simply known as the Flow for the Flow continues to flow regardless of what happens. No matter what background or belief you have, or how you look to others, it is all irrelevant minor details when you consider that nothing stops moving and everything keeps flowing onwards and

upwards. To recognise this and correct your course to the Flow is to live in harmony with your universe, to reach a Zen state where all your choices and actions become effortless, just seem to fit in place and work. To understand how to get to this state of being is to understand not what the Flow is but how the Flow flows and the only way to do that is found in action. The only thing you need to know about the Flow is that the Flow was, is and will be, it is one with us and we are one with it, it is eternal, it is beginning and end, the alpha and omega.

~The Flow~
"To every action there is always opposed an equal reaction." - Isaac Newton

The Flow is, was and will be, it is absolutely everything and yet it is nothing. The reason why it is nothing is because it is not a physical thing, it does not take any one physical form and it can not even be thought of as you can not picture it in your head for what it is. It simply isn't anything physical and so it isn't "real" or at least what we define as real. It's like the idea of your imagination, your imagination isn't considered real yet everyone has one. If you were to draw your imagination on a piece of paper you would only be able to draw what you imagined not your imagination itself. You could draw where it supposedly sits in your head but that would be drawing nerve endings and brain cells, not your imagination. Just like how you can only draw what you've imagined for your imagination, when it comes to the Flow you can only relate it to the Flows effects when trying to visualise or draw what it actually is. The Flow, being absolutely everything is perfection, it works, it is the vessel of which everything else is contained and is the reason everything can work as it does. It is like a river, constantly flowing at a nice steady pace and no matter what flows down the river the fact remains; it still flows and does what it has always done. The Flow follows five universal truths that never change, it is like the guidelines for everything imperfect within the Flow to grow and constantly change upon. The five universal truths are as follows:

Flow is governed by a set of laws; everything is mathematically proportionate Flow is full of symmetry; if something exists its counter part also exists Flow flows in cycles; if something has a beginning it has an end and repeats Flow is a system in balance; everything relies on everything else Flow is forever flowing and changing and will always find a way Flow is governed by a set of laws:- Everything in the universe that is in existence today follows a set of physical rules or laws. Every organism and object in the universe including the forces that bind follow them and it is from this that everything is able to do anything. The universe may seem random and chaotic but it is random acts driven by an underlying conformity to mathematical proportionality that makes chaos act within order. If chaos were truly chaotic then the universe itself would not function and all that we take for granted would not fit as the basic forces would come undone. Without mathematical conformity the stars would not burn, the planets would not rotate and life would not exist at all. Flow is full of symmetry:- Throughout the entire universe where an object or organism exists its counterpart will also exist, everything has an opposite for if it did not nothing would balance and therefore would not work, this applies to everything across the board including the forces themselves. There are always opposing extremes to everything, summer - winter, positive charge - negative charge, push - pull, action - re-action, yin - yang. Even with something as massive as keeping the Earth from falling into the Sun or from falling out of orbit with the Sun, there is a balance of opposing forces keeping the earth in place as it rotates. When we talk about anything that has opposites, we often refer to the thing as the whole and then the opposites within that whole that keep it in balance. Take for

example a magnet, a magnet has within it two opposing forces, north and south, positive and negative, these forces are in balance for if they weren't the magnet could not function as one force would over power the other. The opposite to a magnet is inherently a magnet, this is because the opposite to an attracting magnet is a repelling magnet. The magnet is its own opposite as it is a whole which can have two different states. If this metaphor is taken and applied to any real event you will see it is true of everything. Take the seasons, the seasons are a whole but within it there are two opposing states, summer - winter, and while summer happens in the northern hemisphere, winter happens in the south, the whole would be the seasons the opposite would be the season in the opposite extreme. The opposite to the hot desert environment is a cold say Antarctic environment, but the opposite to an environment is the environment in the other extreme as this is the whole. Through this the cycles themselves have opposing cycles to bring balance back to the whole in order for the first cycle to start again, this can also be seen as action - re-action where every action in the universe will have a subsequent re-action to get back to the former action starting again. Flow flows in cycles:- No matter what happens in the universe it is sure to be a cycle, even the physical universe itself. Whether it be your own life or the movements of the planets and thus our own calendar or anything at all, it all comes back round on itself and continues on, hence the phrase 'history keeps repeating'. The seemingly never-ending cycle of the seasons is in effect a set of intervals during which a sequence of events occur; spring-summer-autumn-winter. As long as the Earth spins on its current axis around the Sun the seasonal cycle will continue and while spring-summer-autumn-winter happens in the northern hemisphere autumn-winter-spring-summer happens in the southern hemisphere. The summer and winter are the opposing extremes in this cycle while spring and autumn are the boundaries. All cycles have this in common, two extreme opposites and two points of boundary. Although all cycles have internal opposites, the cycle itself has an external opposite; when a cycle takes place its opposing cycle is also taking place, this is shown in the above example by the two hemispheres. These properties of a cycle can be given to any other cycle in existence today; life cycle, carbon cycle, menstrual cycle, business cycle, water cycle, duty cycle, product life cycle, cycle time, billing cycle, hydro logic cycle and so on. Flow is a continual set of systems in balance:- All systems in the universe have to be balanced in order for them to function. With the food chain; if you take out one specie another will drasticly reduce in population size as the first will rely on it. Say for example you removed all rabbits, most foxes who rely on the rabbits as a food source will decrease through starvation which will in turn upset the species which rely on the foxes and all the above knocking the whole thing out of balance and disrupting the entire system until it reshuffles itself back into balance again. Similarly if all plants suddenly disappeared soon all life on the earth would disappear. When a system steps out of balance it can very easily lead to the breaking of the flowing cycle and thus destroy the system entirely, so for a physical system to continually cycle uninterrupted it needs to stay inherently balanced. All energy inherently wants to balance out, it is the flow of energy and its nature to achieve entropy that allows the physical universe to function. Once entropy is achieved that is when the physical universe will end, no longer will energy move, as if the wind stopped blowing. However as the physical universe had a beginning it will have an end and begin again as it is the ultimate cycle in our universe. Flow is forever flowing and changing:- The Flow forces an organism to adapt to a situation or eventually perish from existence, Flow does this with the interest or the will of keeping all things alive, all living things from microbes to plants to animals have this in common. Flow will always continue to flow regardless of the circumstances. A river is a body of water constantly flowing, if you stand on the

bank and look at the river you will notice two things; it continuously moves in a constant direction and no one part ever stays the same, the only constant is its flow and changing shape. Over time as it flows, a river will decide its own course by which path is easiest for the body of water to get to where it is flowing. Meaning that it erodes everything in its path including solid rock to make the direction of flow easier. The river is carefully balanced, too much water and it floods, too little and it dries up. The river will continue as part of the water cycle, meaning the water will eventually evaporate, rain down and find its way into the water table and join the spring the river flowed out of the ground from. One day the river will end but the water cycle will still go on and new rivers will flow. The river is the best example of the Flow. The above five expressions of truth of our universe are hard to explain individually as they all work together in unison, they are not physical, but without them physical things could not be. As all things are a result of the Flow relating anything to it will always end up being a result of it and not Flow itself. However the best result of the Flow to put all these truths into a real world example is as follows: The river is a body of water that travels with the path of least resistance, it is forever flowing and changing. The river is balanced; too much water and it floods changing or stopping direction of flow, too little and the river dries up stopping the flow of the river all together. The river like everything else is not only balanced but is part of a system in balance, the river is part of a cycle known as the water cycle. The river in this example is the whole so the opposite to a river is no river. The river is obviously governed by the same physical laws as the rest of the universe and if it wasn't for the water in the river life on earth would not exist. What the Flow is is unexplainable, as it is whole it has no opposite and therefore nothing to relate it to. As it is not physically real while all relative things are it can't be explained in relative terms; it is beyond real and can only be felt to be known. It is perfect and if the universe was a person the Flow would be its ultimate observer; the part of you behind your eyes reading this right now. The Flow is perfectly balanced, it takes from people who have too much and gives to those who have too little, it is patient, compassionate and simple; flowing at a nice steady pace. If you try to look for it you won't see it, if you try to listen for it you won't hear it, if you try to touch it you won't feel it, the only way to find it is to look inwards and you will know. There is no way of explaining it other then to relate it to arbitrary words such as right, divine, supreme, whole, one! When looking for the Flow, only its examples, results or manifestations can be found outside of you, in the ether. The ether is everything that is outside of your body, you dwell in your body and this is the immediate environment that you know while your body dwells in the ether. The ether is called the ether because everything outside of your body shares one thing in common towards you; you don't know. It is misty like fog where only the things closest to you in the 'there and then' can you observe and know in that instant. Blink or turn around and in a second the ether will have changed as nothing ever stays the same, for the Flow forever keeps on flowing. What the Flow does is the focus of this Codex and subsequently the name chosen for it as what it is is everything and can not be explained, but what it does and how it does it can be. The physical universe being the result or manifestations of the Flow is a direct reflection, as the Flow is forever it is perfect but as the physical are created and thus destroyed in the universe they are and always will be imperfect. This is why "normal" exists because there is never any one perfect way of doing something, only a majority vote on the way that certain something in question should be done. Always remember that never will that majority answer work 100% of the time for 100% of the population. As the

manifestations of the Flow are imperfect never will they achieve perfection, for this is the only way the Flow works; for everything within it to be in a state of constant change and imperfection. It is why those of us who are the most responsive to change but are able to hold onto our values come out on top. The Flow works like this so that everything generally has an equal chance of survival and a chance to do what it is that it needs to do as a life form, if things didn't change then everything would plateau, nothing would get done and the universe would effectively end. The Flow flows continuously and gives life to all that is the universe, it is the guide for all things to be able to live and act, as this is the meaning of life; to act, how to act however is unique to each individual. Everything that is created from the Flow is created in pairs, supporting opposites and when you see or judge anything as one thing its opposite will show itself more as it becomes comparative in your mind. For example; when people see some things as beautiful, other things become ugly. When people see some things as good, other things become bad. Being and non-being create each other. Difficult and easy support each other. Long and short define each other. High and low depend on one another. Before and after follow each other. It is this the creation of pairs that gave birth to the Taoist Yin-Yang symbol where this symbol represents the two pairs of light and dark, where one would not exist without the other; if you had light without dark, how would you ever know light if you didn't have the absence of light to compare it to. Everything in existence is in a perpetual state of flux between both its Yin and Yang and only is a cycle one state when observed at a certain point in its cycle. To look at it again even just a second after may have changed its state completely, for this reason you can never fully know of anything outside yourself in the ether any longer then you can observe something. There are always two and that even applies to yourself, there is you and there is your world, for that you are never alone, the Flow is always with you. As Flow gives birth to both Yin and Yang it also gives birth to good and evil. One would never know good unless they had evil to compare it to, neither good or evil are right or wrong as one mans good can be another mans evil, this as already stated is because it comes down to the way each person perceives it. Therefore there is no right or wrong, when it comes to the Flow there is only with the Flow (selfless) or against the Flow (selfish), this is also known as Karma and with it you reap what you sow. If you go with the Flow in the long term things always work out for the best but you will appear to have not gained anything in the short term, if you go against the Flow it has a habit of teaching you a lesson and where you will appear to have gained often selfishly in the short term, while in the long term you will have wished you hadn't made those choices and will lose out. This situation often leads most selfish individuals to find blame in the ether instead of in themselves and unfortunately they will only continue down their negative karmic path until they realise their own mistakes. It is also worth pointing out that as it takes one to know one selfish individuals will often hate on people who show the same selfish qualities where as selfless people will appreciate those qualities as how not to be. In conclusion, the Flow is within everything, it is everything and everything is because of it. For this reason it is unexplainable in any real physical terms as it isn't anything physically real, it is beyond real, therefore eternal and infinite. For the same reason; it can not be named, hence why the Codex refers to its movements, actions or consequence to give it name though really it is the unnameable that is eternally real. This can never be explained, it can only be felt by looking inwards as all living things in the universe reflect the exact workings of the universe itself. It is because of this that one can foolishly believe they are alone, that the ether is apart from them and that they are their own isolated universe. It is the opposite to this which is true, no matter what they will always be apart of the universe and for that they will always be one with the Flow with their own unique perspective that by which is the only thing that is alone. If you immerse yourself in the wonder of the Flow; embrace it, you can deal with

whatever life brings you and when death comes you are ready to return to the Flow once again only to be reborn once more as the cycle continues. The Flow is with you even through death as quite simply you are the Flow.

~Living & Non-Living~
"We do not inherit our world from our ancestors, we borrow it from our children." - Native American Song

The Universe is known as everything that exists anywhere, it is the name given to absolutely everything in existence, it had a beginning and so going on that fact alone the name Universe is only a recognition of everything physical in existence. There always has and always will be the three grand concepts that make up reality, firstly there is the spiritual, the conceptual, the things that we have a good grasp on but can't seem to physically describe or display in any way, this would be because they are not physical. This gives birth to the second concept of reality, the physical, the hard real objects and things that can all be drawn and described in detail as they physically exist, everything from atoms to galaxies, this is what is known today as the Universe. The third concept is of the duality of the whole thing working together in unison, the true Universe. Its like the idea of you, you are the combination of your mind and body, neither could function without the other but you could not be without the duality of both mind and body working together in unison. These three grand concepts coupled with the five universal truths form the basis or blueprints for absolutely everything from the the Universe itself to individual things within it such as yourself or your house or plants or anything. The true Universe never began only its physical counterpart and to understand the Universe in its entirety is to understand the definition of and relationship between choice and action, intention and result. To know that all function together, without one you will not have the other and that no action or no result still has come from a choice or intention. To explain the Universe simply, it is the cycle of intention-choice-action-result. First always comes the non-physical; intention which fuels choice, this will always be followed secondly by the physical manifestation; action and finally result. This will then repeat where an evaluation of the result will lead to the next intention, what is not physically real breeds what is physically real; spiritual intention breeds physical result. To understand the first, the non physical; intention and choice allows us to know the second, the physical; action and result but the only way to understand the first is to start by observing the second for how would you ever know say of anyone's choice in flavour of ice cream without first seeing the action they've taken in choosing a flavour? For this reason we have to start at the beginning of the action and result of which is known simply as the birth of the Universe, of physical reality. As the physical universe begins it to will end as such is the nature of the cycles within the Flow and nothing is exclusive of that fact. This means that before the physical universe there was only the spiritual and before that was the end of the last universe in a cycle known as the grand cycle. Before anything was the Void where absolutely nothing physical exists; complete emptiness. The entire physical universe begins as a singularity, the Universe's golden nucleus; a spherical rotating vibration of conscious energy known as OM It is named thusly as OM was the first and most basic sound or vibration from within the Singularity before being expanded upon with ever more complex vibrations. The Void is infinite and physically nothing, only existing as an area that is not the singularity to which the singularity can expand into. At this point physical quantities such as length, mass, time, do not exist as it is only when the singularity projects lines of conscious energy from its origin will it have distance; something relative to move from, to and around, mass; create a 10-billion degree sea of

neutrons, protons, electrons, positrons, photons and neutrinos into conscious reality and time; as the cycles repeat there can be a measure against the previous cycles. The singularity grows on itself following the laws of sacred geometry in a sequence known as the Fibonacci Sequence through the Genesis Pattern. The singularity grows under immense heat and is shaped almost like a doughnut with two hemispheres folding in on itself at both north and south poles expanding like a balloon into the Void. From the singularity, the ever expanding universe teetering with the exchange of energy under intense heat and pressure comes absolutely everything else that is physical. As time goes on reactions get more and more complex and so to do the chemical elements involved leading to more complex reactions and therefore more complex chemicals. Eventually over time the biggest conscious bodies other then the universe itself form from dust particles and debris coming together to create super massive black holes; the nucleus of galaxies. Galaxies were formed as a consequence of the growth of the primordial fluctuations, which are small changes in the density of the universe in a confined region. The Galaxies take many millions of years to become anything remotely like the galaxies we have today. They continue to grow and in their existence orbit the singularity just like Earth orbits our star and as the galaxy's black hole grows in size so to does the size of the galaxy as dust and particles are both formed and pulled toward the galaxy's nucleus. Mass bends the conscious plane of physical reality, if anything has mass it has gravity and the denser the mass the more of an effect it has on surrounding particles. Larger objects will distort and effect smaller ones. This effect distorts even time and space making electromagnetic energy bend around the mass increasing the amount of time taken and space to travel for a particle to reach any given destination. This is known as gravity and is how dust, particles and debris are attracted to the nucleus of galaxies. Within all galaxies spiralling off the rotating nucleus are huge arms of dust, particles, rock and stars. Loose particles as well as dying stars often end up forming nebula, an interstellar cloud made of dust, hydrogen gas, helium gas and plasma. It is within these clouds that a star forming region is conceived. In these regions the formations of gas, dust and other materials "clump" together to form larger masses, which attract further matter, and eventually will become big enough to form stars. The remaining materials are then believed to form planets, and other planetary system objects until the new born star has its own solar system. Eventually to restart the cycle, when a star dies it will more often then not create a new nebula when all its layers are shed off as gas. The crab nebula is the latest nova to become a nebula in the year 1054. Today 14 billion years after the current universe began there are literally billions of galaxies in the universe each consisting of hundreds of billions of stars and of those stars most have a system of planets - life is everywhere. Our solar system like many others relies on our star to survive which in turn relies on our galaxy to survive. Outside galactic space is an area called intergalactic space where no stars are living independently of other bodies. Our solar system sits in an area of the galaxy known as the Orion Arm which is believed to be within the galaxy's habitable zone. One rotation of the galaxy by our star is known as a cosmic year and this cycle takes 250 million years per rotation. Our star also has a habitable zone and much like the galaxy's it works in the same way sitting like a halo around the sun. As our star grows the habitable zone will move further out, when it was smaller it was closer in. Previously in our solar systems history Venus was the habitable planet but as the sun grew and the zone moved further out Venus would heat up to the point where life as we know it can not be supported. Soon Mars will be the habitable planet when the Sun grows even bigger and heats Mars to the correct temperatures to support life. Right now though it is Earth that currently resides in the habitable zone. A planet that

can sustain life is termed habitable, even if life did not originate there. The Earth provides the (currently understood) requisite conditions of liquid water, an environment where complex organic molecules can assemble and sufficient energy to sustain metabolism. The distance of the Earth from the Sun, as well as its orbital eccentricity, rate of rotation, axial tilt, geological history, sustaining atmosphere and protective magnetic field all contribute to the conditions necessary to originate and sustain life on this planet. Earth, our home, is the most direct thing we all rely on to survive, without it we couldn't be here. Earth is rich in life, presently home to millions of species. Forming 4.54 billion years ago the world is expected to continue supporting life for another 1.5 billion years, after which the rising luminosity of the Sun will eliminate the biosphere. The Earth orbits the Sun in a cycle known as a Solar year taking 365 days to complete. Because of the axial tilt of the Earth, the amount of sunlight reaching any given point on the surface varies over the course of the year. This results in seasonal change in climate, with summer in the northern hemisphere occurring when the North Pole is pointing toward the Sun, and winter taking place when the pole is pointed away. During the summer, the days lasts longer and the Sun climbs higher in the sky. In winter, the climate becomes generally cooler and the days shorter. By astronomical convention, the four seasons are determined by the solstices—the point in the orbit of maximum axial tilt toward or away from the Sun—and the equinoxes, when the direction of the tilt and the direction to the Sun are perpendicular. Winter solstice occurs on December 22, summer solstice is on June 21, spring equinox is on March 20 and autumnal equinox is on September 22. The Earth's terrain varies greatly from place to place. About 70.8% of the surface is covered by water, with much of the continental shelf below sea level. The remaining 29.2% not covered by water consists of mountains, deserts, plains, plateaus, and other geomorphologies. The abundance of water on Earth's surface is a unique feature that distinguishes the "Blue Planet" from others in the Solar System. The average depth of the oceans is 3,800m, more than four times the average height of the continents. On Earth there is a lot more life underwater then there is above water as this is where it started. Life on Earth is extremely diverse but one thing that all life has in common is that everything relies on everything to survive. Everything is connected to one another, for example if you removed all plant life from Earth anything more complex would die out. The continuation and evolution of life relies on two things, first being internal; DNA is passed down to the offspring allowing the species to continue while inheriting instinctive learnt abilities and second being external; the ability for life to adapt to its environment which over the course of its existence will add to the code of its own DNA so that when the next generation comes it will be even more adapted then its parents. It is show in the Flynn effect that as each generation of human passes there is a linear increase of the average intelligence quotient. This is the nature of evolution with life first appearing on Earth 3.8 billion years ago. Since then Earth's biosphere has significantly altered the atmosphere and other abiotic conditions on the planet, enabling the proliferation of aerobic organisms as well as the formation of the ozone layer which, together with Earth's magnetic field, blocks harmful radiation, permitting life on land. Life begins with microbial life forms feeding on minerals found in its environment, this tiny form of life has been found to survive and even thrive at extremes of high and low temperature and pressure, in conditions of acidity, salinity, alkalinity, and concentrations of heavy metals that has been regarded as lethal. From simple cells such as prokaryotes and the addition of photosynthesis life evolves into complex cells such as eukaryotes. Eventually from singular cells multicellular life develops and after 500 million years arthropods evolve which leads to fish. Around this time plant life goes topside and the evolution of land plants form, this leads to insects then amphibians, reptiles, mammals and finally birds. Around 2.5 million years ago the genus Homo, first ancestors to humans appeared in Africa. 200,000 years ago the specie of human started looking like they do today and 25,000 years ago Neanderthals died out.

From there you have modern humans who become the dominant specie on the planet. The Universe is merely different levels of the same eco system with all levels relying on the previous one for the current to form and survive, galaxies rely on the universe, star systems rely on galaxies, planets rely on stars, life on Earth relies on the planet itself and so consequently the most intelligent life on Earth relies on the most simple to survive; known as the food chain. Even every human is its own level of eco system; as soon as we are born, bacteria move in and stake claims in our digestive and respiratory tracts, teeth and skin to name a few. They establish increasingly complex communities, like a forest that gradually takes over a clearing. By the time we’re a few years old, these communities mature, and we carry them with us, more or less, for our entire lives. Our bodies harbour over 100 trillion bacterial cells, in over 500 different species, outnumbering our human cells 10 to 1 and without the bacteria we would not survive the onslaught of harmful bacteria found in our environment, therefore we would not be able to adapt and reproduce. All life on Earth is built upon the simplest form; microbes, regardless of whether we look in the deepest oceans or our own intestines. When we speak of life on Earth it is commonly referred to as sentient life where Earth is merely the fish bowl for the fish to swim in. The truth is that even the Earth is alive as all things are reliant on each other and so is connected, the entire Universe is alive. The Yulian definition of alive is that living things have the ability to effect change on their environment, therefore you are alive, the Earth is alive, the stars are alive, the Galaxy is alive and so to is the Universe. The reason it is not immediately obvious is that we are so tiny in the grand scale of things, trying to see the universe as alive is like one of the many bacteria in your stomach trying to perceive your entire body as being alive. Even water is alive for it will erode everything it touches over time and all life on Earth comes from it. The presence of minerals and proteins as well as activation energy such as heat within water are the active ingredients to life. There are however non-living things and its definition would be the opposite; that it could not affect change on its environment. Take a rock, it can't do anything, it just sits there where only living things can effect change onto it, but if you take non-living things as a whole you will notice that it is actually part of a living thing. For example all rock is non-living but is part of the Earth which is living, similarly your top layer of skin is dead skin, non-living, but it is a part of your body which as a whole is living and your body would be at a loss without the protection it provides. Regardless of whether something is living or non-living; having the ability to effect the external environment or solely being apart of that which is being effected, both living and non-living have the physical in common. This means that both are made up of the same building blocks but just arranged in different ways known as atoms. Atoms are thought to be the real hard physical bits that make up reality, like the bricks of a house. The nucleus is thought to be the hard physical stuff, a tiny point of really dense matter right at the centre surrounded by a cloud of electrons popping in and out of reality. When looked at closer even the nucleus, which we think of as so "dense" pops in and out of reality just as readily as the electrons do meaning its not evidence for anything substantial, there is nothing physical or hard about atoms. In fact, the entire universe is mostly empty, we like to think of atoms or matter as solid but in fact, there is essentially nothing to matter whatsoever; matter is completely insubstantial. If you took every human on the planet and removed the empty space we take up in the universe as a whole species, we would be no bigger then a sugar cube. The most solid thing you can say about all this insubstantial matter is that it's more like a thought, a concentrated bit of information. What makes up hard physical reality are not more hard things, but what makes up the physical bits of atoms or matter is ideas, concepts, information. Physical reality is the by-product of conscious thought.

~The Ghost in the Machine~
"Imagination is more important than knowledge. Knowledge is limited. Imagination encircles the world." - Albert Einstein

It is not until physical bits of information or matter collide with other bits of physical matter does the universe start becoming substantial and hard. It may appear hard, but fundamentally there is more empty space then anything substantial with matter. On top of that nothing ever touches anything as all atoms are held together by their charge. This means that non of the nuclei ever touch and charge either holds together near by atoms in attraction or builds up charge to repel other atoms like when bouncing a ball. Charge is the result of movement or friction between the atoms and fundamentally becomes the driving force in life as all things from atoms upwards, rely on the workings of electromagnetic force to even hold themselves together. In your body alone electrical pulses keep your heart beating, carry information around the central nervous system and contract and relax your muscles. All living things transmit information along cell membranes with voltage pulses called action potentials. Because of this all living things have an electromagnetic field from individual atoms to our whole body, even the Earth has a surrounding electromagnetic field, as does the sun, all nebulae, the galaxy the whole universe. As everything is bits of information, idea or concepts, the 'thing' and resulting physical universe, known collectively as the Flow is a continual flow of information and the medium is electricity. As all matter is inherently information popping in and out of physical reality, physical matter can be in two places at the same time and you now can see in numerous labs around the United States objects that are large enough to be seen by the naked eye that are in two places simultaneously. Living things have the ability to effect change on their environment, to read the continual flow of information, read the currents of the Flow and choose accordingly. The more an organism can effectively choose the more free will an organism has. The more complex a living organism the more free will of choice it has. Simple organisms such as bacteria will always do what they know to do, for example placing sugar next to bacteria will instinctively make it move towards the sugar, bacteria is delicately simple, the Flow has a powerful influence over it like how a stick can be carried down a river by its current. A current of Flow is present in all things but as organisms get more complex, the capacity of free will through choice increases allowing the organism to have more control over the direction of the current. No living thing has full control over the Flow, there will always be events within the environment we can not influence and instead the things we can't control influence our choices. A bird can choose where to build its nest but the building of a nest is not a choice, it instinctively has to do it to ensure the continuation of the specie. When living things effect change on their direction within the Flow they do this through the use of force. The inception of force; the 'who' that is choosing the forceful actions based on original intent, is known scientifically as an observer. An observer is who 'you' are, the person experiencing your biological body seeing and interpreting these words right now. Science has so far failed to find the observer within your body; the real 'you', this is because the real 'you' is not physical, its meta-physical. The physical 'you' is your body but the spiritual 'you' is the observer; connected to the mind through the body's antenna. Like the universe as a whole the observer has been given so many names but it is really the un-nameable, un-comprehensible, undescribable. This part of 'you' can only be described by what it does; observes and together with its physical counter part, in your case your human body and the surrounding environment known as Ether, the observer and body together, experiences. All living things have this experience of being an observer experiencing through its biological body observing the Ether; the outside world beyond its

internal body. For a cell in your body, its environment; your body is its experience of Ether, for you everything outside your body is your experience of Ether. At every level of the universal eco-system there is an observer, every living thing is a separate vantage point for the same observer. Each observer is the same because identity, thoughts, words, actions, image are all physical things that come from the body, while the observer observes and together experiences the Ether. The only living thing in the universe that doesn't experience the Ether is the entire Ether itself; the entire Universe, the highest level in the eco-system. The Universe's observer is known as the Ultimate Observer and living things are its multiple vantage points and subsequently for every living thing at every different level, the observer is known as different things. At the level of us; our experience as a human, we have different individual names to refer to each individual. A name that when someone calls we perk up and recognise an attempt to communicate with us. All things have individual names as all things are observers each experiencing a unique perspective on the Ether. The universe is the Ultimate Observer and is about 14 billion years old, our galaxy is known as Akash Ganga and is about 13.2 billion years old, although there is only one universe there are over 50 billion galaxies within it. Within each galaxy there is over 200 billion stars of which most have their own planetary systems. The next level relevant to us that relies on Akash Ganga is our star, this is known as Amen-Ra the son hence the title the son of God. Amen-Ra travels across the night sky with the twelve constellations of the zodiac, he is believed to be born on December 25th and reborn subsequently every year onwards. The reason for this is in the perception of the effect of axial tilt from the northern hemisphere; from the date of December 25th there is more light as the days get longer. Life is reborn to the world in the form of spring summer before returning to autumn and winter where everything effectively dies as the days are shorter and so less light. From December 22nd Amen-Ra stops moving southwards an for those three days of 22nd, 23rd and 24th, Amen-Ra's highest point and length of time in the sky is neither any more or less and is effectively considered as dead. The constellation that sits behind Amen-Ra at his highest point on these three days is the crux or the Southern Cross. On the eve of December 24th the brightest star in the east; Sirius aligns with the 3 bright stars in Orion's belt follow the star in the east to the point on the horizon where Amen-Ra will be re-born on the 25th. It is thus said that the son of God, the light of the world, saviour of the human race was born under the star in the east and adorned by 3 kings who followed the great star to locate the son rise. The son of God spent his days travelling with his 12 disciples, was crucified on a cross, died for three days and was thus resurrected to bring new warmth, love and life to the world. Gaia is the name given to the spirit of the Earth, she is the daughter but to us is known as the mother hence the names Mother Earth and Mother Nature. She has an opposite birthday to Amen-Ra and that is on June 21st where from the perception of peoples again in the northern hemisphere; summer was in full effect and life on Earth was bountiful and rich. Long sun drenched days and warm temperatures allowed for Gaia to be full of life. There isn't too much back story to Gaia though the most important fact is that we are closely linked to her as she is the eco-system we inhabit. Like the bacteria cells in our stomach; if we die so to does the bacteria, if Gaia dies so to would the human species. As we our closely connected to Gaia she is known as the Mother, similarly as it is known of Amen-Ra to provide the light and warmth for life to flourish he is known as the Father of Gaia. As life becomes more complex it develops more ways to sense and therefore observe the Ether, in tandem the control over force; free will of choice also becomes more complex. Senses are used by all living things to navigate and communicate with the Flow of the Ether. The simplest form of sense is

tactile, everything living has ability to feel the vibrations from the Ether through tactile contact, this extends out into observers electromagnetic field given us the feeling of personal space. The next evolutionary sense is chemical, cells exchange chemical messages where we as humans taste and smell. The next is a more advanced from of tactile known as vibrational, where most living things over a certain complexity can communicate through the use of sounds. In humans this would be speech and hearing. The last that is known so far is that of visual where living things communicate through body language sensing the surrounding electromagnetic spectrum. For humans we only see in the visible light portion of the spectrum but other animals and insects see further up and down into ultra-violet and infra-red light. All living things are connected, simple organisms support more complex ones and this happens throughout the universe. It is a whole rich diverse eco-system with many levels, at each of those levels the observer is observing and experiencing. It is practically impossible for any one observer to understand or comprehend any level above itself, for example a human to try comprehend how the Earth is alive and observing is like a bacteria cell in us trying to comprehend how we are observing as a human. Even the Universe as a whole eco-system, the highest level, observes. Every level right down to single cells has an observer and every living thing within that level observes with a unique perspective believing they are apart from everything else. The truth is the opposite, every observer is a different perspective of the ultimate observer, it is only our bodies and the physical that make us feel individual. This means distance between observers only exists within the physical realm, so to does the idea of plural. Seeing as the observer is not physical, physical attributes can not be attributed to the spiritual; mainly there is no distance and there is no plural. There is instead just one observer; the Ultimate Observer. The Ultimate Observer is the observer at the level of the entire Universe, all knowing all seeing and is what is known today as God; the creator. Unfortunately we are also made to believe that we are apart from the Ultimate Observer, that he created us and then on the seventh day rested, just kicked back from then on to let us get on with it. Truth is as the entire universe is living, observing, it would never stop doing and still we see it as a person, that has human emotions such as anger. This view is backwards and is the view of humans creating God in their image, the Ultimate Observer is not human and does not get angry, it creates the physical and creates life to observe and experience, it is one with it. As everything in the universe is physically built fundamentally the same way it means every level is apart of the Ultimate Observer, all the physical and all individuals within the physical are linked in. This means that you are God, God of your life; creating doing and experiencing through the cycle of causality or creation. Your unique perspective is a current within the Flow surrounded by all other currents of living things. Every observer effects the Flow at all times, even just the act of observing will effect the Flow even if we try to hide from that and play victim. Every single living thing is doing it right now and just like how it was said before; how no action or no result still comes from an intention or choice; if the observer + body chooses to do nothing it is still having a conscious effect on reality. You choose the experience to observe and therefore, literally, you create your own reality. It is choices and subsequent actions that moves us forward in the Flow and it is intentions of the observer that creates the Ether around us. It is easy to think that the Ether is here independent of what you think or believe and you are victim to it. We think of the world as physical, hard, dense, but what you really have to recognise is that even the physical world around us is nothing but possible movements of consciousness. By choosing moment to moment to bring your actual intentions into manifestation you instinctively action a result from the Flow. No action ever goes without a re-action, you create your reality and bring potential possibilities of movement into reality. Because of this atoms are not hard dense things, they're tendencies, possibilities of consciousness. Kicking a rock may feel real but it's still just an experience, it's still a person's perception of it being real that makes it real. Scientific experiments have shown that if we

take a person and, hook their brains up to certain PET scans and ask them to look at a certain object, naturally certain areas of the brain light up. Then they've asked them to close their eyes and now imagine that same object and when they imagine that same object it produced the same areas of the brain to light up as if they were actually visually looking at it. This shows that what is not physically real and what is physically real is to the brain the exact same thing. Doing an activity and visualising one is no different other then one takes place externally in the Ether and the other takes place internally within the observer. As all actions have re-actions, nothing we do leaves the Flow untouched, even thinking which is hard to see a direct effect in the Flow has re-actions. Thoughts also have an affect on water, changing chemical composition when looked at under a dark field microscope, positive thoughts form beautifully pure geometric crystals where as negative thoughts form broken an misshapen crystals. It is then good to bare in mind that we are 70% water and thinking can not just influence our lives out in the Ether but internally in our bodies as well. It is this reason positive thinking is key and is scientifically proven to add at least 7 years to your lifespan. Until we observe the forever changing and flowing information of the Ether things exist in every possible place it could. When you are observing, you observe the particles of the experience, but a particle really exists in a so-called Superposition, a spread-out wave of possible locations and it's in all of those at once. The instance you check on it it snaps into just one of those possible positions. Superposition implies that a particle can be in two or more places or states simultaneously and it is only when the Ether is observed in what we call the present does reality play out how it does, like a movie or game. Once we aren't observing it goes back to its wave of possibilities, this is why it is good to have all your options available as you will have no access to know how the currents of the Flow will flow. Ether is literally like a dark room, the observer has a small light which shows what's immediately around the observer, all the currents of other observers moving and interacting and all the non-living parts being effected by the currents. When the observer interacts, through doing and experiencing the observer knows that part of the room, when the observer moves on or stops forcing the current of the Flow in a particular direction that part of the room goes back to being dark and the way things were when you last checked will have themselves continued to flow on. This is the nature of the Flow, other then briefly when observed nothing ever stops changing, regardless if something is observed or not it will always keep flowing. Because of this we can only know present, always we are in the present moving forwards. Time is something very internal it does not physically exist externally like we have been made to believe. There is no real thing known as past or future, it is an idea that has come about because we perceive that we're moving forward in time. Really time is cyclic and it's only in the continual passing of cycles that makes it seem like we're moving from the past and into the future. Really all possibilities at present as well as internal visualised desires and influential memories are happening all at once and it is this that makes us believe linear time exists. Conceptually in the physical Universe there is always at least 3 to everything, the first and second are easy, everything has an opposite no matter what, the third is the thing as a whole. Because of this even choices come in threes, where if you are asked to make a choice over something, you either can decide to do it, to not do it or put it off. These are always the choices you have to every situation. An action from you will provoke a response from the Flow where by once you've sensed will go towards the reasoning behind your next or current intention which leads to your next choice. Even the cycle of causality comes in a 3, the physical side; action - reaction/result, the spiritual side; intent - choice and the idea of the concept as a whole. Although it is a 3, the physical and spiritual parts of the cycle, as indeed this happens with every cycle, break down further into two halves, intention and choice, action and reaction. This means physically all things come in a 5. The Universe favours balance, harmony

because energy will always flow from an area of more to an area of less until all is balanced. In order to describe patterns of balance and imbalance, five elements from nature were chosen: wood, fire, earth, metal, and water. Each element produces another element. In earth you find metal; metal condenses water; water grows wood; wood creates fire; and fire burns down to earth. Within this cycle, each element is controlled by another element. Earth dams water; water puts out fire; fire melts metal; metal chops wood; and wood blocks earth like a tree fallen on a dirt path. Thus, it can be seen if there is an excess or a deficiency in the energy of one element, it will influence the other elements. All systems work this way and for a system to work almost to perfection and to maintain itself it must be balanced, this includes you.

-----PART III----~Yulaw~
"The wisest men follow their own direction." - Euripides

The Flow is the concept and reality, the spiritual and physical, it is everything and is named thusly as it is the one thing that everything will always keep doing - flow. Within the Flow there are many different levels of eco-systems, all working in harmony and balance for the life forms within each, all of which when looked at individually have a perceived observer. The highest of eco-systems is the universe as a whole and the observer behind this is the ultimate observer, as everything physical is part of the universe so every observer is part of the ultimate observer. All individual life forms, anything that has the ability to effect change on its environment, has an individual perception of being its own observer. Although each observer is merely a window for the ultimate observer, there is distance and other physical properties in the universe, making each life form believe they are apart from the world around to which they observe. This simply isn't true. The truth is the opposite, that the physical world is here because the observer observes it and believes its here, every living thing creates the physical world around us which is fundamentally made up of information, concepts or ideas, nothing hard or substantial. Because the individual observer believes in the way things are and knows them to work a certain way, the universe is the way it is. For an individual observer the universe is split into two distinct areas, the observer itself and the Ether; everything outside of the observer including the physical body; the bio suit that the observer pilots. Both together make up the life form' individual current within the Flow, defined by the extent of the observers control, the more influential you are the further the extent of your control into the Ether. All individual currents of all lifeforms or levels of eco-systems together as a whole make up the Flow, just like how individual drops of water make up a river. The Flow, the universe as a whole, is governed by the five universal truths, and so naturally each current is governed by the five laws of Yu or Yulaw. Yulaw is actually an acronym for the five key areas or concepts that govern everything within an

individuals life, whether it be the simplest cell or the most complex organism, all are effected by these five areas. Of course as an organism evolves it will eventually go from having to adapt to the environment to making the environment adapt to it but always will it do so under Yulaw. As there are always 3 parts to anything when looked at individually, a human can be considered as mind, body and the concept of being human. We have evolved to a place where even our mind effects its environment the body, where the body effects its environment - ether. Everything is constantly flowing, constantly adapting, new ideas replace old outdated ones, new cells replace old ones and the universe as a whole is forever changing and flowing. The five concepts of Yulaw are as follows: Yu - the observer - to observe Ukno - the philosopher - to think Liberte - the actioner - to do Almanac - the communicator - to communicate Wrkx - the entrepreneur - to collaborate In Yulaw each law is built upon the previous, meaning that the each successive law can not happen without the one before. The ability to think can not happen without an observer, action can not happen without some form of internal decision, communication can not happen without action and entrepreneurial business from a giant corporation to say ants nest can not function without the previous four laws, especially communication. This part of the Codex is a focus on the Flow from an individual, now that it is known how the Flow functions as a whole, although it is good knowledge it is not necessary to know in terms of individual function. All you need to know is that it is there, it works and to appreciate that fact. The 'how', much like the Ether, is never fully known and never will be. To understand anything you must first do it so in that respect you would have to be the ultimate observer to fully know and understand the 'how'. Instead as an observer it is more important to focus and understand how you and your current function through the Flow to be able to adjust, atone and correct your course within the Flow for the prosperity of yourself and all others around you. This is the nature of Yulaw, the laws that govern you. Your individual current is a very unique thing, one that only you have full control over. If you believe something within the Ether controls your direction of flow it would be because you have allowed yourself to succumb to the belief you have no control over what happens and that you are powerless and can't make decisions for yourself. This is known as manipulation and is a very dark trait to inflict on others. No matter what you must always remember: YOU ALWAYS HAVE A CHOICE. Regardless of the scenario you always have the choices to do, to not do and to postpone or shift focus to temporarily forget. Only when you succumb to manipulation will you be seemingly controlled, allowing outside elements to affect your decision making process, but in the end it is always you who makes the decision to action no one else. For this reason you are the best teacher you could ever have because even the greatest teacher in the world can still only give you the information you need, only you can internalise it and understand it before you can successfully learn it and practice it to perfection. Always listen to yourself, you know what you need and only you walk your path, no one else will ever know you or your path fully, for they walk their own path. You create your own reality, you manifest your current through the Flow and have the ability to effect change on the ether, no one else can do that for you but you.

You must always focus on flowing your current onwards within the Flow, focus on staying the course and walking your path, onwards and upwards. Your path is walked through the act of causality; to manifest from within and effect without, in exactly the same way in which everything around you is doing. No matter what you do you can not escape the fact that you manifest your current which helps make up the Flow, your world around you. Even if you believe you are the victim and it is the world around you that effects you and makes your decisions, you are still manifesting your current, just in an unproductive negative way and consequently effecting the Flow. There is no fate but the fate you make. There is a scale on how much one successfully effects or forces the Flow, at the top end you fully effect the Flow, you move forward visualising what you desire and then manifesting your path fully immersed in the Flow, at a level where nothing effects you without you effecting everything first. This is a place where sense of time and sense of identity are fully lost to the Flow as you move into a state of harmony with everything around you. This is to be self confident. It is the only way to be if you want to be sure of yourself, have faith in yourself, realise your dreams, achieve, enjoy and live effortlessly. To become self-actualised, to be free. At that other end of the scale there are living things that unsuccessfully effect the Flow the way they visualise, they are effected by the Flow to the point they believe they have no control and that no matter what happens they can't possibly change what is going on in the Ether. These people tend to have a focus from outside in and not from inside out. They look out into the Ether for signs of what they know to be within or what they'd like to feel within but are too unsure of themselves to achieve, more faith in the opinions of those around them then their own. This is known as image seeking and as self conscious where one tends to worry about and focus on what is inside. These people are enslaved either by their own mental focus or by something outside of them because they allow it to happen, before they can be sure or anything they must hear the opinions of others first, their personality exists only in the Ether. In the middle of the scale there are obviously a mix but the average person is sure of themselves enough to achieve at least the basic needs in their life. Normally this is by what they see others being able to do around them which tells them 'hey if they can do it why can't I', they still believe that they don't have full power over their current and a lot of things effect them from outside in the Ether. Self actualised people don't think anything, they just do regardless of whether it has been done before. These people know full potential and unshaken confidence in themselves, and that is key. Self repressed people no matter how many times they're shown will always think 'well others can do it because they're special or talented, I am neither' and so forever fail because they set themselves up for failure. Self repressed people are enslaved by their own mind because they choose to be. Regardless of where on the scale one falls in the present they always have the ability to change their mind and thereby change their choices. No matter where on the scale they are they are still engaged in causality. Causality comes in two parts, there is the visualisation and manifestation of action on your part and then there is the immediate and broader results from the Flow, this then plays a role in which way you decide to flow your current next. The result doesn't control or choose which way your current flows, only you can do that, but it does however present you with all your possible choices and depending on your last choice depends how many you have to choose from. Choice is the only thing you have full control over in your life, the ability to choose your thoughts, actions and words. The Flow does not control you but know that without it you wouldn't have anything to choose from and therefore cause, both you and the Flow work in unison and it never stops. When it comes down to it the only thing you really do control is your choice. You choose which intentions to focus on, you choose whether to allow the Ether to effect you, choose what to think, do and say. The fact you choose from choices presented to you is the one and only thing that proves you do not live on a predetermined

line of fate where your life is out of your hands. Fate however does exist but your life is never out of your hands as you choose your own fate and this is what life is all about. Choices, the only thing you have control over, whether good or bad, come down to good; going with the Flow allowing everything to run harmoniously or bad; doing the opposite and going against the direction of Flow. Regardless of whether you go for the one pure good choice or pick from any of the bad and as every action has a reaction, each choice subsequently creates Karma where, like the choice that preceded it, comes in waves of good and bad. Karma can be seen as the resulting reaction from the Ether which presents you with your next choice or choices. The Flow is essentially a river made up of various currents where by each one is an individual observer effecting the reality of the river. The Flow is here as a combination of all living things within it, all currents, making up the universe's own current which is Flow, everything together as one. The river is always flowing in the same direction but currents can either flow with the river or against it. Every action from individual currents to many currents together always create reactions, as all things come in pairs and are cyclic there can never be such thing as an action with no reaction as no reaction is still a reaction. Reactions come back around in the same manner the action took place, meaning it can come back positive or negative. When a current flows against the Flow it is self serving but only in the short term while self damaging in the long term, it is measured as a selfish action creating bad Karma for that observer. When a current flows with the direction of Flow it to is self serving but in the long term where sometimes it can be considered self damaging in the short term. It is measured as a selfless action and creates good Karma for the observer. While a lot of selfish actions are presently socially acceptable, the individual observers often forget or are ignorant to the fact that to help others is to help yourself. The Flow is here because of you not just for you, meaning if there was no Flow to begin with then you wouldn't be able to choose to be selfish. Choosing to be selfless benefits and aids the Flow as a whole therefore reinforcing your ability to choose again benefiting you no matter what it is your doing. It is all about having a strong positive Karma to allow you to have plenty of options to choose from, this is reflected by and only comes from a strong self actualised observer with focus on the current and path ahead. When we move out of the area of the brain that has to do with our personality, that has to do with our association to people, places, things, times and events, we no longer exist in the associative centres in our brain that reaffirms our identity and reaffirms our personality. For the average person in the world who lives life and considers their life boring or uninspiring it's because they've made no attempt to gain knowledge and information that will inspire them. They're so hypnotized by their environment through the media, through television through people living and creating ideals that people surrender themselves to the concept they're either just adequate or below adequate and are helpless to the concept 'they can't be changed'. They then struggle to become something else, that fictitious person that no one can actually become, unachievable illusions of physical appearance, definitions of beauty, of valour, society's perfect 'hero'. Because they look outside to become this 'hero' and it is never achieved most people surrender their power to affect the Flow and accept living their life in mediocrity. The observer never really achieves its desires and accepts it for 'the way it is'. But if the observer starts the process of self actualisation, starts asking themselves if there is something more, why am I here? What is the purpose of life? Where am I going? What happens when I die? then their old concepts of how they viewed their life and the world start to fall apart. They begin the process of realising truth, breaking old preconceptions, rewiring the brain reconnecting to new concepts. If I change my mind, will I change my choices? If I change my choices, will my life change? Ultimately this process changes us from the inside out and self becomes actualised and concrete where the association of our personality comes from within regardless

of what is without. The goal of Yulaw is the realisation of truth and in doing so to live free. It is achieved through the process of self actualisation, firstly changing your religion which is fundamentally your daily routine, this allows you to find your true self, once you know your self you know truth and once there the truth ultimately sets you free. It is all about living free, where choices and subsequent actions come from a place of unshaken confidence, where nothing effects you, you effect it. Where the bonds of both mental and physical slavery produced by the system or others, even ourselves, are broken and ultimately you are on your own course/current/path manifesting your world to be a wonderful, imaginative and brilliant place. All your intentions are expressed clearly, when others look at you they see the real you. Action is where you reside, talking and thinking are at a minimum, only what needs to be thought and said happens, not in excess. Nobody else has a say in your own direction without you giving them the stage and allowing them to have a say, they can not effect you unless you allow them to. Having an open mind is allowing others to take the stage and for you to entertain their concepts without having to accept them as productive or counter productive to your own life. It is also knowing that for the person speaking, they to have their own flowing current to focus on. Self actualisation is a concrete self that no one can touch, no one can break, it is quite simply; right thinking. Buddhism teaches that enlightenment is achieved through the practice of right thinking or correct focus on the positive, knowing the negative only holds you back, slows you down and most importantly is temporary. In the end its up to you to want to make the change and choose to make the necessary choices. Only you can help Yu.

~Yu~
"Life is like a finger pointing at the moon, don't concentrate on the finger or you'll miss all the heavenly glory." - Bruce Lee

Yu is simply to be, the first concept and therefore law in the acronym Yulaw. It is the representation of the ultimate observer through a single living window or perception into the Ether. It is the spiritual side of your physical body that science just can't physically prove or find, yet all living things have the experience of being an observer as they affect the world around them. Merely through the act of observation an observer consciously manifests its current through the Flow and coupled with the reaction from the Ether brings constant change to the Flow. Yu being the spiritual part of you, the soul, the observer, is as mentioned before; the un-nameable, the indescribable, that is the true nature of who Yu really are as it is not physical, only its reactions are. It makes up a fifth of you and your current, though indescribable without it the other four parts to you could not happen. It is where all concepts and information exist, it is from this place that sudden realisation will arrive in your conscious mind. It is where all knowledge exists, everything that has been known, is known and will be known exists. An observer is attached to this fountain of knowledge but your own conscious knowledge resides linked between this plane and your physical mind, between what you believe and have observed out in the Ether and know to be true. It isn't where feeling exists but coupled with the body it is what feels, it isn't

where thinking exists but coupled with the body it is what thinks. It is where your intentions come from, where the epiphanies and sudden realisation of knowledge comes from, where you go when you sleep, where you go when you visualise and where you go when you die. It is always there, always present. It is the exact same thing in all observers, when two people experience happiness it doesn't matter the distance between them, doesn't matter the difference in situations and internal thoughts, what matters is it is the exact same feeling and therefore the exact same experience. We are all linked to it, the ghost in the machine and coupled with the next concept in Yulaw, it is the experience of observing the Ether around you and the feeling or knowledge of self identity where belief from Yu meets truth from the Ether. What you believe and hold true becomes you. The body is the temple or vessel for Yu as it travels through its own current through the Flow, it is the connection to the outside world. If the body is a vessel flowing its current through the Flow, Yu is the unseen pilot that navigates the Flow by the sense of belief through knowledge of feeling and truth. The other five senses are between the body and the Ether, travelling between Yu and the body as physical electric signals to the brain. Observation through experience of feeling is the most direct way to drive the body and coupled with truth through knowledge reinforces who you are and in turn driving where to go and what to do next. It is the true ghost in the machine. The rest of Yulaw is the effects of Yu, a strong spirit makes for strong and clear focus on thought and subsequent actions. Enhanced perception leads to a better choice in intent for a much more positive immersion in the Flow, therefore by reinforcing who Yu are through successful causality from intent to expression, you create an unshakable confidence in yourself, an unbreakable connection between who Yu spiritually are and who you physically are. Both are in sync reinforcing and complimenting one another, constantly working together to move further along the path of your current within the Flow. Feeling can not be controlled directly but can be indirectly by the power of thought, everything that comes from the Ether must come in through the senses and pass through your mind and be observed before your body experiences subsequent feelings. They are however the best way to navigate the Flow as they only happen from reaction to your action where as thoughts only come from within and do not have the input of external Flow attached to it and so can become biased. Therefore it is imperative to stretch out with your feelings not your thoughts. It is hard to explain the physically unexplainable and the idea of Yu is no different. The only thing that makes the being known as God, observer of the Universe and your own being different is just the level or window to which is being physically observed, other then that they are exactly the same thing. Proof of the observer are internal actions; visualising, daydreaming, the place you go when sleeping or the peak of praying or meditating, the experience of connection, of unity to everything around you and the loss of self to the oneness of everything. Connecting to concepts inwards is a necessary ability when it comes to doing anything, although when doing it is from inside out. As a fifth of you is this spiritual place of concept it is then logical when doing anything; talking, jumping, running, writing, that you should look inwards a fifth of the time. In other words, planning, visualising, thinking should take up 20% of your time, doing, communicating, working should take up 80% of your time. All actions come from Yu and it is necessary to reflect on yourself to better channel your force of energy within the Flow allowing for better outcomes and results. This is exactly what happens when martial artists channel their energy into an area of their body. The same thing happens with conversation, when listening you must be able to visualise the concept as well as listen to relate to what is being talked about. This creates connection between you both known as repour where you both connect to a certain concept through experience, even if the perceptions are vastly different the concept connects you both. This is where the concept Yu are both connecting to in your head is the exact same thing, hence why some people feel a

'natural affinity' to certain other people because both are connected to the same concepts and the more you have in common the more you see of yourself in the other person making you feel more comfortable as obviously you know yourself. Yu is manifested outside of our spiritual mind as our current, starting from the first physical things; thoughts manifested as electrical signals in the brain, all the way to the ideas we bring to life in the form of collaborative efforts. Collectively between all living things it is manifested as the ultimate observer. This means reality isn't substantial, isn't hard; it is the by-product of conscious physical thought made up of the spiritual; concepts, information, ideas. It is only the channelling of these concepts through individual living things which brings the whole experience of living life into being. The universe as a whole has the spirit of the ultimate observer, all living things are individual windows of unique perception for the ultimate observer to express itself in every way possible. This means the ultimate observer acquire the vast spectrum of perception on any given concept ensuring that every way to do everything ever is covered by all angles as the ultimate observer experiences the full spectrum of feeling. With the existence of every variety of perception on any given concept, every way of experiencing the world is happening simultaneously, all knowledge and truth exist right now. Everything physical exists in the full spectrum of the individual observers perception creating opinion; when some people see things as easy others view it as hard, some people may find it cold others find it warm. It all depends on what concept you compare it to. As an individual observer we move through the spectrum of perception as things change constantly; when one sees some things as beautiful, other things become ugly, when one sees some things as good, other things become bad. Being and non-being create each other. Difficult and easy support each other. Long and short define each other. High and low depend on one another. Before and after follow each other. Every perception exists in pairs as you wouldn't know one without the other to compare it to, but the concept isn't effected by perception, it just exists, it just is. The concept viewed by an individual observer creates perception, because of this, difference in perception is by and far irrelevant as opinion is a minor detail created when the major detail happens and is witnessed. What is important is the concept itself as a whole and so the nature of the universe or the Flow is a blueprint for our own current which is a constant forward direction of movement; onwards and upwards, visualising a concept and then experiencing or observing a certain perception on that concept, being able to let go of it ready for the next. The Flow never stops flowing. Observers only seem individual because of the vast array of individual living things but really everything is one as it is all part of the ultimate observer. This means that all is connected and that once an individual comes up with a unique idea and follows through with action the idea becomes known to the ultimate observer and therefore other observers. They eventually realise the same idea even if the idea was never seen or talked about it would come to them via an epiphany if they thought about it long enough. As most ideas are seen in the subsequent expression of action it is very quick to spread as others know and believe it can work as they've seen it, therefore allowing them to do it to. This is seen across all species on Gaia and has been put down to evolution, the constant evolving intellect of everything as a whole. This is described in two examples: Around the same time two separate herds of sheep from different ends of Britain that had no interaction with each other learnt how to walk across grated floors designed to stop them escaping. The Flynn effect is an effect on the human population where the average level of IQ in each new generation of human is on a constant rise and for what the average IQ was for your great grandparents would officially today be known as retarded.

Everything that can be known is already known to the ultimate observer and for individual observers to know they must understand through linking this knowledge to action, applying it to real experiences within the Ether. This is why the only way to learn something is to practice it, or do something physical like write it down until it becomes so clear in your head you don't even need to think about it in order to preform it. You believe whole heartedly you can do it and muscle memory is sufficient enough to remember how to preform it. An epiphany is the sudden realisation of knowledge, it isn't an acquirement of new knowledge but new understanding, a clearer view on a group of individual concepts that suddenly all fit together to make an entirely new concept pattern. The knowledge is already there and becomes clear to oneself through clarity of thought; being able to see in your head as clear as day into how to go about doing something. This then leads to manifesting it into reality therefore securing truth and then understanding of how to do it creating knowledge which resides in self. Self is a key area where your unique identity sits existing effectively between Yu and Ukno, being and mind, the spiritual and physical, belief and truth. Self and everything to do with self exists where truth from the physical and belief from the spiritual congruently overlap, where what you believe is true and what you know to be true you believe. This sits between what you hold as beliefs which are possible truths and truths of which are potential beliefs. Beyond that are beliefs that you can't see to be true and truths that you just plain don't believe in. That doesn't mean to say they are right or wrong, other people will believe in truths that you don't, this is what causes the sensation of difference where your centre for self sits in a different place from theirs What it does mean however is the more truth and belief you have in everything as a whole the more confident you become, the more confident the more you are alive, the more energy you have, the brighter your aura and the more people feel compelled to connect with you. All observers are connected to the ultimate observer, all is in constant communication beyond anything we can fathom right now in our current evolutionary state. What is known to us about us is our own intentions, choices and subsequent expressions. Like us so to does the ultimate observer as a whole have intentions, choices and subsequent expressions. When you have a problem to solve and the solution doesn't immediately become clear it is often quicker to put aside the problem, focus on something else and the solution will present itself. Left to the Flow any problem is solvable as the solution always presents itself in one way or another, the key is capitalizing on the opportunity to solve it. There is something known as divine intervention where a sudden feeling of say; you must call someone, will suddenly rush into consciousness, when things like this happen instead of trying to backwards analyse what may have given you that feeling in the first place you should act on it. Yu, through the cycle of visualising and observing is the first step that brings the 'ulaw' part of Yulaw into manifestation. To make things even more complex Yu officially exists anywhere up to six seconds into the future from your present experience. As your present experience is physically measured it can only therefore be physical hence the 'ulaw' part, so if that is in the present, the Yu part which physically can't be measured does not exist in the present. It exists in an concept known as anticipation, where sometimes you can almost instinctively know what is coming and act on it; flow with it. If knowledge is the past which makes up the present, mystery is the future that the present moves into. The first six seconds of mystery is where anticipation exists in front of knowledge, this is where your focus should live, you should be a continual pioneer of self knowledge leading the present into the mystery of the future. Anticipation is to act before, especially to prevent an action; to take up or introduce prematurely; to know of before it manifests. It is where Yu can see all available paths to better force your current through the Flow, the variety is mainly due to the previous action or choice taken, good karma creates good options. If you anticipate that everything that can happen is happening then you will be ready for anything when present arrives and collapses on one path.

Even though Yu is the spiritual side of you there is a place it sits in your body. The connection of how spiritual creates physical and the relationship between both is sometimes hard to comprehend. As everything is made up of concepts or information, everything is spiritual and not really substantial, it is our belief and perception of thinking things to be hard that makes them hard. Every living thing has, in its present state, certain concepts they know to be rock solidly true, i.e. a bird knows if it is to jump out a tree and open its wings it will fly. As their is mathematics and fundamental physical laws in the universe it keeps everything together and working to the same laws that it did so in the very beginning. Spiritual is then in fact the beginning of everything physical, the spirit behind absolutely everything, living and non-living parts to every eco-system. Physical reality is only here because every bit of physical matter lives in consciousness and believes it is here. Yu, the observer, feel a control over your body as it is all linked with a nervous system, other times there can be the feeling of out of body experience so you are your body but existing in a place where your body can't go. To understand how this works it is necessary to understand that the observer, Yu and the ultimate observer, the universes observer, are exactly the same thing, no difference. Because you perceive through your body and you are an observer at the eco level of human it is harder to think we're any bigger. We are connected to what we can perceive, this is going inwards into a vivid imaginative place and going outwards to anything we come in contact with, anywhere we can pick up information. The truth is we are whatever we are in contact with, if you are driving a car you become the car, a driver and the car becomes you, everything you interact with and put force and therefore the transfer of energy into will effectively become you. There are different levels of Ether much like different levels of eco-system that as they get bigger you have less control over. The first level of Ether is your body, you do not have full control over it but you can still influence it substantially, then there is the Ether outside your body, Gaia and the outside world. This you have a reasonable influence over but really Gaia influences you more then you do it. Then there is the Ether outside of Gaia known as the Solar system where Gaia has a gravitational effect on say the moon, of which we have completely no control over. Then there is the Ether outside the solar system, the nearby cluster of stars and even the galaxy itself. At this level you can't influence it, it fully has control over you. Where Yu sits in your body is exactly the same as every other living thing, the very centre of your body reaching outwards in all directions, like a ball of light, where the further you get from the centre the dimmer the light, by this metaphor the less control you have over the Ether. This centre is fundamental to all action requiring positioning and balance and is known in many different cultures; manipura, solar plexus, core, dan tien. This is where the spirit radiates from, the distance it radiates is technically infinite but it is normally down to how confident and self assured you are and measured by what you can effect in the Ether. So for us it is as far as we consider our personal space, up to a foot or two of radius around where we stand. The spirit is all powerful, without it your body would be dead. In a lot of cultures the field the spirit effects is known as; prana, ki, chi, qi, energy, life force. Chi is literally the force or movement of the current within the Flow. It therefore flows all around the body and the observer, the spirit, focuses within the life force therefore having full control over the distribution of it. There are certain points in the body known as meridians that direct the flow of chi, these are also known as pressure points, being vital to chinese medicine and martial arts. There are seven main energy centres in the body where Yu or chi comes from, these are known in yoga as chakras and as evolution happens each one of these energy centres opens up. All living things have at least the first three chakras, non-living things only have the first. Before going into what and where the body' chakras are it is important to understand that they all exist along the body's natural antenna known collectively as the central nervous system, connecting you to

Yu. It is the part of the nervous system that functions to coordinate the activity of all parts of the bodies of bilateral animals—that is, all multicellular animals. It contains the majority of the nervous system and consists of the brain and the spinal cord. Together with the peripheral nervous system it has a fundamental role in the control of behaviour The central nervous system is contained within the dorsal cavity, with the brain in the cranial cavity and the spinal cord in the spinal cavity. The brain is protected by the skull, while the spinal cord is protected by the vertebrae. The peripheral nervous system resides or extends outside the central nervous system, which consists of the brain and spinal cord. The main function is to connect the central nervous system to the limbs and organs. Unlike the central nervous system, the peripheral nervous system is not protected by bone or by the blood-brain barrier, leaving it exposed to toxins and mechanical injuries. The root chakra known as muladhara is the chakra which literally connects whatever thing in question to its eco-system, so for humans it can be seen as the way we are connected to Gaia. It is located in our body at the base of the spine. The next two chakras go hand in hand and do not appear without the other one, the first of them is the sacrum chakra known as swadhisthana and is associated with the release or output of which comes in from the next chakra, it is located around the kidneys. The third chakra is arguably the most important, for even though when compared to the rest it is very basic, without this chakra the rest would not happen. It is known as the solar plexus chakra or manipura, it is located in the very centre of your body behind your stomach and is responsible for the bodies intake and input conversion to energy. This is where Yu exists, where the light shines from. The rest of the chakras are attached to the bodies natural antenna to receiving signal from the ultimate observer. The solar plexus is in an area physically known to science as the first brain in your body; the enteric nervous system. It can operate autonomously, it communicates with the central nervous system through different nervous systems that when severed the enteric nervous system continues to function. In vertebrates the enteric nervous system includes different types of neurons which make the enteric nervous system capable of carrying reflexes and acting as an integrating centre in the absence of central nervous system input. It has a similar structure to the brain and contains a tenth of the cells found in the brain but still a higher amount found anywhere else in the body. The autonomic nervous system is the part of the peripheral nervous system that acts as a control system functioning largely below the level of consciousness, and controls visceral functions and affects heart rate, digestion, respiration rate, salivation, perspiration, diameter of the pupils, micturition (urination), and sexual arousal. Whereas most of its actions are involuntary, some, such as breathing, work in tandem with the conscious mind. As you go up the spine you get to the heart/lung chakra, the anahata which is located in the centre of your chest, this powers your heart and lungs which without oxygen or blood would not flow. It gives your body natural rhythm. Further up you reach the throat chakra, the visuddha which is found in the throat and powers your mouth and ears to transmit and receive communication from other living things, this is the beginning to the somatic nervous system which is the part of the peripheral nervous system associated with the voluntary control of body movements through the action of skeletal muscles, and with reception of external stimuli, which helps keep the body in touch with its surroundings (e.g., touch, hearing, and sight).

Next is the third eye chakra, the anja which is located between the eye brows and is what gives us our sense of perception. It is also known as the minds eye and is used to visualise or internally imagine as well as to receive from the external. Together with the eyes it allows you to pick up aura which is the spirit. Aura is an electromagnetic field around all living creatures and it appears as subtle colour radiances. Each colour signifies a certain vibration and carries with it intent. The colour of the Aura give us information about the quality of any living or non-living individual’s consciousness, in humans about emotions, thoughts, abilities and vital energies. Auras have a long history. Natural tribes, mystics of the middle age, painters and artists portrayed the Aura as radiant, shining rays of light around man, animal and plant. It is also where the halo originally comes from. The last chakra which is located at the tip of the natural antenna is the crown or sahasrara chakra, if the root chakra connects you to the female, in our case Gaia, the crown connects us to the male, in our case the ultimate observer through Amen Ra. Having this chakra is what's giving you the sense you are alive, that feeling of you, self, of identity Self and identity exist where the physical you and spiritual Yu meet it is necessary to have the observer as without it nothing physical would exist. The first two acronyms in Yulaw together make up what we consider the internal world, where as the last three are all actions that although have their root from the internal, all happen externally, can be measured and recorded so therefore are very much physical. The internal world is defined as the observer experiencing where one chooses to point focus of attention. Subconscious is known as all the involuntary decisions the body makes for us. Unconsciousness is literally when the observer is temporarily absent from the body, i.e. when asleep or daydreaming. All the chakras make up the major energy centres for the spiritual to manifest into physical, there are meridian point which are almost like mini versions. All living things including Gaia have the same spiritual structure with its own chakras. The observer is all of this and more, it is everything, bounded only by its physical eco level. It observes, it has a sense of being and most importantly it experiences, feels and learns, then allowing for the body to be piloted through the Flow connecting to other observers through concept connection. Yu is all this and coupled with Ukno makes up what we know as self.

~Ukno~
"A pessimist sees the difficulty in every opportunity; an optimist sees the opportunity in every difficulty." - Winston Churchill

Ukno is to think, the second part in Yulaw. From the first law, Yu which is the observer, where all concepts and knowledge exist spreading out like a light from the chakras in the body constantly flowing. Ukno is everything that physically happens internally in the body, it is the mind. Together with Yu it allows creation within the body and physically outside of it, basically in the Ether to Yu. Ukno includes all body functions from complex ones such as emotions to the involuntary functions such as digestion. It is the full spectrum of conscious and subconscious built into the body' antenna through the nervous systems to interact with the first level of Ether; the body. Then it is connected through the five senses to the rest of the Ether to which the observer pilots the body through. The centre for Yu is found in the manipura but the brain is where it feels like we are as most of the processing for our entire

body is done there, our eyes are in front of the brain and so it is no wonder why we believe we feel like Yu sits there. The truth is Yu is everything, it is beyond the observer, it is one piece of the ultimate observer. Together with Ukno we have a unique perspective on the physical world, our own individual sense of self coupled with physically being apart from everything else makes us unique. The brain is central to our evolved state and current day survival but consciously there is so much as observers of reality going on within constantly flowing currents of the Flow, that some thing we completely miss and never know of. This is why it is important to not be concerned with self or how one looks as you focus inwards from outside and stop doing, missing what is presently happening. What you do is what makes up self. In doing any action it always starts and ends with the observer, with Yu. Everything is cyclic and comes full circle, the observer is a reality producing entity made up of concepts, intuition, intention and knowledge, nothing hard or substantial. Yu will literally observe the whole creation process from beginning to end, experience everything almost like a gamer experiences a video game and when the creation cycle is complete another will start. Doing and experiencing is the meaning of life. The brain processes 400 billion bits of information a second although we're only consciously aware of 2000 of those which mostly come from the Ether and our bodies. It needs constant stimulation and tests have found if you put a human in isolation long enough the brain even creates sounds and images to stimulate itself, it has a constant focus of attention that only diminishes when you die. When you are unconscious or asleep the brain is still stimulated but from Yu, i.e. when you dream or visualise. It mostly shuts down as the rest of the body fully shuts down to regenerate but the mind is always active. Dreaming is no different then visualising or day-dreaming other then you are unconscious when it happens, it is focusing inwards into Yu. It is known scientifically that when you see something in your environment and that when you close your eyes and imagine the exact same thing, the same neuro nets in the brain light up. According to the brain whether observing what is external to the body; in the Ether or observing what is being visualised internally, they are both the exact same thing, no difference, what is real to the brain is both the internal and external. This is because the internal world reflects to create the external world, regardless of whether you look at an individual life form or whether you look at the universe as a whole the internal; concepts of information reflects on itself to create the physical external world. In the act of internal focus, the brains ability to look inwards on oneself, you look at Yu, is where find all concepts existing, anything that anyone has ever thought, is thinking and is yet to think exists here. It is not physical, no space or time exists at this level and is why in the physical so much time can pass when dreaming or visualising yet we believe its only been a shorter time. We have an amazing power to think, to direct our focus of attention, which straight away effects reality by the storage of knowledge in memory. The mind remaps to connect and remember new concept patterns and the subsequent physical feelings one experiences all around the body as chemicals are released creating emotion. As all actions have reactions you can not do something without feeling or experiencing regardless of whether you succeed or not. All concepts exist but are not known to us, for that to happen action in the physical must be taken under the direction of focus matching the concepts from the spiritual to the physical; belief to truth. Our brain creates connections in our neuro net between what it knows as truth; physical actions and their subsequent reactions or fact, and belief; the choice in believing a certain concept can potentially benefit ourselves. Fundamentally we are what we believe. Sometimes some concepts are completely impossible to visualise when told by someone else, especially if you have had no prior knowledge in doing what they are talking about. If you went to an aboriginal tribe and tried to explain an F1 car they would have no knowledge of one as they have never seen or

driven one and so to these people that concept would be near impossible to grasp. The next time someone comes along to try explain the same thing the tribe will have the real experience of the previous person trying to tell them what an F1 car is and so would be able to link that experience to the new one, they will now have a very basic understanding of the F1 car concept as they experienced something physical the last time they tried to connect with it. Unfortunately the tribe would still not know what the car is as they haven't seen or driven one but would at least experience a feeling of 'knowing' when talking to the second guy as that same concept has been linked to a physical experience and infused into their neuro net. Between belief and truth self knowledge exists, the knowledge that makes up self, our identity what we know we can do as we've done before, learning how to do, what we want to be doing, and what we have done that is no longer helpful to who we are; learning how not to do. Learning; the constant connection between concept and action, belief and truth, to make up who we are never stops. People may believe that when they leave school they are unable to learn or have already learnt all they need but the fact is you continue to learn everyday of every second, constantly evolving traits and routines to make us better or to what we think will benefit us, to fortify who we are as a unique perspective for the ultimate observer. The constant doing and learning action is what shapes everything about us, both mind and body get effected by our actions, this includes thoughts and words. Moments of clarity are not when your brain has suddenly stumbled onto new concepts but when various concepts bond together in a certain pattern to create a bigger concept that floods your mind and through your body as a wave of sudden realisation. The concepts have always been there but only with the appropriate action can they become clear, immediately effecting the direction of your current and literally rewiring your neuro net to this new way of flowing. Inevitably what we believe and do is who we are, what we experience because of that makes us feel alive. When Yu is coupled with internal focus the brain has access to visualisation and thought narration through the minds eye. Visualisation is the act of imagining and is the exact same thing witnessed when meditating and dreaming. It is a very powerful ability where through it we manifest our physical reality, absolutely anything can be imagined and therefore practically anything is possible. Visualisation is necessary until you have created knowledge by linking the belief in concept to the truth in action, once this is achieved it is known to be internalised information where an action has been learnt and can be preformed successfully over an over, each time reducing in effort as you fortify your belief in your ability to achieve it and becomes more solid the more you do it, practice makes perfect. The more practice in the physical the more your body remembers through muscle memory and will eventually be able to do it without the observer, for example you switching off your alarm clock without consciously waking up, if you practice switching off your alarm and immediately going back to sleep eventually the observer will be fully absent and the alarm becomes useless. You can fully train your mind and body. Thought narration is literally thinking but because thinking is such a loose descriptive term which also covers visualisation it has been named thusly. Thought narration is the internal voice that narrates over all things visualised by the minds eye with internal focus. The voice is up to each person as to what it sounds like in their head as it doesn't physically exist where the difference in pitch, tone, speed, accent are all relative to the observer and can change at will. Thoughts accompany visuals but are not necessary Further more you control your thoughts, they do not control you unless you let them. Both visuals and thoughts are reflected into Ether or the physical realm as actions and words, all you see and hear. They also have a profound ability to effect the way you feel just as the way you feel can effect your thoughts but whereas you have direct control over your thoughts, you only have indirect control over how you

feel as feeling is the reaction to action, whether that's through thinking, actions or words you will get a reaction of feeling. As all action from outside the body must pass through your body and then mind before reaching the observer and experiencing feeling it becomes possible to control indirectly how you feel by how you take to what is happening out in the Ether, whether you believe they are being positive or negative. Obviously if you choose to think they are being negative the feelings from Yu will be negative, if however you choose to assume the positive the feelings from Yu will be positive. Intent comes from Yu, the focus of intent is what brings it into reality. Focus, the direction of attention, where we choose to focus our minds eye, and choice, which option we choose to flow our current into, are the only things we have control over. Everything else is controlled indirectly from these two concepts through electrical signals in the nervous system. Focus is like the search light of the mind, with a search light the area the light is pointed is illuminated, it is the same with your focus; what you focus on you effect, energy flows where focus goes. You can effect the way you feel simply by focusing on certain thoughts, if you are unhappy, focusing on pleasant things and thoughts makes you more pleasant. With action, when you focus on thoughts of not being able to do the action or scenarios of what can go wrong, you no longer focus on the action at hand and without 100% focus on the action it is all to easy for things to go wrong. In sport where balance and positioning is key, lack of focus on the action can be fatal especially focus on the action going wrong. You are constantly focusing, whether on the internal or external it never stops and is extremely powerful driving everything in life; the internal creates the external, what is focused on internally manifests externally. This is called the law of attraction. The law is a creation process, whatever you believe and visualise in your head, be it anything you want or need, is manifested within the Flow either directly; where you literally receive it in your hand or indirectly where what you want is a little difficult to just fall into your lap so the option to choose the path to obtaining that which you seek is presented to you. The 'how' in this process is always surprising but generally the process is ask - believe - receive When you visualise you materialise, thoughts manifest. Focus is a choice and therefore the only thing you have direct control over; to choose where to point your focus continually along your current through the Flow. As these things come in threes, the concept; focus & choice made up of the focus and the subsequent choice, follow the same pattern. As focus is constant and ever present choice to is constant and ever present, even if you think you don't have a choice the fact is you do even if you choose to believe you don't have control. There is always the choice of self serving action, pro-creating action and lastly to shift focus onto something completely different. The expression of choice across all levels of being from what to think to what to do and say has direct effect on your current and forces it in the direction of focus within the Flow. This has direct effect on everything physical from your mind and body to external things such as relationships and how others view you as well as the world around you. Choice is always present and you only don't have a choice if you succumb to the belief that you don't have a choice, normally influenced by another person or event and so you let the Flow as a whole effect your current. This can completely throw you from your path producing unforeseen and unexpected results. The first thing that choice effects is your state before it ripples out into the Ether. Good choice creates good opportunity and is congruent to your intentions, poor choice creates refined opportunity and is incongruent to your intentions. Your state is governed very much by feeling, if you feel down it will be because of bad input from a recent event and it can produce negative thoughts which will only create negative feeling. This is called a negative feedback loop and can only be cured by positive thoughts leading to positive feelings. You can however control your thoughts and actions therefore effecting the way you feel. You must always reach out with how you feel not with what you think as thinking is relatively experimental and is

internal coming from the observer before action happens in the Ether. Feeling comes from the reaction to what happens and is why it can't be directly controlled like thoughts as it needs the whole cycle of action-reaction before its felt. This makes it a more solid way to view the Ether and its situations. This is especially true when you consider the observer extends way beyond and before us, only seeming limited because of our current state of evolution of awareness. Trust your feelings as they offer a lot more insight then we give them credit. Feelings are reflected physically in the body as emotion coming from a gland in the brain once the observer has witnessed an event. Thoughts and feelings vibrate in specific ways which is why music effects us so readily as different notes vibrate in the same way temporarily inducing certain feelings. When you feel a certain feeling be it happiness, anger, sadness, victimisation, lust and so on, to allow the rest of your eco-system to stay balanced and feel the same state, chemicals known as peptides are released from the hypothalamus in the brain. They seek out every cell in your body and interact with them through receptor sites on the cells membrane causing a change in chemical composition of that cell. This process keeps harmony within the eco-system but can be abused, people who often have too much of one emotion or a feeling can in fact become addicted to it and seek it out affecting their intentions if not properly controlled. This can potentially be devastating for your body and is for example why some people are overweight being addicted to the chemical rush you get after you've eaten a massive meal and feel stuffed! Just as we are modelled on the ultimate observer we to should favour balance over anyone thing, to forgo balance can only bring about addiction You can literally be addicted to anything including chemical peptides, should you continue to seek out long term negative feelings through self-serving action the end result is literally to bring the death of your body quicker. As the mind creates the body by sending it signals and as all cells produce our proteins which make our bodies what they are; it is easy to see that when cells are emotionally bombarded over long periods of time protein production weakens. When that happens the effects of death come a lot quicker, for example skin losses elasticity, elastin is a protein. Emotions also extend beyond your body as who you are is the area you effect, you are constantly breathing and perspiring and as all cells are effected the emotion gets carried out into your aura. This is how people and animals can tell for example someone is scared by empathetically picking up the emotion fear through the peptides in the air, feeling fear and knowing it isn't coming from within. If from your original intent your focus and choices are good reinforcing your intent then your state will reflect that, this is the first level of expression. Expression always follows intent and for expression to clearly show your original intent; all parts in the cycle have to be in harmony. Expression is literally any physical results that manifest from intent, starting from choice in where to point focus. All subsequent parts are then expression including the effect that comes back from the Ether to either reinforce your intent or displace it, leading to a change in intent. Expression happens continuously to the point where merely observing has an effect on your current, when you sit there believing that when you do nothing you aren't effecting anything, when the fact is the act of not doing anything is still an expression and therefore still has effects. Everything in the physical adapts to the success or failure of congruency between intent to expression, the mind rewires itself to the thought patterns you choose to think and believe, the body rebuilds itself to the action you decide to take, hence why going to the gym makes your muscles bigger as the body like nature adapts according to action. All these effects of expression create karma and karma is the reaction to your action, the effect of the intentions of everything else, all other living things, on yourself, from within the Ether. There are generally four types of karma, as karma is the reaction to your action it is almost like a reflection. If your action was for good, selfless then the karmatic reflection will also be good, similarly if your action was selfish the reflection will be bad. Good and bad as described before do not exist as it is all relative

and in the Ether only the difference of opinion exists. As good and bad are relative they exist relative to each person, hence why karma is thought not to exist because it is relative, what is bad karma for one may not be seen in the same way with the same perspective by another. An example of karma is get what you give, if you do something for somebody without asking of anything in return you will get more then you ever expected, this is good karma and is selfless. You would either receive a gift then and there or this person would aide you in a way you needed further down your path or somebody else would give you an unexpected gift out of kindness. If you hit someone because you didn't like the way they chose to dress then you will create bad karma as that decision was selfish, more then likely you would either be jumped there an then by his friends that you didn't recognise as his friends or by passers by or somewhere down your path you can expect the same treatment from someone else. Good and bad are the two sides to karma but although relative there are four types as karma is also split into long and short term karma. Short karma is immediate and is more obvious that it is linked to your actions. In the above examples short karma comes in the form of the immediate reward for good short karma and in the form of being pounded by the guys unexpected friends as bad short karma. Long karma comes over time and is often amazingly unexpected giving rise to the idea you are totally out of control of your own fate as more often then not something will happen and you ask yourself why do you deserve it. In the above examples long karma comes in the form of the eventual unexpected gift from a stranger as good long karma or being randomly jumped for the way you dress as bad long karma. There are times where being selfish gets good short karma but bad long karma, similarly times where selflessness gets bad short karma but good long karma. It is good long karma that one should aim for as normally bad short karma is a necessary sacrifice. Although in the karmic examples the reactions are from physical actions, karma comes from all actions, this includes thoughts, as every action has a reaction, the actions of thought, physical action and speech all have karmic reactions associated with them. Inevitably karma decides on which options are made present to you to act on to fulfil intention at each moment. It is all about giving yourself the best and biggest range of options available. With each passing moment how you feel determines how much you enjoy or dislike that moment and therefore life. Feelings indirectly come from Yu as a result of thought and are always present through the other 4 laws as you are always in a certain state from moment to moment. Although it is seen as what happens or is happening that effects how you feel its inevitably the way you think or way you take things, your reactional thought that effects how you feel. The way you think also effects the outcome of what happens as everything physical is manifested from the ultimate observer outwards. The mind or Ukno is the bridge between Yu and LAW, feelings from Yu can not be directly controlled but can be indirectly through thought control; the ability to pick an choose which thoughts to play through your head when something happens in the Ether or when pointing focus before creating action. Thoughts and feelings guide one another for the way you feel generally aides in your thought pattern as feeling is connected to everything in your body and beyond but the way you think is the first thing you have control over, one in which you can choose which visuals and narration to listen to. You have the ability to control your thoughts; to view potential actions and reactions in a certain way, one that benefits you rather then puts you at a deficit.

Thought control is pivotal to everything you do, positive thinking breeds positive feeling, if your intentional thoughts and reactional thoughts are positive regardless of what the situation brings from moment to moment you will feel positive. Some people may view this as shooting yourself in the foot, allowing others to take advantage of your positive way of life but the fact of the matter is if you

understand how positive thinking works you won't detriment yourself and therefore the others around you. Besides people can only take advantage of you if you let them and you let yourself succumb to their way of thinking, to their personal opinion. People will recognise this and allow you to be positive and even vibe off you as they begin to see its actually the frame of mind they want to achieve. If you help others you help yourself and no one will take advantage of that fact without first detrimenting themselves. As everything in the Universe is positively happening negative thinking and therefore actions become almost harder to achieve. So as it becomes second nature it becomes easier to think and therefore feel positive. To achieve positive thinking it is drastically important that you recognise that once out of your body and into the Ether you don't know anything, you only know of what comes from within. Take vanity as an example, vanity is the concept of needing to check that you look good to be able to think that the way you look is acceptable, therefore feel good about yourself. It stems from a place of insecurity with yourself. What happens with vanity is every reflective surface you see yourself in you need to check yourself out and make sure you are still 'looking good', obviously this is in the eye of the beholder as this is inevitably just an opinion. The downside is if you need something outside of you to be positive, i.e. your reflection to feel positive you will forever be a slave to the moment. When you realise that, regardless of how you look you can have those thoughts or feelings without even looking out into the Ether, literally just by reassuring yourself you look good. The thoughts you achieve from seeing yourself looking good in the reflective surface become unnecessary as you can simply call upon them until you become happy enough to not even need them at all. The key is to know that you simply don't know as everything in the Ether is constantly changing moment to moment and that your goals are all that matter, how you get there is irrelevant as long as you get there. Hand over the 'how' to the Universe, focus solely on the objective and the rest will fall into place. This is the Flow in full effect; the Universe and the Observer working in tandem. Don't think that you know, just know that you think, that in thinking, your opinion is paramount but only to yourself. The only thing to know about everything is from within and similarly that every living thing is going through the same thing, hence why there is no right or wrong just different opinions where each is entitled to their own. If positive thinking is the only thing you need to do, which literally will be no thinking what so ever as its not really too necessary when it comes to doing. Negative thinking becomes anything to do with thinking which clouds your focus or inhibits actions including over thinking. Negative thinking clouds the mind and stops the flow of your Current within the Flow. Your path needs to be clear and your faith or belief in yourself and the Universe has to be rock solid. This is called being secure, being confident. Negative thinking only leads to the opposite; insecurity, unconfidence and diversion in your current to your intended goals to the point where your goals become unachievable. By clouding your focus it creates stress which will inevitably kill you as all things need to constantly Flow as is the nature of the Universe. If you continue with negative thinking and keep putting yourself through negative moments the Universe will oust you out of existence one way or another. Positive or negative thinking is a choice, regardless of what you see in the Ether you should, no matter what, think positive, therefore you will feel positive, you will be positive. Positive thinking is key to an enlightened mind, remembering its always all good, that everything is positively happening in the long run, negative is a short term selfish thing. A good example is candle light; a candle can light even the darkest of rooms but no amount of darkness can rob that candle lit room of light. The way in which everything in your world works comes from Yu, through Ukno before being expressed physically outside of you. Starting with intention from Yu, followed by the choice as to where the minds eye focuses internally on thoughts and knowledge, this creates your state in the moment before leading to physical expression outside of your body in the form of actions. The Ether will react to

your action, the results come in through your senses and back through the mind where the minds eye focus' on reactional thought before leading to your next intentional thought. All the while your intentional and reactional thoughts will allow you to indirectly control your feelings which basically makes up your state. Your intentions should pro-create; serving others which in turn serves yourself, get back what you put in. Your focus should be clear and positive, visualisation and subsequent thought narration should reinforce and support your intention not detriment it or make excuses against it. Your state, the immediate reaction of focus, should also be positive and you will feel 100% confident in your ability to preform the expression so long as your focus is positive. If you choose to listen to and carry out positive pro-creating intentions, foci and states your expression will manifest exactly as you intended, quite simply put if you are positive there is nothing you can't achieve, everything is possible, everything is positively happening. Positive thinking literally becomes not thinking at all as there is nothing to think about beyond the circumstances of any given situation, it is in fact doing which creates correct thinking, practice until perfect. Doing is the meaning of existence and what everything does without choice, for even if you choose not to do something you are in fact still doing.

~Liberte~
"Be formless... shapeless, like water. If you put water into a cup, it becomes the cup. You put water into a bottle; it becomes the bottle. You put it into a teapot; it becomes the teapot. Water can flow, or it can crash. Be water, my friend..." - Bruce Lee

Liberte is a concept of political philosophy that identifies the condition in which an individual has the right to act according to his or her own will, has the right to do whatever they would like to do as long as it doesn't impede on anyone else's right to Liberte. Liberte is action, anything that is physically do-able, it is the third law in Yulaw and represents the first real physical evidence of life and its effects within the Universe. It can be recorded and is the cornerstone to everything science is aware of. Although Ukno is technically the first physical effect in the Universe others can not witness the ripple of that effect until it becomes physical, until it effects the Ether, as it can be recorded. The third law is all about doing, which also happens to be the meaning of the Universe itself, to do and experience. Everything is doing right now, even if you are doing nothing you are still doing and the effects of those actions ripple out constantly in the Flow. It is constant and never stops, all things keep on Flowing. The whole Universe will forever manifest intention from the spiritual plane to expression in physical reality, this is constantly happening because if it were to stop the Universe would cease to exist. Similarly if you were to stop you would cease to exist, everything must flow and therefore you don't stop doing what you need to do. It is hard in our current system to see what it is we need to do through the thickness of materialism which tells us everyday what we must have, what we should want and that we must fulfil those wants to be happy. Unfortunately materialism is short lived and is the only way a consumerist society can function. Needs are basic but once fulfilled you will know as you will be fulfilled. The key is doing what you need, what's necessary in order for you to survive over doing what you want. Wants aren't necessary, they are almost distractions from your path, your current in the Flow. Needs are all that matters, anything else should be seen as a bonus not a necessity. For if the body's needs are taken care of 100%, everything the body needs it would have and there would be no reason a human couldn't live to an amazingly old age, staying active into death. The body is the observers vessel used to travel the current path in the Flow. It is the conduit between

spiritual and physical, without it what goes on inside you could not connect to what is happening outside of you. By the time the body reaches adulthood it will consist of close to 50 trillion cells, a tenth of which is human, the rest is bacteria, it is an eco system and all that is there is needed to make your body what it is and work the way it works. The body is never physically older than a decade, as it fully regenerates over a period of 7 - 10 years. Each time the regeneration takes place the body is almost brand new but obviously as time passes will never be as good as it once was. Red blood cells which are responsible for the delivery of oxygen around the body are replaced every 120 days, the liver which plays a major role in metabolism regenerates every 300 to 500 days. The entire skeletal structure which provides protection and structure for the body regenerates over a period of 10 years while 98% of all atoms in the human body takes a mere 360 days to be fully replaced. There are two parts to every organism that are vital to its existence, first the centre of the the organism where the centre of gravity sits, important for the organisms movements and second is the control centre which is connected to higher functions which help maintain and regulate the whole organism. In simple cells you have the nucleus as the control centre, it tells the rest of the cell what to do, there is also the actual centre of the cell where the observer will shine through and the centre of gravity sits. Both connect to observer and allow the cell to move to its own will. The body is the same, firstly there is the centre of the body, known as the core, pivotal to the bodies movement as well as ingestion of energy from physical matter. From here the observer shines brightly from what science calls the second brain, this is where the manipura chakra sits. Then there is the control centre which is the brain, although the brain functions as a whole for higher functions in the body, the real centre of the brain is the pituitary gland which controls such things as; growth, blood pressure, sex organ functions, thyroid gland function, conversion of food into energy (metabolism), water and osmolarity regulation in the body and temperature regulation. This is where the third eye chakra sits. To understand how these two areas function in unison is like understanding how a satellite dish works, there is the reflector which reflects the signal focusing it into the feed to then be transmitted through wiring. The body works in the same way, there is the bodies centre which is where that un-nameable, un-describable part of the universe is reflected from, then receiving from the reflector into the feed which in this case would be the brain. The spine and brain are practically an antenna for the universal observer of which when it acts through the physical body gives the feeling of the individual observer as you are both the universal observer and your physical body, neither of which could exist without the other. If the universal observer didn't exist neither would your body, if the physical didn't exist there would be no evidence or affect of the universal observer being there. Each works in tandem with each other, supporting and manifesting a current within the Flow which is merely made up of all currents. The body is connected to the Ether and to the Ultimate Observer, the way in which the body is connected to the Ether is through the senses. There are senses both to and from the Ether to enable us to manage our way through our journey. Five of them are widely known and recorded as they have direct physical effect on the body, these are the body's ability to receive information from the Ether providing inputs for perception through touch, sight, hearing, taste and smell. They are all electrical vibrations of information where touch, taste and smell are tactile meaning foreign objects need to be in direct contact with our bodies to be able to transmit information. Touch is the outer most sense covering all the body receiving its messages through the skin and transmitted as electrical signals to the brain, it is literally your direct connection to the Ether. It is a perception resulting from activation of a variety of pressure receptors responding to variations in pressure (firm, brushing, sustained, etc). Taste and smell are the body's chemical senses and rely on the exchange of chemical messages between molecules in the Ether and receptors found around the nose and mouth. Combined they form what is known as our perception of flavour which is especially relevant to food, for without the sense of smell

taste doesn't work when eating or drinking. Hearing is the next higher sense, this is is the sense of sound perception. Since sound is vibrations propagating through a medium such as air, the detection of these vibrations, that is the sense of the hearing, is a mechanical sense because these vibrations are mechanically conducted from the eardrum through a series of tiny bones to hair-like fibres in the inner ear which detect mechanical motion of the fibres within a range of about 20 to 20,000 hertz. Sight is the highest form of physical sensory perception of the Ether, it is the ability to detect electromagnetic waves within the light spectrum and as humans is where we get the majority of our information from our physical world. This is also the reason that our society is a visual society, based around images, logos and the variety of colour because sight is such a dominant sense. There are 7 key areas in the body, 5 of which exert influence on the observer and can alter the way one acts. These 7 key areas are the body's chakras, all organisms have chakras, they are the energy centres along the spine located at major branchings of the human nervous system, beginning at the base of the spinal column and moving upward to the top of the skull. Starting from the bottom there is the Muladhara which relates to being rooted, in our case we are routed to Gaia and this is a chakra all things have including non-living things. You will only notice the effects of this chakra when they become distorted and weak, i.e. when your drunk and have the feeling of floating away or not being grounded. This chakra does not exert influence on the observer unless absent. The next two chakras, the Swadhisthana and Manipura come together, you can not have one without the other, all living organisms have these two chakras including simple cells. They act in unison, where input of energy i.e. food goes to the manipura and the output of energy i.e. excretion comes from the swadhisthana. Both these chakras exert influence on the observer, when you are hungry your stomach will rumble, you need food and so the manipura can influence you into making decisions towards getting food or drink. Similarly the swadhisthana can be seen as your sex drive so when you see a member of the opposite sex you may feel the urge to get with them, this is the swadhisthana talking and influencing you. Both chakras will guide you to what's needed and generally help you to make decisions best fit for your body, you feel hungry you eat food. Left to their own devices and if you as the observer release control over these influences and let them control you they aren't intelligent enough to know when to stop, that is if you let the influence of the manipura control your actions you will overeat becoming addicted to the feeling of when you have eaten too much. If you let the influence of the swadhisthana control you you will become a sex addict. Further up the spinal cord and you meet the next chakra; the Anahata, this chakra sits over your chest and powers the heart and lungs allowing oxygen and blood to flow around the body. It also gives the body natural rhythm and allows the body to move around and physically do what it does. The Anahata also exerts influence on the observer, the previous two are quite primal in terms of the body's wants/needs, the Anahata is a bit more evolved. It is the feeling of compassion where it influences the observer to be either amicable or friendly, i.e. warm hearted or callous or heartless, i.e. cold hearted depending on whether the observer is aiming to fulfil his/her own needs or the needs of others, selfish or selfless. It is good to listen to all the body's influences but if you were to let the Anahata control you you would be too busy taking. The observer must control this influence of heart, for as this is a higher functioning chakra can be used in the spirit of giving in warm heartedness of which will make others gravitate towards you as the recognise your kind spirit. The Vishudda is the next chakra found in the throat which powers communication, the ability to talk using vibrations created from the larynx as air passes over the voice box through the mouth then out

into the ether. This chakra influences what you believe others may want to hear, should you let this chakra control you then it takes over your urge to say things just because you feel they need to be said, it kills conversation and leaves others with a false impression on how confident/unconfident you may be. If controlled properly can give others a warm feeling of connection they always want to have around, it can get people to do things for you even if you didn't request them. The Anja is the next chakra found between the eyes and sits in the pineal gland controlling higher functions of the body, a light sensitive gland that produces the hormone melatonin which regulates sleep and awakening. This is where the minds eye is said to sit as, just with the satellite example acts as the feed from the receiver It gives the false impression you as the observer are sat behind your eyes and controls your ability to think. It influences you in terms of what you believe the outcomes to any given event will be, it allows you to manifest your path as it gives you up to 6 seconds of insight into the future known as anticipation. Should you let this chakra control you it can drown out your logical mind as an observer and if not controlled properly can fill your head with doubt and fear and obscure your path away from pure manifestation. On the other hand if controlled properly can do the opposite and aide you on your journey allowing you to feel amazingly positive. The last chakra does not influence you, it like the Muladhara has a constant effect on your being. It is known as the Sahasrara and is generally considered to be the chakra of consciousness. Its role may be envisioned somewhat similar to that of the pituitary gland, which secretes hormones to communicate to the rest of the endocrine system and also connects to the central nervous system via the hypothalamus. The thalamus is thought to have a key role in the physical basis of consciousness, the chakra itself is the direct line to the ultimate observer and working in tandem with the body is what gives the observer the feeling of being an observer. The Sahasrara is your connection to everything as a whole and is where you return when your physical body dies. Direct action through any of the chakras always has repercussions on your body directly and the Ether indirectly, this includes thought, action, speech and control of feelings. Chakras are considered to be a point or nexus of biophysical energy or prana of the human body. In China prana is known as Chi, but regardless both are the same concept, they are essentially the Flow. Prana is the basic component of your spiritual self, your energy field, and the entire chakra system...the key to life and source of energy in the universe. It is the same as the Chinese concept of Chi known as flowing energy, both permeate everything, is everything and describes how everything flows. It is the thing that the observer lives off of and controls internally and externally, it is fundamentally the observer. As Flow flows in cycles its important to know that things must keep flowing and the restriction of Flow to stop flowing or divert it produces undesired results. In this book Chi is in reference to Flow that is in your body as it makes it easier to understand but is essentially the same thing. Although Chi is Flow and both are the body the universe and therefore everything, your body physically requires other substances and so it is seen that Chi will enter your body through, for example your breath. Chi then cycles through the body like electricity through an electrical circuit. There are various pressure points known as meridians as well as the chakras themselves which if broken or if the flow of Chi is restricted can cause devastating effects in the area of the body where the flow has stopped. Restriction of Chi is literally known as stress, can come in the form of mental stress or physical stress, regardless of which both restrict the flow of Chi and jeopardise the health of the body. Every and all diseases, illnesses and ailments of the body come directly from stress normally caused by something else like an infection. Remove the cause of the stress and you will cure your body of any ailment. This is the fundamental principle in both Ayurvedic and Chinese traditional medicine practices.

Stress can be caused a number of ways, most are obvious and you can remove the unwanted cause of stress easily, for example if you're at work and you feel stressed you must change your circumstances, talk to your boss about feeling the pressure, delegate the work load to colleagues or change the job completely The results are the same, the stress is removed and everything flows nicely once more. The same applies to every aspect of anything ever, because everything flows and the diversion or stopping of Flow is called stress. However there are some stresses the body endures over a long period of time, this can be caused by minor instances you wouldn't even think could amount to the build-up of stress that happens as a result. To get around this there are four practices which eliminate the potential for stress build up, two of which are physical and two are mental practices. Mental stress is relieved in two ways, the first you do before stress can even be built up. Entertaining stressful thoughts or negative thoughts that can lead to stress is stress itself so to get around this if you need to focus on the positive, be intelligent and logical and don't give into negative influence of the Anja, control it; go with truth and reassure yourself of the positive, you will find 9 times out of 10 the positive happens anyway if you are open to any outcome, good or bad. In terms of thinking most thoughts are actually inhibitions from the Anja which stop you being able to live fully in the moment, they caution you as a way to avoid you from experiencing anything negative, keep you in a safe place in an attempt to avoid embarrassment, injury or death. If you don't experience anything negative how will you learn from that moment? Unfortunately because thoughts manifest its likely that if your focused on not wanting to be embarrassed or not wanting conversation to be awkward, these thoughts will more then likely manifest and you will be embarrassed, conversation will turn awkward. This is why its imperative that if your going to focus on thoughts, that you focus on the positive because if your going to manifest unnecessary thoughts they may as well be beneficial to you and others around you. Opening yourself up to truth and the situation, immersing yourself completely into it leaves no time to think, asking yourself what is there to think about? Worry and self doubt are backwards and inhibiting to the observer, most of the time worry doesn't even come true. You must be unthreatened and unfrightened by the unknown, stick with the ability of reason, see the truth and be efficient with it. Once you do this there won't be any time for mental thought be it good or bad and you will gain complete clarity over your spiritual self making the path ahead clear as day. This leads onto the second way you can relieve mental stress and that's through exercise and meditation. At its core, meditation is about touching the spiritual essence that exists within us all. Experiencing the joy of this essence has been called enlightenment, nirvana, or even rebirth, and reflects a deep understanding within us. The spiritual essence is not something that we create through meditation. It is already there, deep within, behind all the barriers, patiently waiting for us to recognize it. One does not have to be religious or even interested in religion to find value in it. Becoming more aware of your self and realizing your spiritual nature is something that transcends religion. Anyone who has explored meditation knows that it is simply a path that leads to a new, more expansive way of seeing the world around us. Learning how to meditate is the essential foundation to peace of mind, happiness and a fulfilled outer life. When we become the master of our mind, we also master our life. By quieting the mind we can control it, and eventually tame it completely. Meditation enables us to hold our focus on what we want and attract that experience into our lives. The greatest secrets in learning how to meditate are very simple and easy. In fact, there's nothing you do to actually "meditate" you simply sit being unfocused and experience your own presence. However the mind tends to wander and may need more of a structure if it cannot stay in being unfocused and this can be done through breath; when you breathe do it through your diaphragm, this means a deep almost raspy breath you can feel in your

stomach. This should be the way you breathe all the time so its good practice to fully use your lungs. A review of scientific studies identified relaxation, concentration, an altered state of awareness, a suspension of logical thought and the maintenance of a self-observing attitude as the behavioural components of meditation; it is accompanied by a host of biochemical and physical changes in the body that alter metabolism, heart rate, respiration, blood pressure and brain chemistry. Meditation has been used in clinical settings as a method of stress and pain reduction. Meditation has also been studied specifically for its effects on stress, it is therefore prudent to practise meditating at least once a day, especially if stressed. Meditating is a productive way to pass time so if you are ever found to be waiting on something to happen, meditate and you will be at a much more ready state of mind when you come to the task you wait for, like for example an exam. Flushing away all thoughts on the subject makes sure you go into it with a clear mind, not one full of self doubt or with self reinforcement which will inevitably create self doubt through insecurity. A clear mind is imperative if you want to see truth and not be hindered in anyway. Physical stress builds up in the body from physical things, like how overwhelming stress comes from a build up thoughts, this type of stress comes from a build up from the effects of daily actions i.e. lifting, carrying, even incorrect postures like sleeping awkwardly, doing anything your not used to doing especially if its strenuous All these activities will eventually leave your body feeling fatigued, either in specific areas or all over, this is caused by tension. Tension in the body stops the flow of chi and builds up stress as a result, if there is enough tension things can break, muscles and ligaments can rip and bones can snap. To protect yourself from the effects of a build up of tension in the body it is important to allow the body to become subtle and flexible, this opens up your channels to allow chi to flow successfully unhindered even when the body is put through stressful actions. Further more anything that has built up must be released daily and this is done through two practices. The first practice is that of Yoga which not only utilises meditation but because of its slow subtle movements opens the chakras and channels fully allowing Chi to flow unhindered around the body therefore releasing any and all built up physical stress. Although there are a lot of different types of yoga and practitioners who will practice religiously for hours everyday, there is only really one type necessary to do to be able to gain the benefits of yoga practice, this is called Surya Namaskara. Known as sun salutation this should be practised on waking as the first thing the observer does, it is a salute to the sun and a respect for the fact the day wouldn't begin without the light, both from Amen Ra and of the mind. It doesn't take long as it is literally 2 sets of 12 postures of slow flowing movements. The way one exhales and inhales on certain moves also creates a meditative state of mind as one controls the Flow mentally and physically. Breath should be controlled and you should be breathing through your diaphragm to bring the Chi to the Manipura. This practice should always be done facing east and before eating. The second practice is that of Tai Chi which again like the Surya Namaskara, through subtle slow flowing movements releases stress by controlling both the physical and mental and therefore the Flow itself. The short form of Tai Chi takes 8 minutes to complete once it is mastered, it should ideally be practised before going to bed as the last thing you do in your day. If Surya Namaskara stretches you out ready for the day Tai Chi winds you down ready for sleep and releasing any built up stress accumulated through the day. The movements themselves unlike Surya Namaskara do not stretch you at all, do not create any tension or potential for tension. Instead it is designed to make sure all channels around the body open and flow correctly allowing for absolutely all tension to be absolved, it also creates a relaxed

deep meditative state where as Surya Namaskara creates a ready state. Tai Chi is best for making you subtle where as Yoga is best for making you flexible, both relieve stress, both are meditative and are a must. Surya Namaskara for the first thing you do when you wake and Tai Chi short form for the last thing you do before you sleep, this must be practised at least 4 hours after food. If all above practices are actioned on a daily basis and providing your choices are positive and selfless there will be no stress on your behalf. It has been proven to add an extra seven years onto your life just from thinking positively alone. The human body is made up of around 75% water, life would not be where it is today without two things, heat and water and the reaction thereof. Out of all the chemical elements it is said you only have chemistry until you add water, when that happens you have biology. It is the true life blood of all living things on Gaia and for Gaia herself. Both heat and water are two absolute necessities for the human body. If you stopped eating you could survive for around 30 days but if you stopped drinking you would be dead after 6, if you stopped breathing you would die after around 5 minutes. All these things are essential to the human body and all life on Earth. We need between 1 and 7 litres a day depending on activity to flush our systems and allow proper removal of toxins that have built up from the food we eat. We also wash ourselves in water and practically all food at some point has had water go through it, this makes water an amazingly sacred ingredient when it comes to life and practically every religious movement. It is also impressive to know that water is never lost or created, it travels through a cycle known as the hydrlogic cycle between liquid, gas and solid where it will be put through many condition changes including cleansing and revitalisation, the water we drink today is the same water the dinosaurs drank when they roamed the Earth. All water is practically conscious, though it is consciousness in the most simplest form, we are water that has evolved from the oceans to eventually walk on land and no matter how far away we get from it it is vital to our survival. Thought alone can influence the structure of water meaning if you bottled up some water and put a label on it with a feeling attached to it such as; love, hate, thanks, the composition of the water itself changes. The effects can only be seen under an electron microscope but at the cellular level it does change the water which means as we are 75% water our thoughts will mould and shape us physically as well as mentally. This is the reason why negative thoughts can have such a detrimental impact on our current path and our physiological self. Drinking enough water daily, changing intake depending on your days activities, can increase the level of your health exponentially. It flushes your system of any toxins, brings elasticity and moisture to your skin and feeds your whole body keeping you more active for longer. In some cases it has been found that it helps focus allowing your brain to be more 'switched on' when it comes to undertaking tasks. Correct intake of water is beneficial to your health, generally around 2 litres a day, but to maximise health and feed your body's needs properly a balance between water, nutrition, exercise and sleep is pivotal to the success of ones health. This balance is known as homoeostasis and although regulated by the body it requires your input of food stuffs and liquid to maintain itself. Nutritional intake is known as diet; the sum of food consumed by a person or other organism. Dietary habits are the habitual decisions an individual or culture makes when choosing what foods to eat. Although humans are omnivores, each culture holds some food preferences and some food taboos. Individual dietary choices may be more or less healthful. Proper nutrition requires the proper ingestion and equally important, the absorption of vitamins, minerals, and food energy in the form of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats. Dietary habits and choices play a significant role in health and mortality, and can also define cultures and play a role in religion. The intake of nutritional sustenance is split over three times a day, the need for water can be maintained easily by drinking about 500ml with each intake and if exercising increase

the intake of water with the increase in exercise. The three meals are breakfast, lunch and dinner. Breakfast is the most important meal of the day and sets you up for the rest of your day, lunch is an intermittent meal and mainly just keeps you going until dinner which is mainly a replenishing meal and helps your body rebuild itself at night. The intake of the right food isn't hard to do, in western civilisation its hard to stop yourself eating what your not meant to be eating, here obesity is a problem. In 3rd world countries it is the opposite, its hard to eat the right food as there isn't enough and malnourishment is a problem. What we should and shouldn't be eating isn't too hard to work out as you take what is already in our bodies and just keep it topped up. Below is a list of what we should be eating and too little or too much of these food stuffs is damaging to ones health. Vitamins remain essential nutrients for the healthy maintenance of the cells, tissues, and organs that make up a multicellular organism; they also enable a multicellular life form to efficiently use chemical energy provided by food it eats, and to help process the proteins, carbohydrates, and fats required for respiration. Vitamins come from practically all food as well as external sources such as sunlight, more commonly they are found in abundance in fruit and vegetables and is the reason why its recommended to eat 5 difference portions of fruit and vegetables a day. By doing this you will easily hit your recommended daily intake of vitamins, especially if the fruits and vegetables are varied. Minerals are the chemical elements required by living organisms to survive, other than the four elements carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and oxygen present in common organic molecules. A healthful, balanced diet can meet all the body's mineral requirements as they are found in all the food we eat. Carbohydrates are an essential structural component of living cells and source of energy for plants and animals. Most of the energy we need to function that comes from food comes in the form of carbohydrates. Foods high in carbohydrates include breads, pastas, beans, potatoes, bran, rice, and cereals. Most such foods are high in starch. Carbohydrates are the most common source of energy in living organisms. Proteins are essential parts of organisms and participate in virtually every process within cells. Many proteins are enzymes that catalyse biochemical reactions and are vital to metabolism. Proteins also have structural or mechanical functions, such as actin and myosin in muscle and the proteins in the cytoskeleton, which form a system of scaffolding that maintains cell shape. Other proteins are important in cell signalling, immune responses, cell adhesion, and the cell cycle. Proteins are also necessary in animals' diets, since animals cannot synthesize all the amino acids they need and must obtain essential amino acids from food. This use of protein as a fuel is particularly important under starvation conditions as it allows the body's own proteins to be used to support life, particularly those found in muscle. Protein is a necessary part of rebuilding damaged cells and are found in eggs, milk, all fish, all poultry, bread, cheese, lentils, beans, potatoes, brown rice, broccoli and all nuts. Fats play a vital role in maintaining healthy skin and hair, insulating body organs against shock, maintaining body temperature, and promoting healthy cell function. They also serve as energy stores for the body and serves as a useful buffer towards a host of diseases. While it is nearly impossible to remove fat completely from the diet, it would be unhealthy to do so, some fatty acids are essential nutrients, meaning that they can't be produced in the body from other compounds and need to be consumed in small amounts. All other fats required by the body are non-essential and can be produced in the body

from other compounds. Healthy fats are found in most oils such as fish oil, butter, sunflower oil, olive oil, and vegetable oils. They are also found in milk, animal skins, peanuts, sesame seeds and coconuts. A healthy diet is one of which is focused on propagating health in ones body, all the above are essential if a rounded diet is to be achieved, carbohydrates provide you with energy, protein with rebuilding cells, fats with insulation and storing of energy and vitamins and minerals providing you with essential chemicals to help bodily reactions and conditions across your whole body. Generally you could go without carbohydrates, fat and protein for quite some time before symptoms start to show, a defficientcy in any vitamins and minerals however would bring on symptoms quite quickly once your body's stock supply had been depleted. For this reason it is recommended by the government to eat at least five different portions of fruit and vegetables a day. As specified before, meals should come in three parts; morning, noon and evening. Breakfast should happen pretty soon after you wake up, this is designed to fuel you for the rest of the day and is considered the most important meal of the day, because of this it is imperative that carbohydrates, normally in terms of breads, bran, cereals are eaten as well as two types of fruits. Lunch is more of a snack then a meal, being consumed around the middle of your day. It is literally designed to keep you going and if breakfast gives you your energy in the morning, lunch gives you it for the afternoon. Carbohydrates should be consumed as well as protein to help replace anything that was lost in the mornings activities, two portions of fruit or vegetables should also be consumed. Dinner is the last meal of the day being consumed in the evenings at least four hours before sleep. This meal should be protein heavy as it is near the end of your day there isn't much more need for carbohydrates and because sleep is so near anything lost during the day will mainly be rebuilt overnight. Another two portions of fruit and vegetables should be consumed with this meal and the more variety you include in your diet the higher the benefits as the variety of vitamins and minerals will increase. 500ml of water should be consumed with every meal. What not to eat is big issue in western society as there is so much on offer its hard to see clearly, unfortunately a lot of products, like any products, are tainted with the need to make money. This means that corners are cut where ever possible and processes as well as ingredients are changed to accommodate this need, this includes the addition of additives to effectively get the consumer addicted to the product. While the company owners grow richer unfortunately for the consumer they may very well be putting their lives at risk, as for food in this state if it doesn't harm you in the short term it will most likely damage you in the long term. Generally the rules are to stay away from all packaged foods which includes burger vans, fast food joints and most restaurants, anything that doesn't use natural organic products. Red meat should be avoided as a life time of consuming it will lead to some form of cancer. Sweet stuffs including crisps, chocolate, sugar and any product that is known as a dessert or snack should be avoided as this does not benefit anything other then your sweet tooth and ironically will destroy your teeth. For snacks; fruits should be eaten and it is only because we are so used to the amount of sugar in sweet things today that makes fruit not taste sweet and satisfying. For liquid water is the only thing you need to drink, every other drink will mainly be water anyway, fizzy drinks and even fruit drinks can be harmful to your teeth as well as including ingredients harmful to your body. Anything that contains E numbers, preservatives, flavour enhancers; monosodium glutamate, the addition of fluoride and aspartame should be avoided at all costs. Alcohol has no benefit to your body what so ever and all microwave meals should also be avoided. Ideally you would want to grow your own food and prepare it yourself so that you know exactly what has gone into it.

In terms of flushing what you intake, flush liquid whenever necessary and once or twice a day for sustenance out-take, mainly in the morning. As well as the intake of water and nutrients the other two concepts that need to be kept under balance to maintain the up most health and well being is exercise and sleep. These two come hand in hand meaning they are effected by each other, not enough sleep, exercise becomes difficult, while the more exercise you do the more sleep you will need to feel energised, ready and awake. Sleep itself is a state where your mind fully recedes back into the Flow to allow your body to repair, rebuild and restore allowing you to get on with the next day. When your fully in deep sleep the body is 100% relaxed, if you are sat up when you fall into deep sleep you will wake either on the floor or in an awkward position on the chair. Physically the body obviously repairs, rebuilds and restores as mentioned above, mentally the mind is prepared for the next day, it gets put through scenarios which to the mind are as real as experiencing the actions in physical reality. This allows the brain to be ready for this scenario in real life and for example is the reason why children have scary nightmares as it trains their mind to deal with fear. All problems or issues you may encounter in life are used in dreams to train the mind, if you encounter a problem you just can't solve in the physical plane, receding to the spiritual plane can help the mind find answers therefore the solutions to most seemingly impossible problems can be slept upon and found. The average sleep for a human is between 4-8 hours depending on how much exercise has occurred during the day and how much sleep happened the night before. Solid sleep is the idea that one does not wake to any distractions, from when they close their eyes to when they open them ready to rise in the morning and in doing so is refreshed, ready and alive! Achieving this isn't difficult and isn't about what time you go to sleep but is instead about training yourself to get up when you wake up. The first time your eyes open in the morning regardless of the physical time will always be the easiest, as soon as you entertain thoughts of going back to sleep you will fall asleep again and make it harder each time you wake to actually get up. Getting up when you wake up is imperative to feeling alive and ready. The other thing that happens when you do this is that when you come to going to sleep you will have no issue falling asleep even if the environment is uncomfortable or foreign, because you got up when you woke up you will fall straight asleep when you go to bed. You have a body clock that knows when you need to wake and when you need to sleep so this negates the need for an alarm clock and if you use one and regularly snooze through it you will eventually train your body to ignore it and it will become completely ineffective even if placed right next to your ear! Solid sleep can make your sleep time be reduced to the space of 5/6 hours and still get the same sleep a regular sleeping pattern of closer to 8 hours would give you. Should you need additional repair to your body, say you have had a bad accident or extensive trauma your body will inevitably sleep longer even if it is solid sleep. Though solid sleep means you pass out instantly the only thing you need to think or focus on is gratitude and be grateful for what has happened and is going to happen in your life. Should you find yourself in sleep debt and haven't got your required sleep from the night before a power nap of 20 minutes will refresh your mind and make you feel so much more awake, this you wont actually feel like you have gone to sleep but merely resting your eyes for 20 minutes is enough. If you have spare time a sleep of up to an hour, where it is in a bed and actually asleep will also work, but watch out not to give yourself too much sleep or to do this after you have just eaten, for when you awake you will be hungry again as all the food you ate previously will be stored energy as fat for later use. The opposite to sleep is exercise and action, this is really what life is about, the doing of physical action and is the sole reason why people who keep an active lifestyle will live a lot longer and be a lot more coherent for their life as well. Exercise keeps things moving in the body and when things move cells don't stop and stagnate. It is only through actions will things get recorded, or can be recorded, this is

why it is paramount and actions speak louder then any words ever could. As every action has a subsequent reaction, doing things is the meaning of life, to do and experience. Exercise also comes with these benefits: 1. It reverses the detrimental effects of stress. Exercise boosts levels of soothing brain chemicals like serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine. Exercise may actually work on a cellular level to reverse stress's toll on your ageing process. 2. It lifts depression. Sustained, sweat-inducing activity can reduce symptoms of depression as effectively as antidepressants. 3. It improves learning. Exercise increases the level of brain chemicals called growth factors that help make new brain cells. 4. It builds self-esteem and improves body image. Even simply seeing fitness improvements, like running a faster mile or lifting more weight, can improve your self-esteem and body image. 5. It leaves you feeling euphoric. High-intensity exercise can leave you with a feeling of euphoria. Try running, biking, or swimming as fast as you can for 30 to 40 seconds and then reduce your speed to a gentle pace for five minutes before sprinting again. In order to maintain your body through life there are certain fundamental things you must do to it daily in order for it to stay in optimal health and allow you to navigate life without hindrance. Obviously it has been said the body needs both nourishment and sleep but it also needs exercise which is arguably the most important thing you can do to your body to stay healthy. The first thing you should do in terms of action to keep things flowing for when you wake up refreshed and alive is Surya Numaskara, this stretches everything in your body and is a respect to Amen Ra rising for another day. Similarly the last thing you should do in your day is the tai chi short from, this helps everything to wind down and become subtle for sleep, repairing and rebuilding. During your day you should spend at least 30 minutes straight doing some form of cardiovascular exercise, anything that keeps you out of breath. As your fitness increases so to will the distance you can cover in that 30 minutes, it is also wise to throw in natural exercises into the form so as to help keep muscles strong for anything you may encounter along your path. Surya Numaskara and the tai chi short form promote flexibility and subtleness which protect your muscles, ligaments and tendons from ripping, to protect your bones from breaking the building of muscle is necessary but this should never become the only focus when one exercises. Where as cardio is best done in the morning, the best time to do a strength exercise like a weights program to build muscle is later in the day before dinner as due to the circadian cycle you will have greatest muscle strength and cardio vascular efficiency. This is also the reason why training cardio in the morning is preferable as not only does it fully wake you up but you will be at your least efficient making you work twice as hard and when it comes to having to call upon say running 5 miles at any other part of the day it will be easy. If you have any physio to work on because of accident or injury then you should be working on it at least 5 separate times in the day for the more you work the better and faster it will heal. In terms of cleansing yourself this should happen once a day, bathing in water once a day cleans your skin appropriately and should be done preferably before breakfast in terms of a shower. If you end up exercising heavily during the day another shower should be taken afterwards to wash all the excess sweat accumulated on the skins surface as it will have pushed dirt from inside your body out. The balance of nutrients, water, sleep and exercise for the body maintains metabolism and homoeostasis within the body keeping everything that is below conscious control such as heart rate, digestion, excretion in balance therefore allowing higher functions of the body that are within conscious control to work prosperously. If balance is achieved the body's natural pH is slightly alkalinic, which is how it

should be, keeping everything positive and moving. Should the body's pH fall into acidic which can occur from a number of ways, mainly the breaking of the balance or negative stressful thoughts, the increase in the likelihood of illness occurs as your immune system is weakened. This is when your body's natural defence to diseases wanes making it an easy target, but becoming ill is something that can easily be avoided and if it occurs, something that can easily be cured. All diseases can be cured by Gaia as all pharmaceutical drugs are based on plant extracts, the Earth offers a wide range of naturally occurring plants, seeds and fruits as medicine for any illness. All industrial made medicine's main ingredients are from plants or fruits anyway, for example common colds are often cured with medicines that have a high amount of vitamin C as well as honey or lemon, the reason why these medicines are so widely used is because of extensive marketing of the drugs companies which has effectively sold the idea to the nation that before them disease was rife and the human race was practically juggling with its existence as everyone would get sick. Unfortunately for us and like most companies, drugs companies are tainted with the money sign, meaning if a company made a cure to the common cold, all companies that profit from the population being ill with the common cold would collapse as there is no money in the cure. Effectively all drugs companies profit from selling you temporary fixes which tackle symptoms not causes to your illness allowing you to feel as if your getting better long enough for the body to actually rid you of the disease. Tackling symptoms is bad as not only does it not tackle the cause which would remove the illness straight away, it literally only covers up the fact you have an illness and the symptoms are your body's way of fighting it. The way to fight any illness is to up your intake of vitamins, reduce the amount of exercise you have and replace it with rest, sweat out your body every time you sleep and mainly to remove any stress your body has accumulated. There are various cleanses and remedies that can be taken to help any ailment your body has, this as well as exercise routines, dietary information in the way of recipes as well as the growth and cultivation of food can be found in the Way of Liberte. Causality is the name given to the manifestation of any and all actions, inherently this includes a cause and an effect within the physical universe. This process comes from the observer, from the spiritual plane and where it begins the cycle also ends before moving to the next action and beginning again. To start with every action begins and ends with your minds eye, this is the eye of Yu, of the observer that you are looking out through your body into the surrounding Ether. From your minds eye comes your intention; your core purpose, it is the concept of the desired result you are trying to achieve in any given period. It includes the wishes you’ve had since you were young, the vision you hold for your future and the emotional experiences you strive to create. Your intention is a function of your identity and most far reaching goals. All actions start from an intention, including the intention for the birth of the universe from the ultimate observer. This then leads to your intentional focus, this is really where you place your attention between the intention and subsequent expression, it is the thoughts that accompany your intention and these thoughts can either be negatively or positively focused. Your focus determines your state which is how you and the rest of your body feels leading into the expression. Your focus and state go hand in hand, focus is a choice, its up to you where you choose to place your focus and whether you let outside elements effect you or not, regardless it all comes from within, your state however can only be indirectly controlled as it is a reaction to your focus, you do not have direct control over your state but you can control it indirectly through the control of your focus. For example if you feel down and you don't want to feel like that any more it is your focus you must change which will inevitably change your state, shift your focus from negative to something positive and your state will follow suit. Your focus and state are the elements most responsible for causing blockages in your expression which is where the expression is different from your intention, anywhere from slightly to completely. Expression is the resulting physical action from your spiritual intention which involves a movement of energy and

so can be recorded as it physically effects the Ether and ripples outwards from your core into your surroundings. Expression includes anything physical at all, actions, words, even thoughts. Everything listed so far is an observer forcing their current through the Ether and is all under their control either directly or indirectly. The ripple effect of the expression is witnessed by what is known as the universal eye; the combination of every other minds eye within each living thing, like how the ultimate observer is made up of every observer in the entire universe the same goes with the universal eye. The witnessing of your expression and the resulting external reaction are out of your control and although they can be anticipated, every possible option considered, ultimately what happens is down to the Flow and not in your direct control. For example if you were to walk up to someone and punch them in the street, you could anticipate that they may hit you back or take flight and run but regardless, what ultimately happens you have no knowledge of the true outcome until the event happens. So in this scenario you go to punch someone and their friend hits you before your punch lands, whether this is something you anticipated or not it is a resulting external reaction to your expression. As every action is accompanied by a reaction this is the only thing you can be sure of; something will happen as a result of your action, the minor details of 'what' though are beyond your ability to comprehend until they happen. This half of the cycle from intention to expression also determines your karma, depending on whether the intention was selfless or selfish depends on whether the after effects of the action will be fortunate for the observer or unfortunate. From the external reaction of the Ether the information comes back through your senses and then effects your reactional focus and therefore reactional state, unfortunately people get so caught up in getting their intentional focus right they forget their reactional focus. This works exactly the same way as intentional focus and state where state is again indirectly controlled. Where as intentional focus is based on concepts or information fully from within, reactional focus is based on concepts or information fully from without and so the brain sees both events as the same thing. The way you take present events is up to you and again should not be influenced by other people, it should fully be your own choice in whether your reactional focus is positive or negative. This then leads to your reactional state and how you feel towards what has just happened, this again can only be indirectly controlled by you and unless another observers intentions were proven to be malicious towards you you should always presume the positive and never the negative unless obviously proven otherwise. Your reactional state is directly linked to your level of confidence, should you have a selfless intention, clear expression and positive reaction from the Ether then your confidence is reinforced and directly leads to stronger intentions with your future actions. Should your intention be selfish, expression distorted and the reaction from the Ether negative then your confidence will be diminished leading to weaker intentions with your future actions. Positive intentions create positive actions which breed positive results.

Time doesn't exist, the recording of time is merely the recording of events in the present moment that once past have gone forever and are left to exist only in the place the intention for that event started in the first place. Similarly future does not exist, it to can not be experienced and is merely an attempted insight of what events are to come. The only thing that is present and currently in existence right now is the present and this is measured in moments. A moment is unique to each living thing as it is an experience recorded by an observer during the cycles of causality. Moments can be shared but in sharing both perceptions of that moment will never be exactly the same as the two perceptions are from two individuals who physically are apart from one another. Generally the length of time it takes you to breathe in and back out again is the length of time a moment will take to pass, because of this the speed of moments are variable and can be slowed down and sped up, without effecting the speed in which others experience moments. Everyone has experienced this, from when senses get heightened like in the moment of a car crash, a lot of people involved experience the slowing down of time or in other words an increase in action and reaction speed to the world around them. Similarly when an observer is involved in doing something they love doing, time can seem to disappear and in that experience time has felt lost as moment fluidity has sped up. An observer can consciously choose to change the speed in the manifestation of a moment in a few different ways, understand that fast and slow don't exist until you have slow and fast to compare them to so essentially when something moves it is neither fast nor slow, it just is. The first way to decrease the speed of the moment is increasing ones focus within the moment, this involves really focusing attention and concentration on what it is that is happening and almost becoming that object, for example if something has been thrown at you like a ball, focusing your entire attention on that ball means nothing can inhibit your focus as you have moved out of your head and you see the ball for everything it is. This will be as slow as it can physically go. The second is slowing down breath and pace while at the same time taking longer strides or longer breaths to meet the same distance, this will put you in a heightened state or readiness The last is recognising moment to moment, as each moment passes the next one will begin, anticipating the forth coming moment means you will be ready for it when it comes around and almost experience it before it happens meaning that while the moment happens it is like the second time experiencing it. There aren't many ways to explain how time can slow down because according to a clock it does not so it is not really a physical practise but by practising the above moments will slow down therefore allowing you to experience more in your life over the same amount of time making you live longer. Like how slowing down moments can happen, speeding them up to make moments pass quicker can also happen, this is done through meditation, day dreaming, sleeping etc. By doing the

opposite of the above, moving your focus fully out of the moment and completely ignoring moment to moment time will inevitably pass quicker as you get yourself into one of the above states. This is only useful when you must wait for a moment to come around before you can continue, meditation is the best way to pass the time as it is a lot more productive then thinking or day dreaming. As well as being able to control the speed of any given moment it is also possible to see future moments with the minds eye before they happen. A phenomena called anticipation exists and although we take it for granted, it gives you complete access to know of forthcoming moments of up to 6 seconds before they arrive. As all expression of action comes from intention, all physical moments start from a place that is not physical, and as all are connected as one it is possible to access information on what is going to happen next before the moment arrives. You must always remember when accessing this information that it is never 100% accurate as no matter how much information you think you know, the fact is you will never know what is going to happen until the moment arrives. You can have nearly a complete idea on what is going to happen, worked out every possible course of action an event will take but still when it comes down to it, no matter how many paths you can see in your head the only true thing you know is that you don't know until the moment comes around. Even when you are performing a learned task your mind is instinctively a few steps ahead of the one being performed to allow that task to flow smoothly but no matter how much you anticipate before each moment it is completely a guess until the moment arrives as anything can happen between now and then. Anticipation isn't a surprised thought that enters your mind, you cant think anticipation, as thought is an expression of intention instead anticipation is a feeling, it is felt and from this thoughts on the feeling flood consciousness, (the intention behind the thoughts here is an attempt to understand the feeling by putting it into internal words). Thoughts, actions and words if shown to the universal eye will almost always change the moment you are anticipating to a different outcome, so saying "I anticipate 'this'" before it happens will in most cases change the outcome of the event to the opposite you've just said. This means that if you rely on thoughts to navigate the Flow by the time they have been expressed its old news and therefore a bad mechanism to solely guide your path with, feelings instead are constantly on the cusp of new events. Your current feelings on any given moment (before and during) coupled with information from the 5 physical senses that is used to build a perception of the moment (during and after), is the only way to successfully navigate the current path in the Flow. For example if you have a bad feeling on something and then something happens which isn't linked to you i.e. your friend randomly starts talking about being mugged, you can take this as a sign that you shouldn't be where you are. Although information from the 5 physical senses is old and sometimes redundant, there is only one spiritual sense that stretches the entire length and breadth of the Flow, that at each and every step of causality it has a potential to change, one that is indirectly controlled by the observer and that is the sense of feeling. What one can feel is used to navigate the Flow and is much more reliable then thoughts, words and actions as these three things have to happen in the physical plane and come back into the spiritual plane via one or more of the 5 senses before you can digest the information and act accordingly. It is the only spiritual sense and therefore can not be recorded, only its effects can. Much like everything spiritual it will produce physical results, in the case of our bodies it will produce different hormones so that the whole eco-system of the body will stay in sync, so that every cell will feel the same way as the observer feels. Every change in focus on thoughts, actions and words will produce an indirectly controlled reactionary feeling you feel as the observer, you constantly feel from the beginning of the cycle of causality to the end. Every chakra within you influences you through feeling,

your whole body communicates in this way before communicating physically. Feelings work both ways and other living things can pick up on how you feel. They travel out across the Flow like a ripple effect in water, touching everything in its path, people who are receptive to this and can feel what others are feeling are known to be empathic. Feelings also influence every action you make, so should you be upset and try and be happy your actions will come across as off, like there is something not right about them and others will instinctively know you are hiding something. Being able to read and control your feelings, though they can only be controlled indirectly is pivotal to successful navigation of the Flow. Below is a list of all emotions one can experience, the top half being positive while the bottom half is negative and should be controlled and avoided at all costs.

As well as being able to read and control your feelings, one other task remains to being able to free yourself from your own chains and that is to recognise and remove your addictions Addictions are a craving on or even a dependency on certain feelings that one experiences as a result of certain actions. Addictions are known to be addictions when the action of fulfilling addictions impedes on your daily routine and takes precedent over them and also the removal of these addictive feelings means one experiences withdrawal symptoms. All actions, words and thoughts produce feelings and it is all too easy to become attached to these feelings, this includes happiness, sadness, guilt, envy, fright, absolutely everything and anything as everything inevitably has a feeling attached to it as a result. Even if one believes that what is happening is a negative thing, they can still be addicted to that feeling and though they believe it is bad for their health they will take actions to make sure those addictions are met as they will manifest what they focus on and feel more complete when the addiction is fulfilled. These actions are both conscious and sub conscious meaning some may not even be aware they are doing it. Being

able to sit back and take a look at oneself and ones addictions they are attached to is the first step to freeing yourself from yourself, being able to take disciplined affirmative action to remove the addiction is the next step and much like being ill it is tackling the cause that removes the addiction not hiding or tackling the symptoms of the cause. With the concept of letting go of your thoughts and going with your feelings you navigate the Flow based on the combination of the reaction of your focus as well as what your focusing on, this is a message combined from both the observer and the Ether. The observer experiences this either during or before the moment so navigation becomes a lot more efficient when compared to using thoughts alone as thoughts are an expression of an intention to explain with the internal word what the observer is experiencing. This means that by the time the observer experiences the feedback the moment has passed as this form of navigating the Flow happens during and after a moment and so will never be as efficient as using feelings alone to navigate the Flow. Thoughts also procrastinate and delay action as it is only in the expression of action that one will be able to answer the internal questions and no matter how many are asked and how much is thought out it is only in action that anything will ever be answered, learnt and completed. Thoughts can help plan things but this you should be spending 20% of your time doing, the rest of your time should be spent in action. Thought control is a powerful tool in ones arsenal when navigating the Flow, although thought patterns should be to a minimal, to only what is necessary, it is important to practice only self reassured thoughts not self defeating thoughts no matter what happens. This is known as positive thinking and it is an attempt to reassure yourself when you need it, this is the normal practice and is used to manifest positive things. Like everything within the Universe if one thing exists its counterpart also exists and to positive thinking the opposite is negative thinking, self defeating thoughts that manifest only negative outcomes for the observer. This is known as the ego and overtime of either positive or negative thinking the ego will always be there in the mind as a self defeating voice spreading doubt, fear and anger mistaken for the voice of reason that has been with our species since the beginning in an attempt to keep oneself alive. This is false and the ego is a reaction to thinking in general. Thinking can never disappear like how breathing can not while you are still alive but it can be controlled and can aid you when controlled and used properly, the key is to keep all thoughts positive and in the moment, in the here and now. This is called reframing and it is a very powerful technique while you master thought control, an example of which is if you went to go kiss somebody you liked and they pulled away, normal thinking would be negative as a reaction to the moment with the ego saying something along the lines of "oh, I guess I must be ugly and not good looking enough for her, nobody likes me, why do I bother" this is self defeating and has no place on your path as it can only generate negative feelings and therefore make you feel down. Re-framing on the other hand would be this after the same event "oh well, I must not be to her taste, plenty more fish in the sea, lets see who else is about, her loss" this doesn't necessarily create positive feelings but importantly it doesn't create any negative feelings, it gets your mind out of the moment as the moment has already passed and allows you to let go and focus on the next moment. Re-framing is a powerful technique and should be practised whenever you are stuck in thought and can not move on from a moment that has already passed. Keep calm and carry on, ask yourself what is the positive thing to do and reassure yourself that your cool and everything is fine, it is what it is. Re-framing of your thoughts is only necessary until you achieve the merging of diconomies within yourself. You have your positive side as well as your negative side, being aware of these not only helps you to reframe when others do something you could take as self defeating, i.e. that maybe you only met someone on their bad day and it would be selfish to assume you are to blame and have done something to offend them, but allows you to merge the two sides together into a third higher person known as a

truth seeker. A truth seeker as it says in the name; seeks out truth and understands that truth is the only thing prevalent in the Universe. Where positive thought will forever always breed negative thought and again where negative thought will always breed positive, the two can not be separate and a truth seeker understands this and only when you deem a thought as positive or negative that the negative and positive become clear as only in comparison do they both exist. Both positive and negative are a status and to deem something a status is to halt the Flow in an insecure attempt to understand what is really going on but a truth seeker knows that you can never know what is happening until the moment arrives and only when in that moment will you know but as soon as the moment passes things will inevitably continue to flow and change as the Flow never stops flowing. Therefore it is imperative as a truth seeker to stand by the only necessary thought of status on the Flow which is "it is what it is, unnameable, indescribable" every other thought is futile. Unlike every thought which breeds its opposite to be in existence there is no opposite to truth that physically exists as false is made up, not real, does not exist. Using truth and feeling, navigation of the Flow is almost second nature as the Flow will always be with you breeding good karma and if anything bad happens to you you know the truth; that the Flow flows in mysterious ways and a negative moment is not your fault as you made the correct choices but instead is a lesson to be learnt, taught by the Flow to better yourself and others around you. Thinking can only impede action and stop the Flow flowing naturally as when thinking, the opposite is inevitably created, hence why thoughts are not necessary and procrastinate. An example of this is going in for a test, there is the negative idea; that you know you will not pass as you have not done any training and your best hope is for a miracle the test is called off. There is also the positive idea; that your so confident you will pass that you don't have to worry about anything, though this feels good it fails to see the truth and will inevitably breed negative thoughts as you start to doubt your ability! This can only be detrimental to you, instead it is better to go with truth and in this example that is that you have done your best to prepare and although you feel you are ready you will never know until the moment of the test happens, passes and results given. So instead you go in doing your best as that is the best you can do and know that with selfless choices the Flow is always with you. True positive thinking is not really thinking at all but being mindful of the truth and being one with the Flow to seek out that truth through all moments and cycles of causality that stand in the way of one truly knowing, this is the moment of truth. Similarly overconfident thinking is flawed because one does not take all possibilities into account. He may understand the task at hand, have the support of his fellows, understand the ramifications of his success, and he may have even planned for unanticipated factors—but he has failed to understand his own capabilities. He has planned only for success, because he has concluded that there can be no failure. Every Yulian, in every task, should prepare for the possibility of failure. Let there be truth between your heart and the Flow. All else is transitory. The power of choice is the only thing we as observers have control over in our life, even our direction is inevitably decided by the reactions of how we choose to carry out our choices. Your choice is golden, divine, it is the creator, the Flow within you, the ability to forge or force the Flow in a certain direction, affect the universe in your own unique way, it is the paintbrush to a painter, a hammer to a blacksmith, a baseball bat to a baseball player. The freedom of ability to act how you see fit as long as it doesn't impede on anyone else's freedom to act is the highest right of any living entity in which together all living entities ability to flow is fundamentally the Flow itself. Choosing is never difficult when you add feeling, truth and selflessness together as a guide to help you choose your way along your path, positive action inevitably breeds positive result. On the other hand thinking, following a false reality and selfishness will only hinder your path and lead you to a place where you do not wish to go. You will forever get stuck in a negative feedback cycle, attempting to think things out in an insane way, not

wanting to accept the truth and create a world of negativity and self doubt, making you more selfish as the cycle repeats itself, reassuring yourself that its not your fault, constantly looking out into the Ether to find blame. This path can only obscure your intention and eventually destroy your means of expression, negative action inevitably leads to negative results and further negative action all the while diminishing your confidence. This is why it is all about making the best choices for yourself and others, acting in a selfless way forever creating good karma and constantly reinforcing your levels of self confidence. You always have at least three choices at each choosing point along ones path, these fall under negative, positive and no choice or procrastination. Normally the negative choices far out weigh the positive ones, although few in number there exists one positive choice that when an observer fully opens up to seeking truth, will recognise it is golden and almost a divine inspired choice. There is not really anyway to explain this, you will know when you gain this insight, much like how no one can tell you you are in love, instead you just know it. This golden choice is found in all action, thought and words, inevitably reinforcing ones path along the Flow until one is no longer walking a path struggling from one choice to the next but is instead flying, fully immersed in the Flow, effortlessly moving from one choice to the next and almost like a hero in a movie; receiving everything one would need, all the while inspiring all those they come in contact with. The golden choice comes down to you doing what you feel is right and it is constant. The reason why its described as golden, because out of all the choices of what to do, think and say, only one will out shine the others as you know this to be the righteous truthful choice to carry out, one where you instinctively know its the right thing to do. No one has ever come along and given you sufficient, intelligent knowledge about your beautiful self and how you work from the inside out. Why do you have addictions? Because you have nothing better. You have dreamt of nothing better, because no one has ever taught you how to dream better. A lot of problems get labelled as psychological problems, when really all these problems just amount to observers making rotten choices all the while taking psychological medicines to tackle the symptoms, instead they ought to tackle the cause and be instructed to make better choices. Do not see any moment as a choice between winning and losing, every moment has an infinite amount of outcomes. When you concentrate solely on winning you sully your victory with selfishness, winning becomes worse than losing. It is better to lose selflessly and learn from it than to win selfishly and feel bad for it. Above all else it is always better to end a moment peacefully than to win or lose. Constantly making the righteous golden choice and flowing effortlessly along your path is to immerse yourself into the Flow and to become the Flow itself. Moving from a place of spiritual unity fully into the physical moment, never looking back or questioning how or why but instead leaving those things to the Universe, focusing instead on what, where and when. It is travelling your path in constant truthful positivity, completely comfortable with yourself, knowing that if anything turns negative that you learn from it and flow on into the next moment. It is not to just be in the moment but to become the moment itself and like any steps taken to master an art it starts with from a place of learning. Below is the learning curve from 0-10 where 0 is a complete failed attempt at expressing intention all the way to 10 which is a perfectly expressed action with clear manifestation from ones intention.

The learning curve starts with unconscious incompetence; unaware that they do not know, this is where one does not know anything about what they are trying to do and obviously in that state can not do what one is trying to do. An example of this is asking anyone to do something they have never heard of, like an aborigine to drive a car, apart from the fact they wouldn't know what a car is, if they sat in one they wouldn't have a clue as to where to start with the task. This stage of learning is known as initiation where one is introduced to the task and starts to understand how to carry out the task. This stage is quickly left for the next one when one starts applying themselves. The next stage is known as acquisition and this is where one begins to grasp the knowledge of what it is they are trying to achieve, they move into concious incompetence where one becomes aware of how to express the task but knows they can not do it yet. Every time the task is attempted they fail but one ultimately gains more insight as experience increases. Somewhere along the line the observer will go through consolidation which is where everything they know about the task changes from thought to action and they are able to do what it is they are trying. They can now say that they have done it but as this is only half way along the scale they are pretty incompetent at executing the task on demand where most of the time they will fail. This is the step to concious competence where the observer begins to know they can do it, this is known as refinement where one refines the task and through practice and increase of experience gets better at expressing the action to a desired level on demand. Most observers will be content that they can do the task and will spend most of the time doing something in refinement but they will find there are times where they still fail at the task and even may fall into the trap of going back to acquisition if they convince themselves they can't do it, i.e. when they haven't done it for a long time. Increased practice and experience on the task will eventually lead to unconscious competence, this is where the observer has practised so much, knows about it to the point where they know they don't even have to think about doing it. Calling on the expression of the action is a simple task and expressed to near perfection every time, they achieve clear manifestation where what is expressed is exactly what was intended. This level is known as mastery and comes from a focus on practise in refining the task from the last level. This leads to creative variation where one can execute the action so well that they can creatively vary what is being expressed, improvisation which is the ability to improvise when things

don't go according to intention and composing which is where one can create new things based off the perfected task. At this level one will become a model for others in acquisition as to how to express a specific action. Anything that can be expressed in ones mind means that they can, with persistence and practice, accomplish in the physical realm. Only with a solid self belief and a vivid imagination, coupled with determination and perseverance will learning anything be simple, as in consolidate in the first attempt. This majorly boosts confidence and mastery comes to the observer a lot quicker, one should also be aware that no matter how much coaching and guidance they get it is still the observer themselves who has to accomplish the trick. Only you can look after yourself and only you can truly teach yourself. Generally doing things 8 times without fault infuses the action into the sub conscious so the body can perform without the minds focus, unconscious competence, the action must then be regularly called upon to maintain the belief in the truth that one can do it. Because all is one and everything is connected it means no matter what it is you are trying to learn one actually already knows, but is just not aware of it yet. It means that trying doesn't actually exist, there is only do or do not and the turning point is the moment of consolidation where it suddenly dawns on the observer what they knew all along but just didn't believe it; that they can actually do it, this process is known as clarity. Once you achieve the ability to be mindful of your feelings, aware of truth and act on the intention of the golden choice you achieve a state of being known as flow. To flow is to become one with the Flow itself, to be fully focused and immersed in the moment where life itself becomes a lot more effortless as you casually flow from one moment to the next making the most of each and therefore getting the most out. To flow is a mental state of operation in which a person in an activity is fully immersed in a feeling of energized focus, full involvement, and success in the process of the activity. When one is flowing they have a completely focused motivation, a single-minded immersion that represents the ultimate in harnessing the emotions in the service of performing and learning. When in flow the emotions are not just contained and channelled, but positive, energized, and aligned with the task at hand. The hallmark of flowing is a feeling of spontaneous joy, even rapture, while performing a task. The following ten factors accompany an experience of flow: 1. Clear goals (expectations and rules are discernible and goals are attainable and align appropriately with one's skill set and abilities). Moreover, the challenge level and skill level should both be high. 2. Concentrating, a high degree of concentration on a limited field of attention (a person engaged in the activity will have the opportunity to focus and to delve deeply into it). 3. A loss of the feeling of self-consciousness, the merging of action and awareness. 4. Distorted sense of time, one's subjective experience of time is altered. 5. Direct and immediate feedback (successes and failures in the course of the activity are apparent, so that behaviour can be adjusted as needed). 6. Balance between ability level and challenge (the activity is neither too easy nor too difficult). 7. A sense of personal control over the situation or activity. 8. The activity is intrinsically rewarding, so there is an effortlessness of action. 9. A lack of awareness of bodily needs (to the extent that one can reach a point of great hunger or fatigue without realizing it) 10.People become absorbed in their activity, and focus of awareness is narrowed down to the activity itself, action awareness merging.

Not all are needed for flow to be experienced. Flow has been experienced throughout history and across cultures. The teachings of Buddhism speak of a state of mind known as the "action of inaction" or "doing without doing" that greatly resembles the concept of flow. Historical sources hint that Michelangelo may have painted the ceiling of the Vatican's Sistine Chapel while in a flow state. It is reported that he painted for days at a time, and he was so absorbed in his work that he did not stop for food or sleep until he reached the point of passing out. He would wake up refreshed and, upon starting to paint again, re-entered a state of complete absorption. Similarly Bruce Lee also spoke of a psychological state similar to flow in his book the Dao of Jeet Kune Do. When in the flow, people are able to decide what they want to focus their attention on. However, when one is in the flow state, he or she is completely engrossed with the one task at hand and, without making the conscious decision to do so, they lose awareness of all other things: time, people, distractions, and even basic bodily needs. This occurs because all of the attention/focus of the person in the flow state is on the task at hand; there is no more attention to be allocated. A flow state can be entered while performing any activity, although it is most likely to occur when one is wholeheartedly performing a task or activity for intrinsic purposes. There are three conditions that are necessary to achieve the flow state:

1. One must be involved in an activity with a clear set of goals. This adds direction and structure to the task 2. One must have a good balance between the perceived challenges of the task at hand and his or her own perceived skills. One must have confidence that he or she is capable to do the task at hand. 3. The task at hand must have clear and immediate feedback. This helps the person negotiate any changing demands and allows him or her to adjust his or her performance to maintain the flow state. The Flow is an infinite state of potential. The doubleslit experiment is an illustration of wave-particle duality. In it, a beam of particles (such as photons) travels through a barrier with two slits removed. If one puts a detector screen on the other side, the pattern of detected particles shows interference fringes characteristic of waves; however, the detector screen responds to particles. The system exhibits behaviour of both waves (interference patterns or fringes) and particles (dots on the screen). This shows that light is both a particle and a wave. If we modify this experiment so that one slit is closed, no interference pattern is detected on the screen. Thus, the state of

both slits affects the final results. We can also have an observer at one of the slits to see which slit the particle went through, when we do that, the interference pattern disappears again. The Copenhagen interpretation states that the particles are not localised in space until they are observed, so that, if there is no observer watching the slits to see which one the photon passes through, there is no matter of fact about which slit the particle passes through and effectively it passes through both. If one slit is observed, then the wave function collapses due to the observation. This shows that until observed the universe is in a potential state, meaning the particles effectively pass through both slits at the same time and that until observed everything that can happen is happening in every way it is possible right now, this is super position. It is only when observed does the universe collapse into one position out of the possible millions and become the solid state universe we are used to and experience every waking second. As soon as you remove the observer again the universe goes back to being a potential. This is the nature of the Flow, it is in a state of super position or potential; everything that can happen right now is happening right now in every way it can happen right now and it is only when observed does it collapse into one path, flowing in one way out of the millions of potential ways it could possibly flow. This further adds to the idea an observer fully can never know of what will happen until the moment of truth is reached where in that moment out of all potential possibilities the Ether could go through, when connected to the observer it goes from being a potential to being a path, from super position to only one position happening in only one particular way, this is the moment of truth. If you focus on the physical as a thing, then you make your reality more concrete than it is and you become stuck, stuck in the sameness of reality because if reality is concrete, obviously, you are insignificant, you cannot really change it. But if reality is your possibility, possibility of consciousness itself then you start controlling your reality, start using your free will of choice to force the Flow to where you intend it to go, instead of letting your reality control you in which you believe you have no free will of choice and so inevitably force the Flow in that way. The epiphany of doing is to literally be the moment, to allow yourself to be fully immersed with what is happening until you lose track of things. You become so much in the moment that you lose track of time, lose track of your identity, you become what it is you are doing, moving out of the spiritual plane and fully into the physical becoming the physical. The moment you become so involved in an experience that you lose track, that is the only thing that is real, you have moved out of the visualisation/intention in your head and manifested becoming an expression of action in the universe. Immersing yourself fully in the Flow is manifesting reality, becoming the Flow itself. That's the observer in full effect. Your consciousness influences others around you. It influences material properties. It influences your future. You are co creating your future, you the observer and the universe working in tandem to propagate your current path through the Flow. This is what the meaning of life is all about; doing, you have to have an objective, a goal and then do it. Coming from a spiritual indescribable unnameable place; action, expression and physical reality, the combination of every living thing's unique individual path is what makes up the Flow itself. The Flow flows in moments, neither good or bad moving from one moment to the next forever flowing like a wave and like a wave there are up and down moments, peaks and troughs, high moments and low moments, just like any energy wave. Neither are positive or negative until you deem either one to be and compare it to the other, they just are, is what it is. Constantly flowing from moment to moment where past has past and those moments have gone forever so one must either learn from it and let go. Future hasn't happened yet and is an infinite sea of possibility manifested by every living thing as a whole only through the current moment, where your own path is your own manifestation, no one else's Although one should have a goal they should not look too far away into the distance as one will miss the present, focus of attention should remain in the here and now where it belongs and one should be

in the moment as doing is the only way to make things happen now, forever moving into the future. This means that thinking is largely irrelevant, although for planning it is necessary, the more time you attribute to thinking and the less to action the more likely you are to fail as it is only in the repetition of action will things get attempted, practised and achieved. The only thing you need to be aware of is truth as all other thoughts are transitory, come and go like the wind and so are more often then not nothing substantial to achieving your goal, in fact it is feeling that matters not thought and as such is the best way to navigate the Flow. Feelings stretch out way further then thoughts ever could and are present throughout the whole cycle of causality and so become the optimum way of navigating the Flow, learn to listen for signs, for if they match your present feelings then you should act on it. The Flow is in fact a wave of reality where your own path is your own reality, also known as the reality wave and as such it is ridden like riding a wave, from moment to moment, through each high and low point, constantly riding on the cusp of infinite potential. People are in different positions on this wave, some people are completely late for each moment and recognise others ahead of them who are in each moment almost making it happen, these people are held back by thought constantly comparing the failures and even achievements to others as they paddle uphill behind the rest trying to reach the tip of the wave. This tip is where most people are, being in the moment enough to recognise and adapt to change but still having the wave of reality affect them and still not fully in the moment as they believe the moment affects them not them to it. They to compare themselves to the people behind them paddling uphill and a special select few who are out in front of the tip, in the wave, riding out just in front of the wave. Almost leading its direction, these are the pioneers of the wave, living just ahead of each moment manifesting from anticipation, coming from a place of pure confidence, knowing truth and navigating the Flow successfully. Fully immersed in the Flow and becoming the moment, they have no time or need to compare themselves to anyone behind them, instead recognising the potential for people to change and join them in pioneering their own unique path. Where as people paddling up the wave see the majority of people as out to hold them back, people pioneering their wave recognise that they are only holding themselves back and that no one can affect you unless you let them. Everyone is instead on their own flex and if they end up affecting others it wasn't deliberate or on purpose, they are just doing what they think is right for them and their situation, they don't mean anything by it. To be fully immersed in the moment is not just to become one with the path, travelling effortlessly, selflessly and truthfully down a path of positive peace, but to be at one with everything; mind, body and spirit harmonised with the rest of the Ether. When this happens all chakras fully awaken and align to the way you think, act, communicate, collaborate and ultimately how you feel, when this aligns with the direction of Flow it is what Buddhists call nirvana, infinite bliss. Knowing this is not knowing, it just is and this allows you to pioneer the reality wave, where everything you do is fresh and a straight manifestation from your intention, clear and unhampered by outside influence, just and righteous, from a place you feel is right for you. Visualising your objective and actively taking the steps to get there through pioneering your wave is manifestation, as the Universe works in tandem with the observer; whatever you visualise you inevitably attract. Hence why thought control and re-framing is pivotal until they become second nature and you practically give up thinking altogether in place of unconscious competence, pure knowing, of which is knowing when you don't know, accepting it and letting go of that; where what you don't know you know there is no need to think about until you get there. What you know is only what has happened to you and where you want to go, can never know of anyone else's intentions, no matter how much you think you may know. This is why its about your own wave and being the pioneer of that. Anyone who has pioneered anything in our history has been in this position, anyone who makes the new breakthrough in anything pioneers and although things change and this can mean your position in the wave, if you actively seek to uphold the ideas of pioneering the wave you will

constantly be there. For if you are comfortable with yourself and your path the world will be comfortable with you, nothing else matters. All things that begin will end, only the Flow itself is eternal which means whatever ends will again begin. For ones life, death is the detaching of the spirit from the mind and subsequently the body but all is not lost, nothing in the Universe is wasted. While your body will go on to be consumed by what is around you, help feed other living things be it animals, plants, fungi or insects it does not go to waste. If you are buried in the ground your body will become one with Gaia and feed whatever is growing above you or living in the ground around you as it decomposes. Your spirit will rejoin the Flow and you will know all, feel all, become all just as you already are. It is only the fact you are coupled with your body that makes you you, it is this that gives you identity and makes you feel unique, take away the body and you take away identity, individuality and uniqueness of yourself, becoming the uniqueness and individuality of the ultimate observer as a whole. When you die you lose 21 grams of your body weight, something that hasn't been explained scientifically but spiritually as the detachment of the spirit from the body. Only then will you know fully the truth that you are the ultimate observer already, you are everything and everything is you. Describing what this pool of energy is is impossible as again it is unnameable and indescribable, all I can say is you have been there before and you will be there again and once there time and space will not exist until you are once again reborn becoming unique, individual in your new mind and body repeating another life cycle. This is the way of things, the way of the Universe, all things forever keep going on the concept of doing and experiencing, everything else is a reaction to that fact and so the sooner you align yourself to this idea the sooner you will align to the Flow and effortlessly live your life in bliss.

~Almanac~
"All the world's a stage, And all the men and women merely players. They have their exits and their entrances; And one man in his time plays many parts." - William Shakespeare

Almanac is the 4th law in Yulaw and that is the law of communication between living entities, this is a necessary part of ones life for if you achieve your objectives and nobody is around to see or hear about it then it may as well not have happened. Recognition of ones accomplishments by the universal eye makes up one third of the accomplishment itself and without it one would not feel fulfilled. Obviously for minor acts like everyday habits such as eating lunch, one does not need recognition for this to feel fulfilled but this is because without these minor acts the major ones such as achieving a life long goal would not happen. Communication is the process of transferring information from one entity to another, it is commonly defined as the imparting or interchange of thoughts, opinions, or information by speech, writing, or signs. The transfer is the process of information being enclosed in a package and being channelled and imparted by a sender to a receiver via some medium, the receiver then decodes the message and gives the sender feedback. What the sender and the feeder connect on is feeling, all communication is based on the feelings one has with the concept as the content and the way it is expressed setting the perspective of that feeling. When one person talks to another and tells them of say a recent experience, if the other person can not relate to what is being said, i.e. has not experienced the situation the sender speaks of, then the receiver will inevitably fill in the gaps in their mind based off of the same feeling with any details the sender has provided. This gives the receiver a really good idea as to what the sender experienced, enough for the receiver to become the sender and give feedback on what has been said. Communication is all about relating the concept you have in your head to the concept the other person is building in there head while you relay the information to them. That being said as all communication is the transfer of information based on how one is feeling then it is possible to breach the barriers of language and understand what someone who is speaking another language is trying to say, you can understand the context but not the content, though through context, content can be grasped quite easily. This goes beyond humans and can connect us to animals and if one had the senses attuned to understand how a plant was feeling, one could communicate with that to. Every living entity feels feelings and is connected to the Flow the same way we are as the Flow is the combination of all unique living paths as a whole. Regardless of how evolved life is this is fundamental throughout the universe, from simple cells to highly evolved life, anything that is considered alive; anything that has the ability to affect change on its environment has this connection. In this respect although what's being said could be taken one way, it is the spiritual concept behind the physical message that is trying to be relayed which is important, because of this, communication through mediums that aren't face to face i.e. text, email, online messaging, can loose the feeling attached with the message and with the reactional thoughts of a bad tone added to the message, it means the message is completely miss-read. This is why it is fundamental to use this form of communication as little as possible and for it to be an extension of normal face-toface communication, not face-to-face being an extension of online communication. For human communication, it has evolved to the point where there are a number of different forms that

can be and most probably will be used when communicating between two people, even if one is not aware that they are doing it, a lot more can be revealed when one becomes aware of these subtle communications. Successful communication requires that all parties have an area of communicative commonality, this at the basic level being feelings and sensing how another person feels, this idea is grasped by how you feel around others when they are in your presence as well as the information about that person you pick up when in their presence. A lot of people do not feel comfortable in a strangers presence, if this is the case you must change the thoughts you focus on to focusing on the moment as this will only get in the way of your sense of feeling. In terms of the actual communication there are auditory means, such as speech, song, and tone of voice, and there are non-verbal means, such as body language, sign language, para language, touch and eye contact. All communication essentially starts with action and regardless of what one says and feels at the time of communication of information it is really what is done that counts, what happens, as action is the meaning of life and so far more important then any word or thought. If someone says they will do something, the words are empty and meaningless until that action is complete, similarly regardless of what praise and recognition you get from the undertaking of an action it is the action itself that is important. In this respect you could get no verbal recognition for an action but peoples actions may change for the better which in itself is recognition enough as they have recognised the change and changed their actions accordingly. What ever words are spoken here do not really matter in the greater scheme of things and especially when compared to the importance of action being spoke about. When it comes to the communication of words the information is broken down into words, tone of voice and non-verbal cues i.e. body language. Although the bulk of the message is in the words humans generally look for cues in the tone of voice, which directly shows a senders feelings and the body language, which indirectly shows a persons feelings. To see how reliable the information actually is the non-verbal elements are particularly important for communicating feelings and attitude, especially when they are incongruent: If words disagree with the tone of voice and non-verbal behaviour, people tend to believe the tonality and non-verbal behaviour. For effective and meaningful communication about emotions, these three parts of the message need to support each other - they have to be congruent. In case of any incongruence, the receiver of the message might be irritated by two messages coming from two different channels, giving cues in two different directions. For example:
• •

Verbal: "I do not have a problem with you!" Non-verbal: person avoids eye-contact, looks anxious, has a closed body language, etc.

It becomes more likely that the receiver will trust the predominant form of communication, which is non-verbal, rather than the literal meaning of the words. Body language may provide clues as to the attitude or state of mind of a person. Aggression, attentiveness, boredom, relaxed state, pleasure, amusement, intoxication, among many other cues can be conveyed through body language. Physical expressions like waving, pointing, touching and slouching are all forms of non-verbal communication. Humans move their bodies when communicating because it helps ease the mental effort when communication is difficult. Physical expressions reveal many things about the person using them. For example, gestures can emphasize a point or relay a message, posture can reveal boredom or great interest, and touch can convey encouragement or caution. Some examples of body language:

One of the most basic and powerful body-language signals is when a person crosses their arms across the chest. This can indicate that a person is putting up an unconscious barrier between themselves and others. When the overall situation is amicable, it can mean that a person is thinking deeply about what is being discussed, but in a serious or confrontational situation, it can mean that a person is expressing opposition. A harsh or blank facial expression often

indicates outright hostility. Consistent eye contact can indicate that a person is thinking positively of what the speaker is saying. It can also mean that the other person doesn't trust the speaker enough to "take his eyes of f" the speaker. Lack of eye contact can indicate negativity. On the other hand, individuals with anxiety disorders are often unable to make eye contact without discomfort. Eye contact can also be a secondary and misleading gesture because cultural norms about it vary widely. If a person is looking at you but is making the arms-across-chest signal, the eye contact could be indicative that something is bothering the person, and that he wants to talk about it. Or if while making direct eye contact a person is fiddling with something, even while directly looking at you, it could indicate the attention is elsewhere. Disbelief is often indicated by averted gaze, or by touching the ear or scratching the chin. When a person is not being convinced by what someone is saying, the attention invariably wanders, and the eyes will stare away for an extended period. Boredom is indicated by the head tilting to one side, or by the eyes looking straight at the speaker but becoming slightly unfocused. A head tilt may also indicate curiosity as found in many animal species especially dogs. Interest can be indicated through posture or extended eye contact, such as standing and listening properly including when one is too overtly interested they will lean in too much and may smoother the sender with interest cues which can become very uncomfortable. Deceit or the act of withholding information can sometimes be indicated by touching the face during conversation. Excessive blinking is a well-known indicator of someone who is lying. Recently, evidence has surfaced that the absence of blinking can also represent lying as a more reliable factor than excessive blinking.

Every living entity has interpersonal space found around the body, this space is what the Ether surrounding your body is made up of and where different levels of connection happen. For humans first you have intimate space, this is from touching the body to arms length, this space is reserved for close friends, family and excludes acquaintances and strangers. Generally if this space is violated the victim can feel negativity and become defensive. From 1.5ft to 4ft it is known as personal space, this is the space of which you would generally keep your friends and mates. If communicating to anyone in any way beyond a polite hello, this is the sphere they would be stood in. From 4ft to 12ft it is known as social space and here is where you would generally keep acquaintances and strangers, the type of communication which is a passing hello to someone you don't know. Both personal and social space is where verbal communication happens, beyond this point, from 12ft onwards it is declared public space and if you were to communicate in this sphere it would generally be non verbal, a wave of the hand or catching of the eye. It would be something to get the other persons attention, then once the personal sphere is entered verbal communication and concept connection would ensue. Concept connection is the goal of conversation, to connect on a level recognising oneself in another. What this means is the values you hold true to yourself, the cross over between what you believe and what you know to be true which is where you find self, compared to another persons values, inevitably attracts both people to one another as they recognise themselves in the other person. This has huge benefits to oneself as working together you can produce twice the amount of results in an area you both enjoy doing individually and even more so together. It then comes down to the physical activities that

you have in common, what you end up doing together and the experiences you share that brings two people together, linked by the concept; again with action being the meaning of life and the best form of communication, hence why they say actions speak 1000 words. You recognise your own feelings in them, see that they share the same outlooks and passions as you can relate your own experiences of your own path to theirs. Connecting on actions, opinions and words; you connect as you both feel the other is just like you, this is known as having things in common. Humans, as well as other living entities, will always stick to their own, stick to what they know as it doesn't take much effort to understand what the people who share the same concepts are like, who they are, as they are like you so its easy to work out what you both like doing and so can enjoy doing those things. Not only can you do the things you love doing but because you love doing the same things, doing it together will always be 100x better then doing it alone. You must always remember that though everyone walks their own path, you should be more then comfortable walking that path alone, doing it on your own, whatever it maybe before being able to do it with another. When it comes to doing whatever it is you like, you gain instant recognition and as it is recognised by someone like you they will inevitably always be able to help you along your way. The closest people to you will be the ones most similar to you and therefore the ones that understand you best because they have no trouble relating their own experience to yours and vica-versa, but be aware that all friends no matter how well connected they are will, like the Flow, forever change. Due to the fact that though you maybe connected and seem exactly like the other person, everyone is unique and walking their own unique path, with their own opinions and ways of doing things that are always subject to change depending on the path each individual ends up walking. Friends come and go with time but it is the true friends, the ones that are most like you, the ones you've been through a lo with, shared big experiences and have loads in common, that no matter how long a distance in time or space you are apart, when you meet it was like you never parted as you just pick up where you left off. This is the hallmark of a true friend. Ones path is always decided by self and the universe, even when two peoples paths seem to easily flow together there is no guarantee that they always will. The changing of people important to you in your life keeps things fresh, it allows you to seek out true friends from the most unlikely of places and not only does a true friend always get introduced to you when you least expect it but you make the connection of true friends long before you recognise and respect that a connection is actually there. The coming together of opinions is what makes up conversation and the good thing is, unless directly taken from someone else, an opinion is unique as each person is unique. Even if your closest friend seems to share the same opinion as you, it will never be exactly the same as theirs will have their own personal twist added to it, this is what being an observer is all about. An opinion is by and large one persons perception on their own world about any one given state, place, time or thing within the physical realm. The perception is made up of what the observer believes, what values they hold true to their soul combined with what truths they have encountered in the Ether; the truth on a certain matter that they have been able to ascertain from key events. Generally the more knowledge you acquire about any given concept, no matter where it goes or who you end up listening to, adds to your perception of the whole truth on that concept. This means that even if two people think the same way about something, if one has acquired more knowledge, more evidence to support a certain perception, it maybe that both parties opinions are completely different but they agree. The other thing about opinions is that they are subject to change depending on the change in knowledge that one finds, this can fundamentally alter what one believes in and is known as changing your mind. Everyone is entitled to do this at any time so its important to not ground your opinion and declare it, especially if unsure as it could be different in the next 5 minutes. Instead of being quick to voice an established opinion, not voicing it allows you to recognise that its adaptable, emergent, it can change and like the Flow; is what

it is. Declaring it only works for the right then and there, never give your opinions willingly, wait until asked as people who like to state there opinions always meet friction when a fresh different opinion is added to the mix as they see it as a challenge to their own opinion, something they may have spent a long time perfecting. As everyone is entitled to their own opinion, finding out what someone else thinks about a matter can only add to your own opinion, if it is different, finding out why there's is so vastly different will either open you up to a persons like/dislikes/values which could be very different to yours or they could have more knowledge on the subject that you haven't found until now. There are so many different opinions out there that it makes communication so interesting, it truly is a glorious thing to ask one person their opinion on a subject matter, listen to it, agree or disagree; discussing why, then turning around to a completely different person but using the same subject matter hearing their opinion on it which can end up being completely different to the first persons though its the exact same concept! This allows you to gain a little insight as to where that persons path has been, allows the other person to express them self without meeting friction which is what everyone loves, share insights an opinions on the given concept but most importantly it allows you to acquire as many perceptions as possible which means the closer you get to whole truth on that concept. Allowing people to express themselves also allows you to pick up hints as to what a person is interested in as a note for further connection later on. The best way to see opinions are as a constant mouldable idea that is what it is and that its each to their own when considering other peoples opinions against your own. The best way to deal with opinions is to elevate yourself above an opinion, constantly learning and emerging, never established, being open to whatever the Flow brings and that way no matter what it is you will be ready.

Enquire into others to allow them to express themselves but don't obligate people to listen to your opinions without first being asked, or if you know they will find yours interesting, for at the end of the day you already know you, so why do you feel the need to talk about you, you don't know them, talk to them about them. Talking about yourself in such a way is a sign of insecurity, that you are unsure of what it is you are talking about and feel the need for someone else to agree with what you are saying to be a little more sure of yourself. This is bad as being sure of yourself should come from everything as a whole channelled through you out into the Ether, not from the Ether channelled into you, this will only leave you open to manipulation. From inside you, will mean your opinion exists 6 seconds into the future but from the Ether means up to 6 seconds into the past which renders the opinion useless when securing yourself in the present. Everything is on the constant move and when talking to one person from one time to another their path will have either slightly or completely changed from before; maybe they've achieved a goal since you last saw them, maybe they've experienced something that changed the way they see things, perhaps they're stuck in a rut and haven't gotten anywhere since you last saw them. Whatever it maybe, when talking unless someone is asking you something about yourself, you should be asking them about them more then you talk about yourself, as you forever will always know about yourself and even though its nice to express that fact most people are looking to do the same, if they are really interested they will ask. To refrain from talking about oneself without first being questioned and to talk about the other person is all about focus. To focus on being generally interested in who they are, what they do and how they express their feelings through opinions is all apart of thought control, to not let self defeating or unnecessary thoughts come through into consciousness, this you have a choice over as you can choose what you focus on. If the goal of conversation is to get others to express themselves then this start with you being comfortable to be around. As feelings transmit and others can pick up on how your feeling, if your not comfortable with yourself around others, especially new people, then others will become uncomfortable around you. What you think or the thoughts you focus on effects how you feel, in turn how you feel influences what you think so it is imperative your mind stays focused

on the moment and where you want to take it, not on how bad the moment could potentially turn out, only truth should be your focus other then that you should be enjoying what is happening unless there is a good reason not to of which at this point you would act to change that, i.e. move away or say something. Personality is a set of qualities that make a person (or thing) distinct from another, sometimes referred to as a unique personality but this is a misinterpretation of truth, there is no unique personality other then to be unique to the people currently around you. Personality comes in 9 forms and can change day to day, you remain the same person, your goals, interests, likes and dislikes remain the same but personality can change depending on your situation, this is known as an Enneagram. Each Enneagram personality type expresses a distinctive and habitual pattern of thinking and emotions. The behavioural characteristics of the personality types are less distinctive. It is claimed that by recognizing their personality pattern a person may be able to use the Enneagram as an effective method for selfunderstanding and self-development. Ones Characteristic role: The Reformer Ego Fixation: Resentment Holy Idea: Perfection Basic Fear: Being corrupt/evil, defective Basic Desire: To be good, to have integrity, to be balanced Temptation: To be hypocritical or hypercritical of others Vice/Passion: Anger Virtue: Serenity Stress/Disintegration point: Four. Angry and critical Ones may become moody and irrational like unhealthy Fours Security/Integration point: Seven. Objective and principled Ones may become more spontaneous and joyful like healthy Sevens Twos Characteristic role: The Helper Ego Fixation: Flattery Holy Idea: Freedom Basic Fear: Being unworthy of being loved Basic Desire: To be loved unconditionally Temptation: To manipulate others in order to get positive responses Vice/Passion: Pride (specifically, Vainglory, the love of one's own goodness) Virtue: Altruism Stress/Disintegration point: Eights. When Twos give without receiving back they become manipulative and angry like unhealthy Eights Security/Integration point: Four. Helpful Twos may become emotionally strong, caring, and authentic like healthy Fours

Threes Characteristic role: The Achiever Ego fixation: Vanity Holy idea: Hope Basic Fear: Being worthless Basic Desire: To be valuable Temptation: To please everybody Vice/Passion: Deceit Virtue: Truthfulness Stress/Disintegration point: Nine. Burnt-out Threes may begin to disengage from their relentless drive to success and behave like unhealthy Nines Security/Integration point: Six. If Threes recognize that being on top of everything is not everything, they may become comfortable in being committed to others, like healthy Sixes. Commitment to relationships may enable them to explore their emotions Fours Characteristic role: The Individualist Ego fixation: Melancholy Holy idea: Origin Basic Fear: Being commonplace Basic Desire: To be unique and authentic Temptation: To beat themselves up and withdraw Vice/Passion: Envy Virtue: Equanimity Stress/Disintegration point: Two. Disintegrating Fours may become dissatisfied like unhealthy Twos Security/Integration point: One. Self-actualized Fours may become idealistic and progressive like healthy Ones Fives Characteristic role: The Investigator Ego Fixation: Stinginess Holy Idea: Omniscience Basic Fear: Being useless, helpless, or incapable Basic Desire: To be capable and competent Temptation: To keep the world at bay Vice/Passion: Avarice Virtue: Detachment Stress/Disintegration point: Seven. Detached Fives may become hyperactive and scattered like unhealthy Sevens Security/Integration point: Eight. Integrated Fives may become self-confident and decisive like healthy Eights

Sixes Characteristic role: The Loyalist Ego fixation: Cowardice Holy idea: Faith Basic Fear: To be without a support system in an unforgiving world Basic Desire: To feel safe Temptation: To question the intentions of everyone around them Vice/Passion: Fear Virtue: Courage Stress/Disintegration point: Three. Paranoid and anxious Sixes may try to win over others, like unhealthy Threes, to cover up their anxiety Security/Integration point: Nine. Positive Sixes may become more peaceful, open and receptive like healthy Nines Sevens Characteristic role: The Enthusiast Ego fixation: Planning Holy idea: Action Basic Fear: Boredom Basic Desire: To experience as much of the world as possible Temptation: Moving too fast Vice/Passion: Gluttony Virtue: Sobriety Stress/Disintegration point: One. When forced to stand still, Sevens may become irritable and impatient like unhealthy Ones Security/Integration point: Five. Confident and experienced Sevens may bring a sense of calm to hectic situations like healthy Fives Eights Characteristic role: The Challenger Ego fixation: Vengeance Holy idea: Truth Basic Fear: Of being harmed or controlled by others, of violation Basic Desire: To protect themselves, to determine their own course in life Temptation: To be too self-sufficient Vice/Passion: Lust Virtue: Magnanimity Stress/Disintegration point: Five. Eights may become withdrawn and isolated like unhealthy Fives in their pursuit of control Security/Integration point: Two. Proactive and forward-thinking Eights learn to become helpful and cooperative like healthy Twos

Nines Characteristic role: The Peacemaker Ego fixation: Indolence, self-forgetting Holy idea: Love Basic Fear: Loss and separation; of annihilation Basic Desire: To maintain inner stability and peace of mind Temptation: To go along to get along Vice/Passion: Indifference Virtue: Right action Stress/Disintegration point: Six. Nines may become anxious, suspicious, and negative like unhealthy Sixes and may express more aggression Security/Integration point: Three. Nines may begin to work at developing themselves and their potential and move into greater action in the world, like healthier Threes The above characterises all personality types but one, they can change after physical events within the Ether happen including after sleeping, if you find yourself stuck in one of these personality types and want to change it you must first do something physical and completely change what your focusing on. A strong focus on the below personality type and after much practise will rise you above the 9 types we seem to spend our days wandering between. The below is the personality type of anyone who has ever conquered their loneliness and self actualised, becoming known and remembered as a great person. Tens Characteristic role: Unnameable Ego fixation: None Holy idea: All; Love, Truth, Action, Faith, Omniscience, Origin, Hope, Freedom, Perfection Basic Fear: None Basic Desire: Balance Temptation: None Vice/Passion: None Virtue: All; Right action, Magnanimity, Sobriety, Courage, Detachment, Equanimity, Truthfulness, Altruism, Serenity Stress/Disintegration point: None Security/Integration point: All; Tens see every other personality type as a reflection, in part, to who they are, they recognise and respect the good in people because they recognise the good in themselves. It does not change them, instead reinforces them as they recognise that which is already within. Tens bring security to every personality type and through their actions inspire others to do the same. One of the cornerstones to seeking out and understanding truth is to learn and practise to recognise truth, this like all things starts from within and when one not only speaks truth but thinks and acts along the same lines, (as in what one says thinks and does is the same as opposed to say thinking one thing and doing/saying another) this is known as congruency. Congruency is truth and should be practised all day everyday without fail, to be honest to yourself is to be honest with your world which allows your world to be honest with you allowing you to easily spot when someone else is not being honest. It does not mean always speak the whole truth, just means with what comes out your mouth must be true and for those situations where the truth can hurt, one must be diplomatic to recognise what information to let out and what not to say. If this situation was to come around then you could tell them instead from where or whom they can perhaps find the information. Doing this allows you to

start leading yourself in conversation, to the point where once practised enough one can begin to lead the interaction, the goal of which is to allow conversation to flow and to never be the perpetrator of awkward silences but instead to become so comfortable with the other person that silence becomes comfortable. The above personality type is one of which everyone should move towards, this is achieved along the ways of right thinking according to Buddhist thought, though this personality type is pivotal, getting there requires discipline of communication, action, thought and being as well as the collaborative effort of these things with every other living entity. One should always either be leading communication or on equal par with other participants of the engagement, basically one should never be led by someone else's actions, thoughts or words as although more often then not they are positive and can be taken as such, it leaves you open to being manipulated and no matter what you will always have your own path to live. Similarly allowing others to lead conversation or to lead you in anything can only be detrimental as every personality type other then tens recognises them self first and others second, this means if you leave your life to them it will become nothing as only you can look after you. Tens on the other hand recognise everything as one and so the way they treat themselves is no different to the way they treat everyone and everything. In leading conversation a big part is to allow others to take the floor and direct conversation, although they may believe they are leading the interaction (though this is always partly true) it is actually you allowing them your attention and your guiding questions that actually ends up being where the conversation goes. The main reason you should lead conversation is for the benefits of everyone involved in a selfless manner instead of the opposite which is the selfish manner of a narcissist who will inevitably take advantage of the fact they have attention and will proceed to abuse the situation by just talking about themselves like they are some super star, which always leads to the even worse scenario the breakdown of communication and connection to awkward silence. Leading conversation allows you to begin, end and maintain conversations as you see fit, as all this is part of ones path, one should never get too invested in any one interaction as at the end of the day, it is such a minor part of your current or path. Although on some unique occasions that unique connection can become a defining point of ones life, the majority of the time it is a relatively meaningless interaction where in about a weeks time only big interesting points or the situation as a whole is remembered, not any minor details. No matter what happens don't put yourself in a place of disadvantage unless absolutely necessary, people will subconsciously believe you can be walked all over and not serve you the respect you deserve. Above all treat others how they treat you, i.e. if someone not so popular likes to talk to you and gives you time of day, then you should give them the same back, if someone who is really cool doesn't give you time of day you should do the same instead of trying for their attention which most will try to do. Obviously this last part doesn't include being polite, one should always be polite but above the giving of your attention considered polite, one should not try vie for attention just because they aren't given it in return. Communication being the connection between two observers falls into one of five types:
• • • • •

observational rapport building kinaesthetic experience intimate

Observational communication is where two people connect on the thoughts of something they have

observed, i.e. "my dad has those exact shoes". It is often very short and usually leads into rapport building communication very quickly. Rapport building is where the bulk of communication is done, it is mostly through the use of words where one person finds out what they have in common with the other and through connective conversation and sharing positive experience such as a good conversation rapport is built which is simply the feeling of knowing someone. The next level of communication is kinaesthetic which is all about touch and tactile contact. This is often represented as a hand shake, high five, any touch what so ever, it is more powerful then rapport building as a strong handshake is sometimes all you need to establish a strong connection with someone. Next is experience communication, although all of the types technically fall under this category, experience communication is sharing action together, doing things which is remembered for a lot longer then any of the other types under this one. People will sometimes remember experiences with others for their whole lives, sometimes it can help to shape who they are. This then leads to the strongest of communication - intimate, which unless intoxicated, people remember every person they have communicated with on this level. This obviously has its on scale of connection, the hight of which being sex. Conversation itself falls under all these types of communication and differs per communication, the different types are:
• • • • • • • •

opening/approach conversation - designed to get the other person invested in having a conversation with you, happens in the first 30 seconds of meeting. banter/teasing conversation - put the attention on them, to make them comfortable in your presence, also used to show that you are normal, they don't have to worry. questioning conversation - used to start topics, to get into other types of conversation, includes small talk, used to find things to talk about as well as helping to build rapport. shaping - produce or amplify a particular character trait, to make them take a certain actions in their life patterning and nlp - illicit emotional responses, good feelings and link them to you sexual tension - get the opposite sex aroused and primed for escalation compliance requests - getting them to do things for you, for example "can you hold my drink?" virtual conversation - creating alternate reality, connecting purely within the flow, for example "imagine if we did this...", role-playing

Conversations are the ideal form of communication in some respects, since they allow people with different views on a topic to learn from each other. A speech, on the other hand, is an oral presentation by one person directed at a group. For a successful conversation, the partners must achieve a workable balance of contributions. A successful conversation includes mutually interesting connections between the speakers or things that the speakers know. For this to happen, those engaging in conversation must find a topic on which they both can relate to in some sense. Those engaging in conversation naturally tend to relate the other speaker's statements to themselves. They may insert aspects of their lives into their replies, to relate to the other person's opinions or points of conversation. Conversation is indispensable for the successful accomplishment of almost all activities between people, especially the coordination of work, the formation of friendship and for learning. The interaction is generally made up of openers, threads, high points, low points, questions, statements, comments, suggestions, stories, conclusions and closures. To allow the interaction to flow one must achieve being able to be a few steps ahead of the conversation in their mind while flowing a communicative connection from their body, whether this be through verbal, tactile or body language. One must be focused in where they are leading

the interaction and make sure to never forget the point of where they are going with it. Dropping flow causes awkward connection of which people feel negative with can associate negative feelings towards you, it is for this reason one must stick with a code of conduct so as to never have awkward moments again. If this is done right then awkward silences will become strategic pauses in communication to allow a build up of say suspense, among other things. The code of conduct is also known as common courtesy or just being polite in general, it includes the obvious things of 'please' and 'thank you' but also such things as to say hello to everyone you have had previous contact with and on a friends level asking them about their life, "how's your day been?" or "how are you?" and being generally interested in the replies of the people one has chosen to make a connection with as a friend. Being polite or well mannered means everything as it shows a level of respect but at the same time costs nothing in terms of time and effort, it is also part of being civil and just. Interactions are conversational communications between two or more people, they are made up of a connection in feelings and happenings, this also happens to be how the two hemispheres of the brain are made up. One side caters for emotions and feelings as well as creativity, guys tend to stay out of this side of the brain when talking to each other where as girls tend to stay in it, sometimes completely. The other side caters for happenings of things including logic, fact and reasoning, guys stay in this side of the brain especially when it comes to dealing with problems as it makes sense in terms of solving the problem, girls however stay in the other side. If a guy has a problem he will ring his mate up and they will talk about it for five minutes; "do this, then this, then this" they will then connect through stories and recent happenings they both have an interest in, as well as teasing, banter and keeping a fun happy vibe. If a girl has a problem she will ring up her friend and they will connect emotionally, they will talk about the feelings and aim to share the feelings of happiness or the eureka feeling associated with clarity on finally knowing what to do about something as they both have a vested interest in each others feelings, as well as teasing, banter and keeping a fun happy vibe. Both work and achieve the same goals; the guy having talked to his mate now knows what to do about his problem and does it, the girl having talked to her mate now feels in a much better place and deals with the problem, both are opposites of the same concept. To be an effective communicator one tends to communicate with everyone in the same manner engaging both the left and right hemispheres of the brain, this is why every topic will either be engaged on the emotional or logical level or both. Combining the feelings and facts of each topic one never runs out of things to say when combined with time, i.e. for each topic the following things can be used to discuss what is being said:
• • • • • •

what you did what you are doing what you will do how you felt how you are feeling how will you feel

So first and foremost each interaction is generally started by an opener, this is usually in the form of a greeting, it is designed to reach a social hook point which is where the other person wants to reciprocate the communication and a conversation commences, for example "hello, how are you? what have you done today?". Sometimes the opener isn't a greeting but an observational statement; "hey, nice shoes!" or question; "Do I know you from some where?", "I need your opinion on something.." regardless as its still considered the beginning of communication and has a social hook point it is still an opener. When you become good enough friends with someone you can almost forego the opener of "hey" and continue where you left off before, this is especially true with true friends. They also don't have to be words as for

example a wink, head nod or wave can become a greeting to. Openers tend to immediately lead onto topics, most common of which is ones that have situational relevance, i.e. talking about something relevant to the current situation; "have you seen that guy over there he just did something amazing". Topics are what make up the bulk of the interaction, in one interaction many topics can be discussed and obviously a topic relates to a concept and the discussion of which links the concepts together, showing each persons own unique perspective, through opinion. This is known as threading where if one person was to say "nice dress" the topic would then become about clothes, the thread; situated around the clothes the girl is wearing. She may reply with "thanks, it was a birthday present from my sister she got it from a good shop", with her reply she has dropped three new topic threads that the conversation can continue on with, the threads dropped are birthday, sister and good shop. Choosing one of these threads, the first person would go with the one they find most interesting, as the girl didn't say the name of the shop it is likely the first person may say "oh really, she has good taste, which shop was that?". With this model to conversation it can continue forever as long as both people are focused on what the other person is saying and can relate to that with their own experiences. This is the foundation of rapport building conversation. It is also best to stay on topic as long as possible, to get the most out of each topic and to not be the last person to pull the last thread about that topic before moving onto another. The goal of each topic is to find the thread that amuses both people and brings in feelings of happiness and fun, this is known as a high point in conversation. High points are when someone smiles or laughs or has a reaction to what is being said in a positive way with more energy then the level they are currently at, as energy comes in waves a high point is the tip of a wave which will always be followed by a low point which is where the energy then returns back to where it was before moving onto the next high point. The focus of conversation, what's being talked about, should move back and forward from one person to the next staying in balance, questions help do this, although as all conversation should be balanced you should only ask or answer as much as you answer or ask and the amount of questions and statements used should also be balanced. Questions connect to find out who people are, if you ask questions in the right way and stay on topic in one interaction you may not find out too much about that person in a broad sense, but that is good, as getting to know someone is really about the things you do together, experiences you share and so sharing an interview is not getting to know someone very well. Though questions are important its more important to have fun and talk in a deeper sense about what each topic means to that person. This is high status communication, keeping things at a comfortable level, compared to low status which is either asking question after question and skimming the surface of who they are keeping things at a pretty awkward level or not saying anything at all. Questions, if kept relevant to you, them and the situation your both in are quite easy to come up with, as a standard the following questions should be asked as it is polite to do so, (but not all at once!):
• • • • • • • •

what is your name where are you from how long have you lived in your current place where do you work what do you do for work how long have you worked there how are you what have you been up to

These questions should be expanded upon once asked and should allow for deeper threading on each topic, they are pretty standard and there are many more small talk type questions to ask, the last two being good questions for when you can't think of anything to say as they forever change from

interaction to interaction even with the same people. Small talk is boring but should be done out of politeness and to hopefully move onto something more meaningful and funny. The above questions are known as small talk or factual questions but they should always immediately move onto deep, meaningful or emotional questions which are designed to connect on that deeper level. These are questions aimed at revealing information such as:
• • • • • • • • • •

how they see the w orld what their ambitions are reveal as many things about their personality and interests as possible what do you enjoy... how long have you felt passionate about that what do you like about... how do you feel when... what is it about...that you like are you close with... how does...change the way you feel about...

For threading to work successfully it is imperative to stay on a topic until a high point has been reached, normally this takes a few rounds of questions before a statement can be used and a high point reached, when this is followed by reflection or removal of attention it can be powerful. Each topic should really be situationally relevant as it creates a feeling of together, once other areas of interest in someone's personality open up go for it as you both will find it interesting, them talking about it and you learning. Similarly this happens the other way round as well, as soon as they find elements to your own personality they like go for it. Above all make sure conversation is well rounded, all openers are closed and that it doesn't impede on your path, if so politely excuse yourself. All threads of conversation start by either questions or statements, statements are a little bit more refined as to how to come across effectively to start conversation, where as questions are widely varied and are easy to use so will be covered first. Questions range from quite simple off the cuff polite questions to ones that are deep, meaningful and intuitive to which touch the soul of the other person and in doing so forge a strong bond between the two observers. A question may be either a linguistic expression used to make a request for information, or else the request itself made by such an expression. This information is provided with an answer also known as a statement, to maintain balance every question should be retorted with a statement and depending on how open or specific a question is depends on how open or specific the answer. For example if the question of "how are you?" is asked then as it is open one could expect a very open answer of "yeah I'm good thanks" even if they aren't, this is out of politeness, one person politely asked as its rude not to and the other politely answered as its almost rude to try burden them with information when they're just being polite. A specific version of the same question would be "how is your body after last night?!" of which may reciprocate the answer of "oh yeh, last night, so bad, if I hadn't fallen while attempting that trick I'd be in much better shape!". Basic, almost polite questions such as "how are you?" or any of the others mentioned above help to start conversation and fill in gaps between topics of conversation to help both people find things they have in common with each other. This will help lead the conversation into deeper more specific topics, ones which people like discussing as they're interested in them. Specific questions opens relevant doors of information about the other person should the correct ones be asked allowing both observers to learn about each other. The closer people are the more they experience things together, of which the more they remember about the other person so the more specific the questions are as they are relevant to that person. Everyone asks everyone the same basic polite questions and so can get very boring or

tedious reciprocating the same answers over and over. If one wants to really connect with someone specific questions are needed and if none come to mind the use of basic questions to find those things specific to the other persons interests is necessary, then it is a case of remembering those things for the next time you meet. Use of situational relevance and specific topics and the remembering of details of both is what creates great connection between people. There are two versions of conversation that both use questions to flow the conversation along, both involve at least one concept and the communication of that concept. On the one hand you have someone who is trying to get information from someone else by initiating conversation with them. This would be the same as asking someone how their day is, you are trying to extract information from them and going on their answers depends what questions you ask next. The other version is someone wanting to tell you about a concept which then requires you to listen and again assume the role of questioner. It is preferred to be asked something to answer then willingly give information away, doing this without question is seen as a low status move, unless of course the recipient will find it interesting, funny, exciting or polite. Questions instinctively flow conversation along and will always be centred around one topic at a time, this is why it is imperative to open up each topic one at a time, explore it before moving onto another, which should only happen if the new topic is going to be more exciting, interesting or funny then the current. Because there are two versions and at least two people involved it means there are 4 ways questioning can happen; 1. They talk, you question - someone comes to you at says "Guess what, I did X today!" which is a sign they want you to expand the topic they're talking about as people like talking about themselves. This shows that they respect you. 2. You question they talk - you go up to someone and say "Did you end up doing X today?" which is a sign you are interested in expanding the topic, this is harder then the above to get the same info as this shows you respect them. 3. You talk, they question - when you have something fun, exciting or interesting to say then you will be wanting them to entertain your topic and question it. 4. They question, you talk - they ask you about something in your life and your answers control the flow of conversation, depending on how much information you divulge depends on how intrigued they get with you. Questions should be kept to topics that one knows the other will find either fun, exciting or interesting. Never stay on topics because you alone find them fun, exciting or interesting. To work out what topics you have in common is the purpose of rapport building and asking polite questions to make those connections, as well as the obvious doing things together. When someone comes to you with a deep meaningful conversation topic the questions you ask should adapt to the mood and should themselves become deep and meaningful. No matter how deep conversation gets it should always return to, start and end on a light hearted fun vibe, people will inevitably hold others in a good place if they can make them laugh regardless of how long they have known that person. Skilful questions allow people to reveal a lot about themselves, they feel more connected to you and allows you to build repour. One should always try ask unique questions relevant to each topic, something no one else would have thought to ask, attack the topic in a unusual way and people will remember you building rapport faster. Remembering the conversations and answers to previous questions, as well as bringing them up next time you meet will also build amazing connection as they feel as though you mean something to them as they mean something to you. Every conversation should be based around what they are doing and where they are going and your own answers to those questions. To ask/work out what they are going to

do and remember it means the next time you meet you can ask what they have done and how they felt. This is the strongest of rapport as they will actually be going through those feelings then and there so will be able to talk a lot about it. Use questions to find out about them, you already know about you as you are you so why do you want to talk about it. If they question you then it is only polite to answer those questions but in being asked questions, divulge less then necessary, let them formulate their own opinion, ask their own questions and find their own answers it is their opinion after all. In the end the person asking the questions is the one who controls flow of conversation, when they ask let them have the reins. This should be a balance throughout the conversation and so questions and answers should be shared, where both parties have equal air time. Questions come in three forms: 1. Yes/No Questions (the answer to the question is "Yes" or "No") 2. Question Word Questions (the answer to the question is "Information") 3. Choice Questions (the answer to the question is "in the question") Statements are the the other tool in getting conversation flowing, if questions are the hammer then statements are the nails that the hammer hits. Statements are literally a sentence that describes details on any given topic, a declarative bit of information that doesn't have to have a retort but almost always does, they are also the answer to questions and make up the bulk of conversation. A lot of people use statements to affirm their position on something, it can be a very closed way of communicating but used tactfully can create the most connection simple questions can't do. When someone uses a statement, say "I've been to New Zealand" as long as the person you are saying it to finds New Zealand fun, interesting or exciting, even if they haven't been there, as long as they can relate to the feelings you have about New Zealand; they will automatically retort with what they think about New Zealand or those feelings. If questions are designed to extract information then as answers statements are designed to drop information. Every question should be answered with a statement. The conversation game is literally who can tell as little key bits of information to the other person while gaining as much key info on the other person as possible, and so the person who ends up with the higher accumulation of info technically wins, though its not exactly a competition if both parties come away with the feeling of a connective good conversation then everyone wins. Really what it means is whomever has the more key info has the most respect out of the relationship, where one person has given the other person more of their energy. Statements, like questions should stay in the realms of polite, fun, interesting and exciting, if something comes to mind that is not one of these things and you are in the situation of a general conversation, saying nothing is better than veering off the path in the interest of keeping conversation flowing. Statements and questions unlock information to which people can connect to and therefore develop repour. Generally speaking there are two sides to the communication to take into account, on the one hand you have the questioner and the other the devuldger. The questioner will normally start the connection by asking an open question to get things rolling, depending on the openness of the question should depend on the openness of the answer/statement given. The structure of the response will use at least one statement, if the question is open then a one line statement should be used to answer the question and another to open the possibility for more questions. For example: "Hey, hows it going?" "Swimmingly, I just bought a new snowboard." From here the questioner should respond with a statement of acknowledgement and then ask a specific question as the topic of conversation has been set, in this case the purchasing of a new snowboard. For example: "Wicked, how much did it set you back?"

"Not much, as I get discount." Here you can see that it is imperative that at least two statements are used to answer one question, one where it directly answers the question, sums it up into one adjective and another to describe any details or feelings one has surrounding the topic which should lead to another question from the questioner. Should the people who are in the interaction know they both like snowboarding then a further statement should be used to describe the snowboard or the snowboard purchase hitting interesting/exciting/fun points to reward the questioner with good feelings and allow more questions to follow to really relate the topic to the questioner. For example: "Wicked, how much did it set you back?" "Not much, as I get discount as I work in the local snowboard shop." "Really! I never knew that, how long have you w orked there?" Conversations should always remain balanced where the energy one person is using matches the other, i.e. if they only give 2 statements then the same should go with the questioner before he asks another question, if more is used, use more but don't exceed a nominal limit of about 3 or 4 statements even if the other person does. The questioner should also help the devuldger along in the interest of connecting the concept properly, don't be afraid to interrupt with further statements or questions, if they are valid then the other person, though could be annoyed at first with being interrupted, will eventually be glad they did as it aids the conversation. The rule here is don't be afraid to speak up if you have something valid to add. Specific questions should be used once the topic has manifested itself or to establish the topic at hand when you know the other person will be interested, excited or find it funny. For example you wouldn't ask how much a new snowboard would have set someone back without first establishing the new snowboard as a topic in question. This can be done through a question as seen in the above or through a statement like: "Wow, nice board, how much did that set you back?" Open questions should really be used to establish topics, as the answers will be open as well. Those who are good with conversation will use a specific question or statement to establish the topic instead of fishing with open questions, this is a show of higher social position and the other person will either position themselves lower to the questioner therefore giving respect or will be on equal levels with that person. Regardless it is always a good thing to express yourself regardless of the opposition one may face as this is being true to yourself. If they don't like it it does not matter as no matter what one does or does not like there will always be people who agree, disagree or respect what the opinion is. The height of connective conversation is story telling, this is what most questions and statements lead to as it is an expression of oneself as well as a devuldgance of knowledge one has. Lots of things can be learnt about a person from what is said in the story and when a story has been previously experienced by two people, though the experience alone can connect them, it almost amplifies the effect a story can have on other people as it supports the knowledge it's true. It is also known that the person who can tell the best stories will have the most respect while been seen as someone who always has something fun, interesting or exciting to contribute to the flow of conversation. They will be held in high regard when people are considered for anything, this helps in all aspects of life as to get anything done, successful communication is pivotal. Swapping stories is what every group of friends do, all relations you have will be built on stories and experiences, either shared or told. A story is really just an over glorified paragraph and follows the same structure, much like how a burger starts and finishes with bread/bun and in the middle contains all the fun tasting ingredients, a story follows suit. 8 pillars of a great story 1. brief intro to the whole story - oh my god I have this great story, make it relevant to them,

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

something you know they'll be interested in be excited - it is a great story, if you know they'll love it and that shows then they will love it "act out" the characters - noises, accents, as close to the real event as possible use details - flow from one point to another keep it short and sweet - too long and they'll loose interest change your visual focus - don't always look at them, look outward into the visual concept to help them see it better use your body - be animated and use your body to help illustrate it how you tell it is more important than what you say - it can make average stories awesome

Stories grab the listeners attention. Just like a movie, stories have a plot and characters the listener can relate to. This makes your message interesting, and easy to follow. Simplifies complex ideas. A story is a good way to describe something complex in a simple way. Stories tap into the listeners emotions. When you can relate to the stories plot or character, it is more likely to evoke an emotional response than a series of dry facts. Stories are memorable. Stories create vivid images in the listeners mind. This makes it easy to remember the story, long after it has been told. Stories are therefore a good way to implant new beliefs or ideas into a persons mind. Stories should be saved until strategicly relevant and once told should follow the 8 pillars. Two powerful tools found in the English language of which one can use in telling stories or for use in statements and so on are metaphors and analogies. Metaphors help create vivid lasting impressions in your listeners mind. The more vivid, descriptive and exciting these images are, the greater the emotional response your writing will create. A metaphor is an association between what your talking about and something the listener can relate to, the simpler the association the more effective the metaphor will be. Metaphors serve as a frame to draw a persons attention or focus on one particular aspect of a concept, this also hides other aspects. For example; "moving this fridge is going to be a hard battle" which would draw their attention to how hard moving the fridge will be while at the same time pull their attention away from other elements of the concept like how long it will take. By doing this you frame things in a persons mind to the way you see things and can potentially change someone's perspective without them knowing. Analogies introduce an idea by quickly comparing it with something familiar and simple. For example; "life is a box of chocolates, you never know what your going to get", this differs from a metaphor which would become something like "life is sweet". When creating analogies you first present one idea and then compare it with another which the listener is already aware of. Analogies can therefore have the same impact as metaphors by presenting a complex idea in a simple way. The easier your message is understood, the more others will understand and come round to your way of thinking, this is especially effective if yours is selfless and for truth. Connective conversation not only follows a routine of question and statements or statement and questions leading to strategic story telling, the statements, questions and stories are part of a broader structure that the entire conversation will always follow unless under special circumstances. Conversation generally follows this pattern: Initiation - Content delivery and reception - Departation Initiation comes in various forms, this could be anywhere from making eye contact and hand gestures, communicating feelings or concepts without words to fully imposing conversation initiation on somebody in the form of shaking hands, saying hello or all the above. It is always polite to retort to somebody initiating conversation even if its a passing hello, this includes saying hello to all peoples you know even if its not planned or doesn't need to lead to anything more. Recognising people and giving them some of your energy in the form of a greeting only (when too busy to stop and talk) does wonderful things for relationships as they will hold you in respect. Initiation is generally quite quick, it

is a recognition of their presence and the beginning to the rest of conversation. Content delivery and reception makes up the bulk of conversation, this is where all details are swapped and concepts shared, generally this should stay in proportion and balance where the swapping of concepts, jokes, knowledge, stories and the asking of questions should roughly stay the same from both sides, as one person tells a story the other should then retort with another one. Content swapping can be drilled down further, each round of conversation focuses on one topic and the exchange of ideas and opinions or perspectives of that topic. One should always explore each topic one at a time, not overlook it quickly in order to get to the topic they want to talk about, again unless under special circumstances. Know that for every one thing that you would like to talk about and want the other person to entertain the thoughts of, they to want to do the same back and that each and every individual will have a unique way of looking at each topic even if on the surface it appears to be the same as everyone else. So explore that which someone else is talking to you about in order to fully understand and connect with them and they to will do the same when you entertain a topic. The topic itself also has structure, this again comes in a three and is as follows: Introduction - Support (including details) - Conclusion All topics including stories follow this structure, stories themselves are just bigger versions, if general content delivery/reception is a cheese burger, stories are a double even triple cheese burger, which is why they should be used strategicly as people really need to focus to be able to get what you are saying. Introduction is like conversation initiation a quick one line type event which is designed to introduce a person to the actual details, it is known as a hook point, the point to which someone's ears prick up and they move from seeing what your about to wanting to know what you have to say. This also creates anticipation, for example; "so have you seen the new snowboard?" if as a question or as a statement; "so I've seen the new snowboard" both fish for the possibility capture the attention of somebody who is interested in new snowboards, it will create anticipation, i.e.; they need to know and you will have their full attention. This is how you should always introduce your concepts for if they are not interested you haven't wasted any more energy talking about something they're not interested in as have they in entertaining the concept when they're not interested. It also allows you to hold onto your key information that they should really question you for instead of giving it out on the fly, the difference can be that you are seen as either interesting or boring, its not so much that you don't have interesting things to say but that you don't deliver them in a fun interesting way. Support, including details, are the statements that support the introduction as well as where the details come from, so going back to the topic of the new snowboard, this would be the part where the details on what the new snowboard is or does or any details on it come from. For example; "yeah its amazing, graphic is sweet, has pop, sintered base, really light", this would only be divulged if the intended receipiant bites on the hook of the introduction and when working out what details to divulge it would be what the other person is interested in and also the interesting bits of the information. For example no one is really interested in the sandwich the lorry driver ate who delivered the new snowboard, stick to the details you know they will find interesting which is what you learn through communicating and experiencing with these people. These are known as high points and one should swing from one high point to the next quite readily, never sit back and revel in what's happened, contemplation time is for later when you are on your own. This then leads to the conclusion of each topic so if the introduction is to capture the receipiants attention, the conclusion is to sum up what was said, often times leaving them with what they should think or at least your own view on the topic discussed which they generally take away with them. Most importantly show you are finished in a nice rounded off way to allow them to start their choice in topic. As it says in the name it concludes the topic so if the topic was about the new snowboard a conclusion to which would be your opinion of it, for example; "so yeah the new snowboard is really good" this will

sum up the topic in a positive way and the receipiant will leave the interaction with the idea that the new snowboard is really good regardless of what they thought to your details. After swapping content for long enough or in the need to depart because the path calls it is where conversation hits departation. This, like the conclusion to each topic, concludes the interaction as a whole and like the initiation is concise, to the point and never dwelled upon, Flow must keep flowing including interaction and communication. For initiation it generally arrives in three parts; a greeting in the form of a one word statement; "hello", "hi", "hey" etc as well as a wave, eye contact. Second, a reminding statement or question which is designed to remind that person of your last encounter; "I haven't seen you in ages!" as well as a leading question or statement "so how did the ballet go?" is all that's needed. Similarly then, and to keep balance, for departation the opposite occurs; a sum up statement or question; "it was nice speaking to you", this is where you take anything positive from the connection and feed it back to them in summary as well as a parting statement or question; "so I'll see you next Thursday?" and of course a farewell in the form of a one word statement; "bye", "later", "peace" etc. Conversation itself, specifically the area where content delivery and reception happens arrives in rounds. If it is to be balanced a good rule of thumb is for everything they say you say the same amount or less, never more. Rounds themselves are made up of rounds, first you have the topic round which generally ends when the topic changes and each of those rounds are made up of rounds themselves which are called thread rounds as they end when one person finishes speaking. For example one speaks of a topic round on bikes, the other person entertains the topic round and the current thread round which would introduce him to the topic. Once the thread is completed i.e. "I bought a new bike yesterday" the thread round will move to the other person where they would, if entertaining the topic, normally thread to something like the price or date on the purchase of the bike. This would then concluded their thread round as it goes back to the first person who would answer the question. Once the topic round is complete an new topic would open up and the next topic round would begin. As a rule of thumb if one entertains the topic round first then one should deliver the next topic round and vica versa, this means if you start a topic with someone and it concludes nicely generally you should wait for them to start one with you. If you asked them a question about themselves you should wait for them to ask you the same or at least a question about yourself. If one person makes an observational statement and gets a laugh from you you should expand on it and get a laugh from him. Just like life and how it is most beneficial and effective when it is balance, conversation to should also be in balance. To further the rule of conversational balance, it also includes gestures, laughing, crying, anything that gets a message across can be counted as a response, so if you make a statement and they laugh, then that is their response and that thread round is over, you should then wait for them to start the next round as you started the previous. As well as rounds structuring the way the conversation game is played there are also strategies in terms of keeping conversation flowing. Already the use of questions, statements and stories have been mentioned but there is also one more needing to be covered; humerus comments. Comments differ from statements as comments don't affect the flow or direction of conversation very much. Where as one can state "I've seen the ne w snowboard" therefore leading the flow of conversation onto the viewing of a new snowboard, comments are used more to get the other person to forget the flow of conversation for a minute, let go of concentrating and really entertain a funny image and laugh about it, effectively it temporarily disrupts the flow of conversation before coming back to what one was talking about before the comment and continuing on. Everyone and I mean everyone enjoys humour, it brings people together and though you may not have anything in common with the other person, may not even speak their language, humour is universal, understood by all, to the point where it has its own sound unique

to each person and that is laughter. Five elements are required for something to be humorous: 1) It must appeal to the intellect rather than the emotions - a joke can't hit any notes people are sensitive to, if you make fun of someone for anything such as height, ethnicity, sexual orientation, you receive an emotional response rather than an intellectual or objective one and the joke will fail. 2) It must be mechanical - the laughable element consists of mechanical inelasticity, the inability to adapt and be flexible to a situation, i.e. when someone pulls out a chair from someone who is sitting down and they continue to sit down falling on the floor, this is funny because they did not adapt to the change in situation. 3) It must relate to the audience - Something is funny only if it reminds the audience of something they are aware of and experience in their everyday lives. An audience may laugh at the antics of an animal, such as chimpanzees or horses or bears, but only in direct proportion to the animal's capability of reminding the audience of something human. 4) It must be inconsistent to the associations - for comedy to work, something must be unusual and out of place, go against the norms, anything unexpected and out of the ordinary is always found to be funny. 5) It must be perceived by the observer as harmless or painless to the participants - It is funny when someone slips on the ice and falls: people laugh, until they realise that the person broke his leg. At that moment the event is no longer humorous. When these criteria have been met, people will laugh. If any one is absent, then the attempt at humour will fail. One major point that becomes apparent when one examines comedy is that it is based on incongruity: the unexpected with the expected, the unusual with the usual, the misfit in what has been established as a societal norm. For there to be incongruity there must be something to be incongruous to. Therefore, for a comedy to work there must be an established set of cultural, human and societal norms, mores, idioms, idiosyncrasies, and terminologies against which incongruities may be found. Such norms may be internal or external. Internal norms are those which the author has provided in the script. External norms are those which exist in the society for which the script was written. The major problem is to know what norms exist, and which have become out-of-date. Many times some people, upon hearing a joke, will respond with "I don't get it". This is because they don't know or understand the societal norms being violated in the joke. This is also why you can never explain a joke: to explain you must first expound on the norms, then show how they have been violated. Such an explanation removes any incongruity by illustrating how it works within the norms. The need for norms also explains why humour can become passée. Stand-up comedians do very few jokes about President Eisenhower's administration because the norms have changed: no one understands topical references to forty years ago. Nonetheless, a funny play can remain funny, even when the norms change. In Shakespeare's plays, such as Viola in Twelfth Night, evoked great laughter from Elizabethan audiences because their societal norms said that women do not wear men's clothing, and the sight of Viola in male attire was incongruous. Today, women wearing men's clothing is the norm, and therefore seeing Viola in trousers isn't funny. Nonetheless, there are many things in Shakespeare's plays that are incongruous to today's norms, and thus his comedies continue to be funny four hundred years later. We still laugh, perhaps not at what Elizabethan audiences did, but the plays are still funny because he gained most of his humour

from human rather than societal norms. Three aspects of incongruity are literalization, reversal, and exaggeration. In literalization the joke comes from taking a figure of speech and then performing it literally. When Max Smart asks the robot agent Hymie to "give me a hand", Hymie detaches a hand and gives it over, interpreting the instruction literally. Reversal is simply reversing the norm, taking what is normal and expected and doing or saying the opposite. When Retief is subjected to what his captors think are the most horrendous tortures, he is assailed with modern art and smellovision renditions of overheated tires, burnt toast, chow mien, aged Gorgonzola, and the authentic odour of sanctity. An exaggeration is taking what is normal and blowing it out of proportion. Events occur to which the characters will react beyond all proportion: the mountain out of a molehill effect. A jealous wife's discovery of a blonde hair on her husband's jacket leads her to build an entire scenario of flings, trips to the Riviera, and a murder plot against her, until he points at the collie sitting at her feet. Such exaggeration is a standard in comedy. The greatest incongruity is the violating of societal taboos. This violation can provoke the greatest laughter. In American society the greatest taboos are discussions of sex, death, and biological functions. These are all subjects which society has decreed should be discussed seriously, discreetly, and euphemistically, if discussed at all. It is from these taboos that much humour is derived. As long as the audience knows the norms, can see the incongruity, the participants act in an inflexible manner, no one appears to get hurt, and the audience doesn't take it personally, then an attempt at being funny will succeed. Have you ever noticed how some people captivate everyone they speak to? No matter what they look like or how much money they have, they can walk into a room and instantly be the centre of attention. When they leave, people think highly of them and want to emulate them. That's charisma, a sort of magnetism that inspires confidence and adoration. Like beauty, luck, and social position, charisma can open many doors in life. Unlike these other qualities, anyone can become more charismatic. Every hero, every leader, every celebrity and top TV personality, radio, film, CEO to salesman, anyone in a position to change things got there because of a bit of charisma combined with following through on their action (staying true to their word). Charisma sells ideas and sets up scenarios to allow you to carry those ideas forward, basically without charisma you won't get anywhere, for if you can't sell an idea you are then relying on someone else to notice you and sell the idea for you. It is a trait found in persons whose personalities are characterized by a personal charm and magnetism (attractiveness), along with innate and powerfully sophisticated abilities of interpersonal communication and persuasion. One who is charismatic is said to be capable of using their personal being, rather than just speech or logic alone, to interface with other human beings in a personal and direct manner, and effectively communicate an argument or concept to them. Charisma is the concept that sums up everything that has been talked about in this chapter so far, to be charismatic is to have all the above things in check, charismatic people are always: 1. Relaxed - Charisma is all about channelling your energy to other people. If you channel stress and anxiety, people will be repelled. If you channel relaxation and tranquillity, people will be attracted to your calmness, and they'll want to be more like you. 2. Looking confident including good posture - appearing confident can make you more

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

charismatic because your confidence will put others at ease and inspire faith in your abilities. Nothing conveys confidence like good posture. Anyone's equal - No matter to whom you are talking, treat them as an equal. If you're talking to a potential employer, a group of wealthy donors, a child, a stranger, or an attractive guy or girl, don't put them on a pedestal or talk down to them. Be respectful of other people, but respect them as equals. In touch with their emotions - Don't be afraid to feel anger, pain, sadness, or elation, relate to what others are feeling and don't be afraid to communicate emotions. Be aware that there is a difference in suppressing your emotions and controlling how you express your emotions. It is this control which is truly desirable. Body language supports speech and vica versa - Perhaps the defining characteristic of charismatic people is the ability to use body language effectively when communicating. Gesturing is important, but good gestures aren't arbitrary. Thinking before they speak - Reduce the fluff and filler material in your daily communications. Try to make every word count, and think about how you're going to phrase something before you open your mouth. If you don't have something important to say, remain silent. Speaking with conviction - Like gesturing, the way you say something can be just as important as what you say. Say something important and say it with conviction. Speak at a relaxed pace and speak clearly. From this baseline, vary your tone, rhythm, volume, and pitch to emphasize your most important words and to keep your speech interesting. Treating others as they wish to be treated - Make each person you meet feel as though he or she is truly important, regardless of your first impression or that person's reputation. If you make people feel good about themselves, they'll be drawn to you and hold a higher opinion of you. Everyone met should become a friend, enemies are a waste of time.

Charisma becomes a measure of how successful people are at communicating with others, people like Barrack Obama, James Bond even Adolf Hitler and Winston Churchill have huge amounts of charisma and were able to communicate effectively and efficiently; every idea they've had. Hitler even managed to effectively sell the idea to a whole nation that Jewish people needed to be wiped off the planet! The more charismatic someone is the more effective they become at communicating and combined with resolve (the follow through of action) creates a scale called social hierarchy where highly charismatic people are at the top end, with the ability to communicate and effect change in other people, all the way to the bottom end where they are not good at communicating and instead are effected by other more charismatic people. This is especially true when it comes to business, every notice that the bottom end job of a business requires little to no communication of that business what so ever, mainly remedial tasks. While the higher up you go, the more you communicate and the less work you actually do, the catch being that as you go up the chain the decisions carry more responsibility. Charisma is not just an understanding into the basics of communication but to be an all effective communicator; to understand that like all things communication has flow and the understanding in the ability to effect that flow. Communicatory Flow is part of the Flow and because of this follows the same properties but in relation to communication itself, as the Flow flows at a certain speed, one which can be slightly influenced by oneself, communication to should follow this principle. What this means is communication always needs to breathe, one needs to strategicly speak when appropriate, i.e. when someone has finished what they are saying or a pause in conversation, but at the same time entertain the conversation at an easy going pace. This results in conversation becoming easy, people have more time

to think about what to say, or to allow concepts to build up in ones mind while the other person is speaking which ultimately leads to the ability to really speak with strategic conviction and say only what is necessary. This small shift in focus completely nullifies stress as you realise you have all the time in the world to communicate, the opposite being of course that you feel rushed to say the right things, as the pace of conversation is set fast it means you have less time to think, less time to actually say things and internally the mind creates pressure and unnecessary stress. Even if someone comes at you all rushed and flustered, with an obvious indication that they have built up internal stress and feel the pressure; remaining calm, collect and focused is also going to put you in the best position for handling anything, whether it be anger, upset, hurt or even apathy that the other person is exhibiting. Allowing a conversation to breathe also builds suspense while captivating audiences, strategic pauses and tranquil silences allow for the removal of filler words such as 'ums' and 'ers' and most importantly gives you time to speak with conviction allowing you to conceptualise the words in your head first. This is also beneficial if you start thinking of something to say but because of a sudden change of circumstance is more diplomatic not to say, therefore you have time to stop yourself from saying it. So this is the ethos behind communication or the way it should be played, must go with the Flow and remain calm, keeping your attention on the moment and everything else will fall into place. The strategy of flowing conversation is all in the way you piece together your words, this can only really be built up from questions, statements, stories and humorous comments. Basically always start with questions or statements, set the tone, set the scene and allow the other person to contribute the same to the conversation, keep it in balance. This will then lead onto and exciting story or a fun comment, of which you must always make sure the other person is invested in you before you give them a story or comment for if they are not listening and you don't have their attention you will be wasting your time. This is what reciprocation is all about, both parties giving attention to each other. Use both comments and stories only when you know they will find it exciting or fun, the best way to be in a confident frame of mind about your story or comment is to ask yourself first, "do I find this story exciting or would I find this comment funny?". Make sure you do not confuse a exciting story or fun comment with the feeling you may have from telling an exciting story or fun comment, this is where the more you connect with someone the more you find out what they like and so the more you can further the connection with them by at the very least sharing emotions with each other. For example, one person may like chess, the other may like snowboarding, neither really relate but the passion each of you has for your passion is something you have in common and therefore can relate to. Charisma and strategy can get you far but there is one concept that if your aware of can keep the flow of conversation going indefinitely. This idea is so subtle yet so effective that it almost encourages or urges people to retort and should you let conversation die they will look to start it up again. The idea then is the two forms all communication falls into, there is:

Connective Conversation - this type of conversation is used to talk about real factual things, including the current situation, past experiences, likes and dislikes, things in common, anything that connects two or more people together. This is always required in a foundation to any friendship; something must connect you to them. Creative Conversation - this type of conversation is used to talk about things that don't exist, including all jokes, exaggeration, creativity, future proofing, guess work or speculation. This type is always required when joking with someone, it is almost an unreal place in your mind that the two or more of you connect through shared imagination. The benefit is where as connective requires you find something positive that connects you to create a positive connection, in creative you can create a positive atmosphere and get them to connect to it with little to no effort.

All friendships use both these types of conversation to connect two people, they must be connected through shared likes/dislikes or some form of real connection but they must also be able to be creative and have no constraints imposed on the personality or freedom of expression (the type you would find say at a formal office job). Having creative conversation allows people to relax and just be themselves. The way to keep conversation flowing is not just be able to recognise when each type is appropriate but majorly to make use of one then the other regardless of which order it happens. If you were to stay in the connective conversation missing windows for creative then people will build an image of you as boring, the conversation may be interesting but if its not fun then they feel they have to use too much concentrating entertaining your communication. This would create a long distance friendship where they would only talk to you when they need you in obtaining something they want. If you were to stay in creative conversation, although it is the more preferred of the two as it's seen as more exciting and fun, people could never take you seriously and wouldn't really forge a connection with you other then 'that funny guy'. This would create a short distance friendship where people would love to have you around but out of sight out of mind - they would only use you for their entertainment. With connective being polite and interesting combined with creative being exciting and fun, together they make for a well rounded conversational arsenal. Being someone who is interesting, polite, exciting and fun is a must, always remember to stay in these 4 boundaries and utilise them only when necessary, i.e. know when it is right to be polite, know when it is right to be interesting, know when it is right to be spontaneous and exciting and know when to use the energetic - fun/funny. Being funny is your strongest ally in conversation so use it sparingly and watch for the signs of overdoing it because they are subtle and one can get carried away with being seen as a funny person. Generally speaking; keep your questions - polite, statements - interesting, stories - exciting, comments - fun. Other then this you just need to be seen as safe, friendly, kind and trustworthy, of which these things will take time to build and normally people presume these things of you until proven wrong. For every thread topic it is possible to turn it into something creative, to move away from connective conversation that people can often awkwardly get stuck in when both are too polite to break the connection. What happens is both parties end up thinking too much about the apathy of conversation or how its lacking flow, searching for things to say while at the same time noticing how nothing is being said. In doing this they manifest the apathy of conversation further and start to become uncomfortable with how it spirals downwardly until one of them awkwardly breaks it and moves on along their path. In talking to someone who going to be around more then once in your life, it is good to practice creative conversation as a retort before connective to not only keep things light, friendly and moving, but also to make sure key information isn't revealed without a sufficient amount of investment of attention from the other party. From their use connective conversation as of when necessary. Similarly if you were to talk to someone who is a complete stranger say for directions, or somebody who is only going to be around once in your life then it is best to use the opposite; to politely connect with them in finding out what you need, i.e. some directions, using creative conversation as of when necessary. Regardless of which scenario you find yourself in it is always beneficial for yourself and everyone you meet to keep things in a positive spin with a positive look on things. As well balance and positivity it is imperative that you be able to read the energy of a set of people or person and adapt accordingly. If you come into the set at lower energy than them, even if they are really hyped or not so much, you will always fail to make an impact. Thus it is always best to come in with just a little bit more energy than the set, the key is reading how much energy the set exhumes. There is also low end and high end conversation, low end conversation literally is just a poor connection in communication; mainly that the above hasn't been done and so entertaining a connection is more effort then its worth, high end conversation is a good connection, like fishing, a good bite/hook (gets the other person invested in

conversation) this can be done using the right question or statement. Now that it has been described how to start and maintain a high end connection as well as what that is, it is now time to show how to use that with others around you. Earlier it was mentioned about personal space, this is measured by looking at who you let close and who you don't. Different people you know and have experienced your path with will fall into a category of how close they are to you and also to how much you entertain their conversation attempts. For example if you meet somebody for the first time you will not have any expectations, therefore trust, kindness, friendliness and politeness are always presumed to be there as you give them the benefit of the doubt, at least until proven wrong. As they prove you otherwise the amount of time and effort your willing to spend entertaining another persons conversation will diminish. For every person there is normally a connection and the strength of that connection is determined by how close those people are to you. Below is a scale of levels of connection that you will afford people, everyone you know will be put under one of these levels and over time people will move up and down depending on circumstances and what they show you as a person:

Denial - this level is where you straight up ignore the presence of someone, no matter what effort they make. This area is normally reserved for people who have majorly offended you or that for example you pass arbitrarily on the street. It is always good to stay out of this as much as possible as it is very rude by being the bigger person and pushing these types into the level of acknowledgement People on this level do not have permission to enter your personal space. Acknowledgement - this level is where you acknowledge someone's presence, often with a polite greeting but communication itself is kept to a minimal. So you may say hello to someone but with any other questions you will be short in an attempt to not connect with that person. This level should be reserved for the people that you will often want to put into the level of denial. People on this level have permission to enter your personal space but only for a limited time. Acceptance - this level is where you accept the person and their communication, you entertain what is said and they back to you. The majority of people you know will be in this level, they have permission to enter your personal space but not intimate. Understanding - this level is saved for close friends. It is a deep level of trust, a connection where anything can be said and it doesn't matter what is said as the connection far outweighs the message. Generally a good saying for people on this level is; those that mind don't matter, those that don't mind matter. It is those people who really don't mind what you do or say that are held in this level, they also have permission to enter your personal and intimate space.

This connection scale is used when measuring the amount of effort you should be giving someone when it comes to communication, it can help work out who deserves it and who doesn't should you find you lose composure (angry, upset, drunk etc). There is also another scale, one that allows you to see as to how close people are to you, as you experience more with people, find people that you have things in common with and see the world in the same way they move closer to you. Everyone you have ever met bar family will go through this entire scale. It is important to note that sometimes Flow brings people into your life in a way that they move very quickly up the levels, these people aren't an accident, you are meant to do something with them at some point in the future. Obviously as everything is still a choice its up to you and them whether that happens or not. The levels are as follows:

Enemy - this level is saved only for people who have amazingly offended you to the point where you have a huge urge to destroy them and anything they do. This is a level that is best avoided, if someone has become your enemy you are either oppressed or you have let yourself make

decisions to lead to that because of an arbitrary feeling for example; jealousy. You should have no enemies. Stranger - this level is saved for people who are unknown to you, people who you are yet to meet. Once you have met someone it is pretty impossible for them to be put back into this level. People quickly, within a few seconds of meeting someone will move into the next level. Strangers are people you have no connection with. Acquaintances - this level is for people who you have met or been introduced to but haven't had anything beyond polite conversation (how are you). It is where you should hold people who have annoyed you or who you feel don't deserve your full attention as it isn't rude but at the same time doesn't require full effort of attention. These people you normally have casual hellos with but don't know their name. Mate - this level is for people who you know past casual hellos, people that you spend time with, regularly talk to, know the name of but haven't been around them long enough to trust them as a friend. The majority of people you know will fall into this category, most will be known as extras to you, although you entertain their conversation, the connection sometimes just inst there to move onto the next level. Friend - this level is like the inner circle version of the above, it is pretty much like a mate but with mutual trust and respect. Where as with a mate you may do the same things together, sometimes there is just not that connection, with friends that connection exists and you often enjoy spending time in each others company as both parties feel the similarities in personality. True Friend - this level is your exclusive club of people, true friends can be counted on one hand and although friends come and go, true friends will always be there for you. It is a universal connection of which no matter the distance or time apart, when you next meet you pick up right where you left off. When people get in this level they rarely go back.

Everyone you have and haven't met fall into one of these levels and also move between. Starting at stranger you should refrain from letting anyone fall into enemy as enemies should not be kept for it is damaging to everything and everyone involved including yourself. Over time people will move from one level to the next as well as move back down levels. True friends however you can count on one hand as there is only ever a need for about a handful of people to fit this level. As well as the level of attention you afford someone depending on where they fit in your friendship level, there is also the level of where each persons sits socially. There exists a phenomena called social hierarchy which determines where someone sits in terms of respect, i.e. someone higher up the ladder then yourself and you will automatically adorn them, someone lower and they will adorn you. A good example of someone near the top of the ladder would be an A list celebrity, or somebody like mother Teresa. Below are the levels of social hierarchy:

Recluse - at this level you would find yourself unable to get out of your mind, i.e. would be in constant communication with your thoughts while being effected by the Flow. this is a state normally only found with Apathy, it is not healthy. Norman - this level is a step up from recluse, you would still be seen as somebody who is unable to communicate effectively, the difference being that a Norman tries to contribute or is oblivious that what they are contributing no one is interested in, they are unable to read communication from others. Normally this is because they are so focused on getting it right believing its going to go wrong. Social butterfly - this level is where the majority of people fall under, this literally means to be able to entertain all conversations, to be able to talk to anyone and smoothly move from one set to another without much hassle. Unlike a Norman people like having social butterflys around.

Entourage - at this level someone will have a fan club, this is where people start knowing you without you ever having met them, where you reputation proceeds you and where you find other people looking to you for direction. Any group leader falls under this level. Big in Japan - this level basically means you have become so popular over in the west that word has spread to the east though you may have never been there. As the saying goes "you know you've made it when your big in Japan".

Though it is beneficial to treat everyone as an equal - not looking down on them or putting them on a pedestal, we as a species perceive everyone to fall somewhere into the social hierarchy. Perhaps this is to better perceive how far someone has gone socially, everyone should be at the level of social butterfly and through acting correctly in words and actions will one advance to the highest level. Anyone who is big in Japan is always amazingly good at their craft and has a personality to match. The goal in conversation then is ultimately to allow conversation to Flow as of when it is necessary and to be comfortable with silence when it doesn't. Further to this point it is to turn all strangers to acquaintances, acquaintances to mates, mates to friends and friends to true friends - though with true friends there will always only be a small number no matter how many people you know. In keeping to this and in staying polite it is imperative you greet everyone, even people you don't know, don't make a big deal out of it but literally a 'good morning' or 'hello' or head nod is all that is needed. As standard greet strangers, when this is done more then once that stranger becomes an acquaintance When turning acquaintances to mates find out;

• •

who they are - this as it asks tells you who they are, bare in mind this changes every time you see them as each moment will effect their perception and opinion. This question is never completely answered. what they do/doing - this not only is their favourite topic but once you know this you can always have something to ask them; an update to what they are doing, how it is going for them and the new change in plans as old ones are completed. where they are from - this makes up who they are, it also will either support or undermine the question of who they are, you can learn a lot about someone from learning their past. where they are going - this is their hopes and dreams, their other favourite topic, short term goals may change but it is interesting to learn where they aim their path in the Flow and also allows you to be able to help them get there.

Mates will become friends in time but it is a constant that friends come and go, the lines between these two are physically blurred but you have a feeling when you know someone has become your friend and vica versa, this is the feeling of respect. Friends become true friends not by accident, true friends are destined to be connected. When making friends as well as communicating with people you already know it is important to pay attention to their likes and dislikes. It is always prudent to only show people things you know they like, though at the same time you don't want to do anything to break your morals, or to disadvantage yourself too much for other people, it is important because generally you don't want to actively show people things you know they dislike. It is not good for your connection with them and indirectly your connection with other people, it is often out of spite that this happens and is generally negative behaviour. Although you maybe compelled to talk about yourself because the other person has done the same, if you know they aren't going to like what you have to say, don't say it. It is always best to focus on them and their likes and let them worry on focusing on you and your likes rather then trying to give them that knowledge. Only they know what they are interested in knowing from you, all you can do is wait for the questions to be asked. This if done correctly is how to build repour with everyone, sacrifice talking about yourself in favour of entertaining who they are. From what

they do you know what interests them, directing the conversation to only concepts and feelings they would be interested in and find pleasure in knowing is to allow them to see the side of you that is most like them and so repour is created. People like those who are most like themselves, in the way they think, act and speak, match these things with someone and you will create amazing repour. It is always good to set the mode with a light friendly vibe, using humour sparingly to help set that tone. Every thread topic can be turned into something humorous, even if its small, often times what it can be turned into will only be found funny by the current participants. This type of humour is polite humour and people politely laugh because of it, as you get more acquainted the jokes will get more personalised and this is when the true humour will come out. Knowing when to use humour and the timing of using it is critical, off the cuff is usually best but if something big comes to mind the timing release of it will only amplify the effect it has on people. In hindsight be interested in people and interested in crafting and maintaining connection with them, treat them as equals and know that everyone is a friend your yet to meet - you never know what the Flow will bring, what opportunities lie out there for you to find and most importantly who will help you find and bring these opportunities to fuition! This is why it is important to maintain your path, although crucial to construct connection with people; don't get caught up in letting others express themselves if it infringes on your path, your path is everything to you as is theirs to them. You must look after you first before you can look after them as they do to. If you find yourself stuck politely excuse yourself, tell them "this conversation is great but you need to go else where for now, can we continue it later?", if they value your attention then they will always agree to your excuse. Your path is always ULA - Ukno-Liberte-Almanac; think do talk, never any other way around, for this reason you should never talk about what you are going to do unless you are actively planning or taking steps to making that happen. For example if someone was to ask you about something you are yet to do, how can you talk about it if you haven't done it? Your words would be completely empty, only once you have done something do you know of it and can speak of it and more often then not speaking of things before they happen creates expectation that must be filled, creating a sense of failure if not done, therefore pressure therefore stress. Stress is not the way of Flow. Always stick to what you know, what you have done, talk reluctantly about things you are yet to find out about yourself, tell them you don't know until it has happened. This is your karma, everything you say has a reaction, words aren't just empty sounds, they can spark ideas, create magnificent cities, send men to the moon, they are powerful so remember to choose them carefully. Your karma is what you say and the way you say it, therefore their karma is how they take it, although you should care about people you shouldn't have to care in which way they react to you if your intentions are genuinely selfless. Sometimes people take things the wrong way, this isn't necessarily your fault, remain calm and explain yourself if need be, if you have effected their composition it is because they have let you and taken it in a way that was not intended. Flow always returns to equilibrium and balance, same goes with arguments, upsets and stressful conversations. To maintain connection or even build it in the first place between people, both parties must find the conversation as well as the other party interesting, being interesting isn't necessarily saying interesting things. Anything can be interesting as long as it relates to the topic at hand and the parties involved, instead what makes thing interesting is saying things in an interesting way. Therefore with the use of the above information, balance, timing, the use of concise sentences, politeness all go into making things interesting, once you have this mastered you are free to be yourself in that you have the ability to lead the conversation and input exciting stories or humorous comments where you see fit. If you have captured the other parties attention sufficiently, if you have them invested in conversation with you

then you can almost do or say what you want. This is where the exercising of selflessness really comes in as a lot of people would too easily turn selfish should they have gained this position. A lot of people find it hard to obtain this position and sometimes never do, this is purely down to your thoughts and beliefs. If your thoughts are in apathy then you will believe you can't communicate well and will not. If you believe you can't communicate well then your thoughts will be in apathy and you will not communicate well. As talking is just group think with words as the interim step, when your thoughts flow; your words will flow also. This is purely down to what you believe; you must always believe in yourself and your ability to carry out any task. This will always sort your thoughts and so words will Flow like the thoughts that proceed them, when you have faith in yourself you no longer have a running internal dialogue of thought, instead thoughts are created and experienced through communicating with others. This is the way the Universe works and so it is prudent to follow suit. Communication is a connection of thoughts or concepts as well as the feelings or intentions behind them across the Ether from one observer to at least one other. As it is a communication of concepts and feelings words make up little to nothing of the communication. Instead as thoughts always communicate through sub context/interpersonal communication, they are more important then words which is why its about the way you say it not what you say. The most important part of getting your message across to someone regardless of what it is, is to come at the communication with the right frame of mind, meaning if you engage someone trying to be helpful but your mind is thinking about taking something from them. No matter what words you use the underlying tone will be that you want something from them and so the other person will always become defensive and untrustworthy of you. This is true even if you accidentally come at communication with the wrong thoughts and feelings, these will be what will be communicated instead of what your words say and when your words are incongruent with your thoughts or actions you are not genuine. This is widely known as vibe. Vibe is literally the feelings people pick up from you, there are loads of different vibes you can put out there but the only ones you really need are positives along the lines of playful, curious and friendly. Once you gain control of this you will be able to control what you say and the way you say it, you will have gained conversational intelligence. This is being able to know when to start a conversation, when to end one, as well as being able to control the frame making it pleasant for everyone, based around your objectives or path and how much time you have to spare. Further more conversational intelligence is being an 'in the know' person which means you are aware of the other person and their position along their path - can put yourself in their shoes. For example if you see a girl get hit on by some creepy guy and see her shoot that guy down, when you talk to her your not going to ask "was that guy creepy?" like you weren't sure, instead by putting yourself in her shoes you'd say something more like "you handled that really well that guy was well creepy!". It straight away creates repour as she will understand you understand her as the golden rule of connection is that people like and trust other people that are most like them. She will feel you totally understand her so she wont have to explain what happened instead you can talk about it as if you both experienced the same thing even though it was different perspectives. Communication is like a game of tennis where it moves back and forth, because of this balance and timing as well as skill into the concise use of words are all key to creating and maintaining successful connection. This also includes knowing when to begin a conversation and when also to end a conversation, generally if you have something to talk about then entertain it, if you do not then staying quiet is best. Like tennis matches starts with serves, communication begins with interesting statements or polite questions and like match points win matches exciting stories and humorous comments conclude topics. You will know if you manage to get your side of communication correct, though it requires both sides to do the above for successful communication, your karma and your focus should be on what you say

and the way you say it. Theirs should be on theirs as how they take it is their karma, so similarly how you take what they say is also your karma, always be positive and give them the benefit of the doubt, innocent until proven guilty. Should you reach successful communication the following will happen:

How they will feel - others will feel good about you and the connection, by recognising their good points and helping them along their path, overlooking the bad points with an intention to have pleasant fun times together. How you will relate to them - by relating to what's being said and therefore the person who is saying what's being said, even if it is repeating what's being said from a different angle will create good repour. Conversational relevance is being able to relate the person to what's being said or to relate to what the person is saying. People will generally seek out your company. If you don't think they'll find what you have to say interesting, exciting or funny don't say it. How you will act - You don't need to know them, they'll tell you what you need to know and never judge. This combined with them having a good time with Yu which includes appropriate humour with the fact that your out there and doing things, getting things done, experiencing things together will build repour and bonding. Always be enthusiastic to see others and do things with others as you never know when you'll next see them again or when you'll miss out on fun experiences and good times becoming that next exciting story. How you will talk - Always ask appropriate polite questions and interject interesting statements, help them along if they fail to provide say extra detail in answer to a question by asking another question. Entertain what they are saying, don't disbelieve it or believe it either until it is proven. Never divulge knowledge about yourself without question to do this is like being told the ending of a great film - makes the film a waste of time watching it. How you will respond - Answering all questions appropriately, when someone asks you anything give them a response to that question, then follow up with one or two things about that topic for them to further question. This should always relate an if its not that interesting add humour before to soften that fact. By doing this you lead their thought pattern. How you will be humorous - You will forever keep a light hearted pleasant look on everything that is spoken, you will interject humorous comments to each topic as of when necessary. Switching to creative conversation for the pure fact of making people laugh including yourself, if you don't find it funny don't say it, if you don't think they'd find it funny don't say it. If someone else makes a humorous comment don't try top it but instead add to it. You will know when its time to be funny and when its time to be serious. How you will be serious - You will be direct and to the point, you will explain things only when necessary, being serious is often accompanied by an requirement of urgent action so less talking and more acting the better. How you will small talk - Avoid small talk as much as possible, it is only used when fishing between topics for things you both have in common, move off it as soon as you have something connective or creative. Small talk is the sign of someone nervous of silences, lacking conversational intelligence. How you will be - Someone whom speaks truly, confidently, clearly and successfully. Keep his cool or composure no matter what, always uphold his honour even if it leads to death. Never speaks behind someone's back in a negative manner or show negative thoughts, instead shows a quiet confidence in oneself, is an example to be followed. Knows oneself and where one is going, focused on the current path ahead with nothing shaking that. Above all trusts in the Flow for it is everything forever. How you should be viewed - Charming.

Charm is the art of having an attractive personality. This characteristic can only be achieved over a period of time. While everyone is born with differing amounts of natural charm, much can be acquired and honed through practice and patience. As with dancing, the more you practice, the better you will become. Effort and careful attention to the needs and desires of others will ensure that charm becomes a permanent part of your character. A charming person follows these points: 1. Good posture including good body language - Good posture will communicate strong self confidence, while walking maintain a relaxed yet definitive upright posture; spine long curved at the base, shoulders back, chin up and most importantly smile. Confident and happy people smile and that puts people at ease. Smiling shows that you're pleased to see someone which can be really flattering. Sometimes you will not feel in the mood to smile, however, if you choose to smile anyway you'll get great results. 2. Constantly focused on the positive - Always focus on the positive, if you think positive you will be positive and will only recognise the positives in others. Eliminate the negatives by never mentioning anything you don't like, especially culture-wide things outside of your direct control; complaining about government, pop culture, fashions you think are silly, activist groups you disagree with, and so on. Being positive is paramount. Not talking about things you dislike is even more important. 3. Make a connection - When your eyes come in contact with another person's, nod and smile subtly with a subdued joy shining forth. Don't worry about the other person's reaction and don't overdo it. Maintaining eye contact when you talk to someone draws them deep into conversation with you - the rest of the world slows down, and you both become quite important to each other. It shows a calm confidence in what they are saying and it makes them even more engaging, almost hypnotic. Right eye to their right eye and don't stare. 4. Connect through tactile contact - You'll consistently see magnetic people reach out and touch others. Touching shows emotion and affection and brings you closer to other people. Humans crave physical contact with others, and more emotion and affection can be expressed through touch than any number of words ever could. Next time someone does or says something you really like, give them a high five, when someone needs consoling give them a hug and when you greet people use some form of handshake. 5. Remember peoples names - When you meet someone for the first time remember there name, repeat it back to them after they say it. Repeat the person's name when stating your name to that person for example: "Hi Jack, I'm Wendy". The more you say a person's name, the more that person will feel that you like them and the greater the chance they'll warm up to you. Always use their name before you communicate with them, doing so gains their full attention and helps you remember their name better. 6. Be interested in people and talk about yourself reluctantly - When you meet a new acquaintance treat them as you do anyone else; like they're your best friend but you've never met them so know nothing of them, their lives constantly change so it is true you will never 'know' them. Be purely interested and impressed by the person with whom you are speaking, become curious to get to know other people and don't talk about yourself unless asked. Find out more about the other person at a controlled rate - you don't want to learn everything straight away. 7. Orient topics towards the audience for their participation - This means taking into account topics that interest those around you, even if you are not so keen on them. It is your level of interest and willingness to engage in topics that makes you an interesting person to be around. Exercise an open mind. Let others do the explaining, encourage them to talk and to open up

about their experiences and cool things they've done. If you catch yourself rambling for a while, an easy way to adjust is to say, "But that's enough about me - what about you?". 8. Empathy - Making people feel understood, and striving to truly understand them is powerful. Everyone wants to be understood. People want to know that they are not alone in the world. If you can reach out to understand another person, you'll instantly form a great connection with them. Next time someone tells you something heavy that you could have a long discussion on, instead just say "I understand." You'll be amazed at how uplifting it can make other people feel. 9. Praise and appreciate others and don't gossip - If you are talking with someone and up pops the subject of another person in a positive or negative way, be the one to mention something you like about that person. Hearsay is the most powerful tool in gaining charm because it is always viewed as 100% sincere. It has the added benefit of creating trust in you and everyone will know that their reputation is safe with you. Whenever you see anything you like in another person, let them know, people will get used to feeling empowered around you. When you do mention something you really like, keep it casual. No big deal, no long talk. Just, "I really appreciate that you did that." 10.Don't try and impress - Somewhat accomplished people want everyone to know about the accomplishments they've made. Really amazing people are much more humble and low key about what they've done. The most impressive people never actively try to impress people. The result is that a man trying to impress communicates that he's not impressive as he isn't used to achieving accomplishments, if you achieve then there is no need to impress as the feeling of the achievement far outweighs praise from others. 11.Don't lie - A lie is something you say for which there is some direct evidence somewhere out there that contradicts it. If you tell Mary that you like Jane and Billy that you don't like Jane, Mary and Billy will talk and your reputation will be ruined. No one will believe a word you say. Lies are false, they only seem to work temporarily, even white lies aren't good, the closest you should resort to lies is half truths, where you speak the truth but just don't speak the parts you've deemed it more diplomatic not to tell the other person. 12.Never criticise ever, for any reason - People universally hate criticism, and hate people that criticize them. Praise is a much better way to help people change than constructive feedback or criticism which is almost always useless. Issue compliments generously especially to raise others' self esteem. Try to pick out something that you appreciate in any situation and verbally express that appreciation. If you like something or someone, find a creative way to say it and say it immediately. If you notice that someone is putting a lot of effort into something, compliment it, even if you feel that there is room for improvement. If you notice that someone has changed something about themselves - notice it, and point out something you like about it. 13.Be generous in accepting compliments - Get out of the habit of assuming that the compliment is being given without genuine intent. Be effusive in accepting the compliment. Go beyond a mere "thank you" and enjoin this with "I'm glad you like it" or "It is so kind of you to have noticed". These are compliments in return. Avoid backhanding a compliment, there is nothing worse to a person complimenting than to have their efforts thrown back in their face. 14.Don't try fix other peoples problems - When someone tells you they have a problem, but doesn't explicitly ask for your help, that means they do not want you to tell them how to solve it. They want to feel understood, cared about, and empowered. Over 90% of the time, people know the solutions to their own problems. Most people do not tell others about their problems in order to get solutions; they want understanding, empathy, and reassurance. People are very strong and quite good at solving their own problems when believed in.

15.Control your tone of voice making use of pauses and silence - The tone of your voice is crucial; it should be flowing, gentle and peaceful. Pay more attention to how you are speaking. Articulate and speak clearly and project your voice. Most people feel insecure somewhere inside and have an inability to accept praise. For this very reason, when you praise, do it subtly and glibly. Make sure you use pauses and silence in conversation, allow your words to flow. 16.Never complain - When people complain, others feel slightly less inclined to be around them. It brings people down. If you don't like something, you have two choices: Take action to fix it, or accept that it's there. When you realize that, there's no reason to complain. Don't complain about events in your day, discuss the highlights of your day! Nobody wants to hear how much your day sucked. Conversation should reflect who you are, if you're positive so will your conversation topics. 17.Never impose weakness on others - Everyone feels down from time to time. The most charismatic people never impose that down feeling on others; instead, they're a fort of strength for people around them. The more you stay composed, and refrain from being fazed or flustered, the more you gain control over your life. People start to respect you more, and they feel they can rely on you. Being down is always temporary anyway, in the end you always return to your equilibrium state. 18.Be the example - this is the most important point to being charming, set the example and no matter the circumstance or company don't drop your morals for anyone. You are constantly advertising who you are and that image is normally created in peoples minds when they match what they see you do to how people talk about you when you're not there. Show others how they should act by leading by example, reward good behaviour with your attention and curiosity and punish them by removing your attention, you don't need to do anything else. Charm is the sum up to this chapter, all great people in great positions from Barrack Obama to James Bond have charm, it is something you can practice and anyone can achieve. They always remain relaxed, always please other people but don't worry about what they are thinking. And remember, you can never know what people are thinking so why worry about it. Instead you can indirectly know from how a person feels, this you can pick up through empathy. Empathy is at the core of charm. If you can't tell what makes people happy or unhappy, you have no way to assess whether you are saying the right or wrong thing. What people are thinking is rarely about you anyway, it is generally about themselves and their own to-do lists. The degree of charm that one possesses depends on the creativity of ones praise. Say something that is not immediately obvious and say it in a poetic way, in fact when you speak about a topic to someone who you clearly know has heard it 1000x try instead to be unique about what you are talking about. Every so often you will have no choice but to express an opinion that few others hold (to adhere to the honesty policy). You must do it in a humorous way. Humour is the spoonful of sugar that helps the medicine go down. If you are confident, others will take notice. It's very attractive on both guys and girls, just don't be too confident and borderline cocky or egotistical. Grammar is also an important key in charm. Try to say "ing" instead of " 'in ". Walk with confidence. Stand up straight and lift your head a little. Walk with purpose and elegance. This may seem awkward at first but it will cause people to notice you more and recognize your charm and beauty. Appearance must be clean and neat This is the base of all beauty and charm. No one will find you attractive if you smell bad or look messy. Dress how you want to from emo to skater to pretty and classy, you can be proper and still have a style. Be patient. Something may be obvious to you but not so simple to others. Understand that and help them out. Never argue. Remember if half of the people who hear your argument agree and half disagree, you have failed at being charming. What you say must be pleasing to 100% of the people who

will hear it, whether they hear it directly from you or not. Just ask yourself, "does this person really want to hear my opinion right now?" If not, it's best to keep it to yourself and say something funny or pleasurable instead. Don't worry if no one else laughs at your jokes, maybe they misheard it or don't understand it. Always give the benefit of the doubt. Never over-explain anything. To do this is to blabber a point. Unfortunately, it simply confirms a lack of self-esteem in that you do not trust that others have understood your point. In addition, it displays arrogance in that it demonstrates a feeling on your behalf that your listeners cannot think for themselves. People will listen to you when you cut out unnecessary explanations and force them to be active listeners. Trust that your listeners can put two and two together. Many people mistake arrogance for charm. In fact, arrogance is anti-charm. Charmers live to please others. Arrogant people live to please themselves. Arrogance only attracts insecure people while charm attracts everyone. Don't try experimenting with different personalities be you. People like others who know who they are, and tend to find them more pleasing to be with. Remember that none of the above will actually work and be fully convincing unless it flows from the heart of its own accord. The truth is that real charisma is a gift and ultimately cannot be forced. Paradoxically, selflessness is the best road to charisma. Never listen to any gossip about you and never spread gossip either, this will only harm your reputation. Do not cuss or spread rumours This is not charming at all. And never talk too much. Listen to people instead of talking much. Being charming is the ultimate expression of concise, successful balanced and well timed communication, it allows you to communicate with anything and everything which also allows you to influence others in a positive way and bring big ideas into existence This is known as collaboration, if you communication is group think then collaboration is group act.

~Wrkx~
"A designer knows he has achieved perfection not when there is nothing left to add, but when there is nothing left to take away." - Antoine de Saint-Exupry

Wrkx is all about group act, known universally as collaboration. It is the ability of a life form to think act and communicate with other life forms to complete tasks which would otherwise be impossible on its own. There are many examples of this in nature such as our civilisation, bee hive, ants nest, wolf pack, deer herds and many more as practically all life forms from bacteria to humans work together to achieve a better environment and living standards for the group as a whole. All through our history humans have always been together, always had our own units, be it country, tribe, family and so on. Collaboration is an amazingly important concept as only in working together will things ever happen to benefit everything as whole, even if say you looked at the universe, the whole thing works in tandem with itself to created and manifest itself to be what it is today; an improvement on yesterday and a forerunner for tomorrow. Collaboration in humans is known as a recursive process where two or more people or organizations work together in an intersection of common goals, for example, an intellectual endeavour that is creative in nature, by sharing knowledge, learning and building consensus. Most collaboration requires leadership, although the form of leadership can be social within a decentralized and egalitarian group. In particular, teams that work collaboratively can obtain greater resources, recognition and reward when facing competition for finite resources, more can be done and at a quicker rate then working solo. Furthermore what we do for ourselves dies with us, what we do for the world

lives on forever. This is the true meaning of life, self improvement for yourself and everyone who wants the same, completed through group action. All famous people that live on through our history, sometimes even hundreds and thousands of years on because of what they did in their life that effected change, for better or for worse for so many people. No matter which corner of Gaia you look you will find the same traits amongst the people that are known to be famous. Wrkx is the only real physical concept as only by the observation of your actions by other people will it ever get noticed and remembered, it builds the legacy you leave behind as the person you are when your physical body dies. Therefore it is of the up most importance that this concept and mastering it is understood, if not then it doesn't matter how well you can think, act and communicate if your collaboration is non existent you are of no use to anyone or anything. The forging of the Flow to your will and the effects you leave behind that touch others will be who you are remembered as; the legacy you leave behind from how you effect the Flow from moment to moment, be the best you can be and inspire others to do the same. All life is constantly on the improvement, if there is a way to do things easier life will do it, this even includes the direction in flow of rivers and is how oxbow lakes are formed. For us it means living an effortless life and the way to do that is not to control things and have others do stuff for you, which is the reason money is around. Instead it is to accept life for what it is and to go with the Flow leaving the how and why to the universe while concentrating on the what and where and moving towards those goals. Just like how a bee hive wouldn't exist without bees, the universe wouldn't exist without observers, thus it is to work in tandem with other observers for the greater good of the universe as a whole, this is known as business. From casual acquaintances to life partners, cleaning your house to constructing hospitals, from choosing what you will wear today to creating master pieces such as the Sistine chapel; everything is business and there is no greater, more important business than the business of your life. Yulaw is that business, be, think, act, communicate and collaborate, get these things in check and you will have achieved your full potential. If Yu is who you are, Liberte is how you bring that into existence with Ukno and Almanac as transitory steps which means Wrkx is how everyone else sees you, the reflection of Yu out in the Ether. As nobody will ever know you like Yu know you, they can only go on what they have been told and what they have seen in what you do, this means you have somewhat of an indirect control over the person you are seen to be in the Ether. If you have Ukno, Liberte and Almanac in check then it means your intentions will be brought forward through Wrkx exactly how you intended; Yu will reflect perfectly as Wrkx. If any one of ULA is out of alignment or incongruent then it will taint your intention and others will not see what you had intended, therefore: YU = (Ukno + Liberte + Almanac = Wrkx) With Wrkx being what becomes concrete within the Ether. This is known as manifestation or the cycle of think - act - say. To understand what these things the previous chapters have been written and they are easily the majority of this Codex as there is so much to talk about for each concept. To understand these is to understand Wrkx and once that is understood it is very easy to understand Yu and the Yulaw concept as a whole. In life there is little you actually have direct control over, in fact for the majority of things it is better to accept it for what it is and move on then to try control it and push it against the Flow of the universe. The one thing you do have control over is your choices. Every moment that passes you constantly are making choices into what to think, do and say even if your not consciously aware of it. Mastering these three things you have direct control over allows you to meet your full potential in the control you half share with your universe known as Wrkx. Getting all 4 mastered allows you to

indirectly control how you feel, i.e. Yu. Mastering all 5 is the ultimate achievement and allows you to call forth anything you can imagine, manifest through creation and actualise it to exactly how you see it. The following is how to do just that:

Advanced Ukno - Mastering your choice of thought Mind is the interim connection between body and spirit, it is half physical half spiritual and is fully yours to control. Contrary to popular belief you have full control over your thoughts, a lot of people have become used to the idea of the voice in the head and believe that they are this voice and that it controls or at least narrates everything they do. Where as that is partly true it is actually in fact the opposite, you have control over the voice, it is more like a tool that you can fully use in your own way. For example if you saw your friend wearing horrible clothes and your mind goes "what the hell is she wearing?!" you have a choice as to agree with that train of thought or you can let that go and push your thinking towards a more mutually beneficial thought pattern i.e. "that's a fresh style; haven't see you wear that before". You have control over what thoughts you go into a situation with and what thoughts to listen to in regards to reading a situation - innocent until proven guilty no matter how guilty they look is best practice, always give people the benefit of the doubt. Advanced thinking is generally to control your thoughts until you're not thinking at all, this may sound crazy but it is much more productive and stress free to go with what you feel rather then what you think. The reason why is because how you feel to a situation or going into a situation is real and right now, your feelings change with each moment and aid in everything you do, you are constantly feeling, everything is. To think about something, you need to wait for it to happen and for the information to come in through your senses, then you need to search your memory and only through a comparison between what is happening now and what has happened before does your mind then decide a suitable state; heavier, lighter, colder, wetter, warmer, taller, shorter, happier etc. These states don't exist, they only do when you compare the present to the past and past has past so learn from it and move on! Aside from the fact this whole process is stupidly long, if you go with feelings its constant and up to date, no time delay, it is a far superior way of navigating the Flow. Navigating with thought is like trying to see your way in the dark with sunglasses where as navigating with feelings is like having a torch. For this reason and if in doubt; always go with what you feel is right. Thinking isn't right or wrong, it just is. It is an amazingly effective tool if used in an efficient way at the right time. To act without thinking is bad as is to think while acting, similarly to speak without thinking is bad as is to think while speaking. Thinking is necessary part in the cycle of manifestation, normally planning. One should always think before they act and think before they speak, if you get this right then you will spend 20% of your focus on thinking and it won't be necessary to think while you act or speak as you will already be secure in what you need to know to be able to do or speak. To be the most successful you can be in acting and communicating one has to be fully in the moment and in the effort to achieve this thinking is a hindrance, it pulls your focus off what is happening, off of the forging of your current path in the Flow and back into a place of planning. This is what is known as being in your head too much. To remove focus from the forging of the Flow when it is going on can be highly dangerous as the less you will be aware of the situation, the less you will be able to adapt to the situation

and the more likely you are to steer off your original intent to a place that wasn't part of the plan such as you injure yourself. Instead going with what you know; that you have done an adequate amount to prepare yourself in the run up to the moment, knowing that you will do your best and in leaving the how and why up to the Flow; accept the moment for what it is. Knowing it isn't anything other then whatever it is, is what it is, will be what it will be and that's all you can ever hope to know. In the run up to the moment you have complete control over the choices you make but once in the moment it is fully out of your hands and up to the Flow as a whole as to what happens, this is fate and so you constantly choose your fate, your path. The only thing you constantly know is what you feeling and you feel what you know, no matter how much you try to plan and work things out in preparation for next moments, this is the only truth. By accepting the moment for what it is and being fully in it to meet your full potential carrying across your intention through creation, it reflects into the Ether as physical actions. Then from there moving on into the next moment; constantly flowing. When one focuses and manifests intention in this way things become a lot simpler to handle as there really isn't much to think about in terms of how a moment happens, that is left up to the Flow. Once one realises there are no states other than the moment itself, it becomes clear that even right and wrong doesn't even exist; only when entertained as a thought, where the present moment is compared to a memory of previous moments does it exist. One begins to see truth by living truth; seeing truth after truth moment after moment. This is the nature of positivity; the Flow keeps on flowing so flow your path with it not against, accept and move on, go with what you feel to be true and seek truth. This is where true confidence in oneself stems from as a reaction to which thoughts you focus your mind on and the great thing about focusing on truth once you understand it is that its always the same and its so easy as its always there. Advanced thinking is very little thinking at all, the only thing you must work at to master Ukno is altruism. Altruism is selfless concern for the welfare of others, it focuses on a motivation to help others or a want to do good, giving without regard to reward or the benefits of recognition and need. Therefore the more you give, the more you add to your world and the more you receive from it as karma will have others wanting to give to you as you give to them so readily. This can bring extraordinary things into your life, items, feelings, words and situations you'd never expect to happen. It keeps life interesting and as helping others is helping yourself keeps everyone and everything happy and flowing. This is where true creativity in oneself stems from, for if you want to create something for someone or at least for the benefit of yourself and others then it will always be magnificent. Being selfless in thought is true mastery of Ukno, if everyone achieved this, the world would be a very different place. How you intend becomes what you do and so Ukno karma is always between how you intend on manifesting your perception to eventually how you observe your world. If you want to observe peace prosperity, flow, love and happiness in your life; put that into your intent. Don'ts of Ukno - Don't create states through comparison, everything just is as it forever continues to change so accept it. - Don't dwell in the past, past has passed so learn from it and move on. - Don't dwell in the future otherwise you miss the present and won't get to the future. - Don't get stuck in your head trying to work things out, only through action can one hope to learn. - Don't listen to every thought that pops into your head, learn to ignore the ones that aren't helpful to you or anyone else. - Don't act or speak without at least a little bit or preparation. - Don't think while acting or speaking, that time is for forging the Flow through doing.

- Don't let your thoughts compromise your composure. Do's of Ukno - Do stretch out with your feelings, feel the Ether around you. - Do give others the benefit of the doubt unless proven otherwise through action you have witnessed, innocent until proven guilty. - Do observe positively, disregard all negativity. - Do intend selflessly, stay altruistic. - Do focus on thought only when necessary, thinking should account for less then 20% of your entire focus. - Do know that you know nothing other then what you feel in the current moment, the future is unwritten until you get there and the past has passed so you can't always be sure. - Do go with what you feel is true and in doing so seek truth. - Do reframe your thoughts to reinforce your composure.

Advanced Liberte - Mastering your choice of action Body is the vessel for the mind and spirit to move around the Ether in, it is also the transit for intention - action and reaction - observation. It is fully yours to control. Everything passes through the body to get to and come from the mind and therefore spirit. The body is your connection to your world without it you could not observe, nor could you intend, this is why it is important you keep it healthy and fully functional. Chakras are the points in the body where Flow permeates from, they are Flow centres; whorls of energy permeating from various points in the physical body. Rotating vortices of subtle matter, they are the focal points for the reception and transmission of energy or Flow. If one listens to the feelings of the body then each chakra is ready to tell you when something is wrong. Much like the tool of thought, all chakras are your tools to do with what you will, they look after their various functions of the body and are quick to give you indication to their own individual needs and wants. Starting from the most basic there is: 1. Muladhara - Root Chakra (ovaries/prostate) - Grounds you to Gaia, is the basis for composure. 2. Swadhisthana - Sacral Chakra (last bone in spinal cord, the coccyx) - Controls your output, is the energy behind your sex drive. 3. Manipura - Solar Plexus Chakra (navel area) - Controls your input, is the energy behind your hunger as well as the initiation for all movement. 4. Anahata - Heart Chakra (heart area) - Controls your feelings, is the energy behind compassion or "being human" towards others. 5. Vishuddha - Throat Chakra (throat and neck area) - Controls your communication, is the energy behind connection with others. 6. Ajna - Brow or Third Eye Chakra (pineal gland or third eye) - Controls your thoughts, is the energy behind your intention. 7. Sahasrara - Crown Chakra (Top of the head; 'Soft spot' of a newborn) - Controls your being, is the energy behind your observation. Though the chakras are in a way like their own entities, when they tell you your horny, hungry, guilty, lonely or feeling sorry for yourself, these are just indications to your needs - you don't have to give in and live by their will. Instead listen to them and control them, they are your tools and if you let any one of the tools control you then you will miss the needs of the others. Control your bodily tools and

maintain the needs and wants of the body, keep a good balance of eat, sleep and exercise, as your body is a living thing and needs looking after. This is where discipline stems from, making sure everything stays in working condition so that the process as a whole can be as effective and efficient as possible for continual forging of the Flow. The most important chakra to do with action or movement of the body is the Solar Plexus or your core. This is the basis for all forging of the Ether, without it none of the others would exist. It is your light, the exact centre of your body and is important in every single sport or activity and because of this you should always lead from your core. This means that all actions you do as a life form should initiate from your Solar Plexus, for example; when your stood up straight with the correct posture your core becomes the lead part of your body that is out in front of the rest. When you initiate an output of force; push, pull, rotate - it should always start from your core and ripple outwards across your body. If the body does this the push, pull or rotation will be far stronger then any other place of initiation, for example throwing a punch from the shoulder. When you talk you should talk from your diaphragm, deep in your chest, just above the Solar Plexus, this will give you clarity and purpose in your voice. When you breathe you should breathe from your diaphragm, instead of imaging that as air fills your lungs from the top to bottom it expands, expand your longs from the bottom upwards, this is the basis for meditation and will make the intake from each breathe far more efficient. Initiating all action from your core is the foundation to efficiency; making good, thorough and careful use of energy and resources, doing things promptly to the point where your making time, not always seemingly fighting against it. An efficient process is one where there is nothing left to take away in getting the action done and Flowing with the rest of the Universe in making it happen. The most efficient way to do anything all comes down to what choices you have available in that moment, what currents can you push your path down when it comes to manifesting action. Awareness is key to being knowledgeable in what choices you have, this isn't just your sight but what you feel you can do, information made up from all senses of the body, constantly observing what is happening each moment. A spy will enter a room and know his environment within seconds, where people, places, things are that he may need to use if the situation calls upon it, where to and to not place oneself in a position that may compromise his well being. With the brain taking in so much more information then we currently are aware of it means that the more you are focused in the moment the more you can become the moment as you become less aware in your own head and more aware of the Ether. Opening up more possible choices to act upon as you focus your path along the Flow, manifesting to where you want it to go. Being aware of the options and then choosing the one best suited for your intention is all the observation and intention you really will have to do. When your observation and intentions are aligned with the Universe and its direction of Flow, every choice of options you come to you will already be aware of.. In doing so you will know through feeling which one is the truly selfless and positive current to flow down and it allows one to hand over control of observations and intentions to the Universe - if your acting completely selflessly then no situation can be blamed on you and instead it is the moment as a whole that gets either credited or discredited for how and why something happens. You reach a state where you only recognise the positives out of every situation mainly in the knowledge of it is what it is, it is whatever it will be, accepting the moment and moving on to the next. At the same time with your intentions pure and selfless you act on the new moment in an equally positive way as your observed it, meaning if things don't go as positively as anticipated, well your doing the best you can and that's all anyone could ever ask of you. What will be will be and as it is the way it is the only thing to always do is accept it at face value for what it is, give it the benefit of the doubt always, disregarding any negativity and act on it again in the most selfless way you can be. Learn from moments when things

don't go to plan and move on, rejoice when things do and move on always Flowing. Accepting a situation will always lead to Flowing with whatever it is and acting on it again, allowing your path to Flow with the Universe. Thinking, analysing and receding into your head creates a comparison between the moment and one that has previously happened. This can lead to not accepting the way things are and trying to focus on the controlling of things that are out of your control or forfeiting responsibility by shifting the focus onto to somebody else. Both these are negative and instead of thinking the Flow is wrong for whatever reason, look to yourself and learn why it happened, learning from the mistake and moving on, continuing Flow. Control eventually leads to apathy; a state of being moving completely against the direction of Flow, only acceptance leads to the Flow state of being. In flowing efficiently do only what you need, perfection is when there is nothing left to take away, what you want comes second to this. Doing is all the matters, the actions created in that moment, thought and speech are temperamental, what happens is all that becomes concrete. This is shown when people remember situations, sometimes they don't remember what was said but know what happened and people will hardly ever remember what they were thinking at the time. Unless either or both thinking and talking initiated the intention that caused the action that the situation or moment is known for as it is completely temperamental Speech and thought are like the scaffolding and ladders to the creation of a lasting building that will still be standing well after the scaffolding and ladders are taken away. The more you do, the more you become each moment, the less you are in your head and so the more you are alive. Focus becomes your reality and doing this efficiently and effectively in an altruistic manner will keep you flowing in the right direction, where you want to go and where others like to see you go as everything stays positive. Your path should always stay on the positive objective, should you ever feel lost, don't think, instead stay observed on the warm feelings of the positives to each moment and stay focused on the objectives, the goals or intentions and Flow on into all the next moments. This is key to staying composed regardless of what happens in each moment, be it company or circumstance that has created a negative situation, you will only observe the positives and intend the altruistic objectives. By successful navigation of the Flow and creating a productive life for yourself and those around you, you will be setting an example through your actions for others to follow; a shining beacon of positivity for others to do the same. Regardless of how much praise or joyous things you receive from others always remember to Flow onwards and continue the good work, never fall from altruism and entertain states such as greedy, malevolent, mean, selfish, spiteful or unkind to name a few. There are many ways one can not be altruistic but there is only one way that they can. Work in harmony with your world and Flow together, as most of the things you do are out of your control you will need to align yourself with the way things are in order to ever hope at successful manifestation of your intentions. What you do becomes who you are and Liberte karma is always between how you choose to act and how the Ether reacts. Quite simply - giving is receiving, taking is losing. If one takes from his world, he destroys and his world has less to offer him than before and he will lose, if however he gives to his world he creates and the world has more to give back so he will receive. As all things come in cycles this is yet another one, never ending it is the way all energy is transferred around the Flow as nothing is ever truly wasted as all things become something else, even through death. One is already part of where the spirit goes without the body, the loss of the physical is a loss of identity, individuality and ability of which one received when brought into being. From where you observe and will continue to observe from after the loss of the body, you are already and always will be connected, this is Flow. Knowing this, all that is left to do is to be decisive about what it is you really have the ability to do, being able to make definite decisions of action quickly, firmly and clearly to be as efficient and effective as possible. Being decisive is

a firm and final conclusion to the moment; the quality of being final or definitely settled with each. When you are confident about the way you are living you even meet the 'finality of death' where you are no longer afraid to die as you are living exactly the way you want and need to be with a clear conscious enjoying every minute of positivity Being decisive is imperative to acceptance and to Flow but in doing so don't be aggressive, the only action ever needed is an altruistic one. Learn to do what you feel is right, this is following truth and become the example, inspiring others to do the same. This is the mark of a true leader. Don'ts of Liberte - Don't try to control moments beyond the currents immediately available to you. - Don't act selfishly trying to take, for you and others will only lose. - Don't let any one chakras needs control you, instead control them. - Don't remove focus from the moment for any reason while action is in progress. - Don't forfeit responsibility of the moment by shifting the focus onto someone else. - Don't regard any negativity and look inside yourself first for the answer to your problems. - Don't be tempted by greed, malevolence, selfishness, spite or anything other then altruism. - Don't try to lead through thought as this is second to feeling and has a time delay. Do's of Liberte - Do remain composed, accepting every moment for what it is no matter what and Flow on to the next. - Do align to the direction of Flow and act on the one altruistic choice from each moment. - Do maintain a healthy, functional body balanced between food, sleep and exercise. - Do initiate all action from your core in an efficient and effective manner. - Do maintain a high level of awareness on your surroundings recognising all possible options. - Do recognise the positives to remain in the Flow, focus determines your reality. - Do navigate the Flow through what you feel you know is right. - Do take responsibility, act decisively, confidently without hesitation and lead by example as a shining light for all to recognise. Advanced Almanac - Mastering your choice of communication Communication is the connection between any and all living things, everything communicates in one form or another. Us as humans have focused so acutely on the connection between ourselves we sometimes forget about the connections between us and our world. To take a step back from thinking and analysing all that we experience is to listen to our world, is to feel it and experience it fully. It is feelings which carry the true communication, the message which connects one observer to another, be it human to human, human to animal or human to planet. To whatever it is, the connection is always the same, there is a feeling, a gut feeling, an intuition from our core which tells us how to take the moment that is happening around us, that we fuel with our actions and co-create with the rest of the universe. This is the real communication and to be able to judge the situation in the right way, uncovering the truth of the moment, can mean the difference between life and death. Reading feelings is not only needed for choice in action but choice in everything including communication between people. When people communicate they do so in two ways, one being the logical factual side to what is happening and the other being the words that describe the feeling that goes with it and in doing so bring it out in the other person. If someone says of a funny time they had, they would first explain the facts around it, where, when and what, they would then proceed to describe the how, bringing that feeling they have in

their head they associated with that moment out in the other person. When both people feel the feeling associated with the story that is the connectivity between humans where you both vibe on the same frequency be it funny, happy, sad, interesting, exciting, daunting, whatever it is. The context or thought pattern each had in their head leading to the connection maybe totally different, for one the person who is told the story will not have experienced it first hand and so has to build a mental picture guided by the person telling the story. As long as by the time the logical side concludes both people are feeling the same feeling they connect, they achieve an understanding and grow closer as one sees oneself in the other person. Feelings are everything, when the story is told its the feeling that is be remembered and from that facts recalled and transmitted as sound vibrations i.e. words, which then enter the mind of the listener as facts to build up the feeling in their mind. It doesn't matter how the listener interprets it as long as they get the idea and connect. As its the feelings that carry the communication, little of the message is actually in the words, instead the majority is in your tone, body language and non verbal communication. Therefore it becomes immediately obvious if you say one thing but think or do another, this is being incongruent and it is a repelling action in terms of communication and conversation. Conversation can always be broken down as either an attempt to communicate or an attempt to understand in someone else how you felt and what you did |how do you feel and what are you doing |how you are going to feel and what you are going to do Feelings and circumstance are all that communication is made up of and although feeling isn't always talked about it is instead mostly felt as an underlying tone to the communication. If you look at any successful form of communication with a feeling intended it is almost never talked about directly and instead indirectly triggered by the facts or circumstance. Take a joke, the actual humour is built up through anticipation of it being funny through the facts and circumstance surrounding it. At the punch line what has built up suddenly becomes hilarious as you spontaneously exude the feeling associated with laughter and all through a few words strung together that without the build up wouldn't be the same. Because you both feel the same feeling you connect even if in each persons mind what they find funny is different. This is called perception and everyone has their own. A unique perspective that is built up from that observers experience of previous moments, forming ideas and opinions that are true to the observer who holds them. As this is unique to each and every observer it is neither right or wrong but instead is what it is and that is something only that observer knows. This means that when most people clash it is because of a fundamental difference in opinion and of what little perspective they have they aren't confident in it, seeking to remove the other opinion leaving only theirs for which they know to be 'right'. Everyone is entitled to their own opinions and entitled to change their opinions based on what they next witness and experience, what is felt and communicated. Because the amount of opinions is so vast, the phrase 'is what it is' is completely correct as some people will see something one way while others see it from a completely different angle, what is hard is remembering that though opinions clash it doesn't make yours any less valuable. Clashing opinions stops Flow, instead a general interest into why their opinion is so vastly different can create connection where there otherwise was none. Communication is feeling and that is transmitted through perceptions on ideas and opinions, it is about balance and entertaining peoples words as much as they entertain yours. Each moment in communication holds at least one idea or concept that should be feedback to the communicator as much as they feed it to you. Entertaining concepts in a fun way makes the moment conceptualise into reality and forges a connection over it bringing people together. For successful communication, congruency must be adhered to, this is to think act and speak off the same concepts, not to think one

way about a concept but speak in a different way about it and act in a completely separate way from the first two. Incongruency leads to a false reality where as an alignment of choices leads to congruency and to truth, successful manifesting of the Flow. When speaking to one other person you can go beyond the normal chit chat and actually connect on something real as it is just the two of you, people want someone who enjoys life, turns any situation into a fun one and generally loves company. This is someone who puts effort into relations and is interested in others, once one shows that they are composed and can handle conversation it takes burden off the other person to come up with something and they can relax. Group conversation is similar to single conversation but one should be careful as to what personal stuff about themselves or others they bring to the surface as most of that is saved for single conversation. With the group its like polite, not deep, single conversation but everyone jumps in with their two cents. Other then this talking in a group is no different from talking one on one and both follow the same structure greeting - ask about them - talk about you - chat – depart All these steps are necessary to successful communication as seen by life in general but also by our society today, it is considered polite to do they above with everyone should time allow. Greeting and departing are especially important as you don't want to hang around too long and obviously should be polite. Asking about them is polite but also gets them to divulge key information about them to you, something you can bring up next time you meet to re-establish connection, asking about them in a unique cool way will always win over any other form, especially a common one. Talking about you is all about talking about the things asked but in an indirect way, this is known as intrigue where you allow the answer to be whatever the questioner has already entertained in their mind. As everyone has their own opinion and everything is what it is it does not matter what they think about you as you know the truth, if they were really that bothered they would ask further. Covering everything in this way allows you to flow and almost creates a following as you never divulge the true answer but only touch on it. To talk about them or about yourself without being asked is all about setting up the idea in their head by asking them a question that gets them thinking on the right track before divulging your information, this is the same for jokes and everything spoke of. The capacity to create and understand the meaning of ideas is considered to be an essential and defining feature of human beings, to bring that out in another is considered essential to true connection of communication between two sentient observers. In communication key ideas fuel conversation topics, key ideas or knowledge fuel a perception in someone's head as one talks about something which immediately will generate intrigue in the others head as they feel they need a resolve to the ideas being given to them. For example, one could start a conversation giving the other person knowledge while with holding the key knowledge to the topic; "I went to the moves, it was so funny!" This gives the receiver the what and where but not the why, speaking indirectly of the why but at the same time with holding it will gravitate the other person in wanting to know why. In the example given; why the movies were so funny, what did they see, was it in the movie itself or in the movie theatre where this funny thing happened. The more you talk about the existence of it and the circumstances surrounding it but not actually what it is will continue to generate mass amounts of intrigue. Be careful though as doing it too much without sign of letting go of the info may annoy the other person. To pull someone's focus onto an underlying tone or intriguing point in topic of conversation is to generate attraction to the knowledge, to with hold key information after they have seen your actions but not had chance to hear your words is to pull someone's attraction of focus onto yourself. Seeing as all perspectives are unique the opinion of you from someone else can be whatever they want it to be, at the end of the day you know the truth and if you have acted and continue to act in a positive congruent way then they can

have whatever opinion they want. If it doesn't agree with the truth you know of from living the circumstances surrounding the action then they come from a perspective of limited knowledge on the subject and for them to be made aware of this again creates attraction and intrigue. At the end of the day successful communication relies on the with holding of key knowledge in the interest of saving the other person from a boring topic of conversation, something they wont be interested in or doesn't really concern them. If you are talking to a lot of people about yourself because they ask you eventually you will get bored of repeating the same lines. Adding a twist or joke onto the way you divulge the information, even to amuse yourself again generates attraction and intrigue. Let them see through your actions and hear through other people, like selling anything - scarcity is the best policy, abundance creates boredom. If people are persistent in wanting to know a point from you it shows they are generally interested, if so then letting them know about the idea is fine because even if they find it boring or uninteresting its not your fault as they persisted for the knowledge. Getting people to reveal key knowledge about themselves while deflecting off the knowledge of yourself and instead showing it through your actions is key to being successful at communication. This is because people invest themselves in you if they reveal key knowledge of themselves to you as they believe they like you, this forms the basis of friendship. To be able to approach and interact with someone like you've known them all their life but act as if its the first time you met so you know nothing about them can create instant repour. If upheld this creates strong lasting relationships though they may not know anything about you, it is always best to allow the other person to create an image of you in their head from what they hear and see of you, what you talk about in terms of yourself can potentially damage that image so you only want to talk to them about what they want to hear. There are two different ways to act on the holding of key knowledge, where someone wants to know something from you and you have entertained the idea it exists but not the details surrounding the idea. One is selfish and the other selfless, be careful what you choose as you can potentially harm people emotionally doing the selfish thing. To selfishly act on the with holding of key information is called manipulation, this is to coax somebody into a comfortable frame of mind, a position of trust for personal gain, where you want to gain something from them without them knowing at least until you have it. Manipulation can potentially be devastating to a victim and will affect how that person trusts new relationships in future, it destroys successful Flow, creating stress and negativity. Though the personal gain can seem worth it in the short run karma will come back to you and you can expect someone to manipulate and screw you over in the near future. Instead of manipulation, acting on the with holding of key knowledge in a selfless fashion is known as dominance often exuded through suggestion. This is where you are so accepting of your life and everything going on in it but still sat in the creators chair orchestrating life around you that people cant help but allow you to be a voice of responsibility in their life, allowing you to make choices for them. As long as positivity and truth of knowledge are upheld their is no reason why your advice will become manipulative, in the end it is only your opinion so its up to them if they want to follow up on it or not. Dominance can be described as altruism in speech, the understanding of truth and the acting upon it turned into communication between another person, doing what's best for everybody first before any one person. Being dominant in ones life and others in a positive way creates attraction especially if you do more than what you say, everyone wants to take control of their life and live it to the best of their ability. It is unfortunate then that people get side tracked by selfish desire which can blind them from a divine fulfilling path of self actualisation. There are many techniques to being dominant in conversation, first one should recognise that focusing on ones own life path and correcting that is pivotal to being dominant, as the dominance then just

becomes a communicative reflection of that life. There is no focus on actually dominating people as such, to do so is manipulation, instead when one dominates their own life positively others can't help but be affected as everyone looks to role models, character traits in people they believe are missing from their life and so aspire to be. When one communicates dominance it is always a humble modesty, one that reflects the concept of that person being self actualised, so secure with their life that others can't help but pay attention. Dominance is a control of the mind and choice, allowing an acceptance to all effects within the Ether, becoming unaffected by changes in circumstances, remaining calm and collected even in the face of danger. So focused on their own current path that divulging key bits of information is no longer relevant as regardless if divulged or not it doesn't change the choice taken, only that choice's outcome. It is actually more productive to with hold the information until after the event in question has occurred as this will make it more likely to happen the way it has been foreseen in ones mind. The less people that know beyond who actually needs to know means the less chance things will get effected and so the less an episode will occur differently than foreseen. For example - if you have one person who is going to do something and doesn't tell anyone then he can do it with little to know interference as people are not going to know he's doing it until after it's done. If a lot of people know he is going to do it, it can create all sorts of conditions including expectation, distraction and procrastination, all of which hinder the creation-manifestation process. The key to talking about things before they have occurred is to indirectly talk about them, even joke about it to create a light hearted atmosphere. This will allow whatever key information that comes as a result of the key question to be accepted with the emotion of the indirect comment regardless of what it is. At the end of the day how can you talk to someone about doing something until you have done it? The same goes for during the occurrence, until it has happened, hold the information. After the indirect answer, if they ask again then it is time to divulge some info in digestible chunks for the listener. The more key info you with hold about yourself but find out about them, the more invested they get in you as the more you know them while the less they know of you. Successfully talking to others about their key information comes from a place of trust and evidence of control of composure over ones own life as a result of ones choices. To be held in a position in someone's mind that you know what your doing and so can get on with what you want to do regardless of whether that is a benefit to that person is all about mutual respect. When communicating to another person in dominance, dominance over others is never the focus, it instead is the result of dominance over self allowing for a humble respect for ones self creating a mutual respect for and from others. Dominance is respect, respect is gained from being true to your integrity of character, i.e. being who you are and keeping the values you hold true in line regardless of what happens and especially to what others think. Self-esteem is a term used to reflect a person's overall evaluation or appraisal of his or her own worth. Self-esteem encompasses beliefs (for example, "I am competent") and emotions such as triumph, despair, pride and shame. Self-esteem is key to respecting oneself. In dominance there becomes only two ways to communicate to people; connective and creative. Connective isn't fun but it is important in building relationships, it is the conversation where you find things in common and so when you next speak to them you can say you know who they are and what they like to do and so have something to talk to them about instantly, connecting back onto the same wavelength as before. The key here is to find out what they love doing, when they show you evidence of what they love then question them and get them talking about it - they will love talking about what they love. A good question to ask to open them up connectively is to ask what is there passion in life /dreams and aspirations /what do they love doing /what do they want to achieve by next year? You only need to ask this once, for should you remember, the next time you see them you can easily ask how that passion is going for them, what have they done to move closer to achieving that dream. Every time you see them its like

a little update on them and if you know you are going to be seeing them, pre-think about what you are going to ask them. Connective conversation is a necessary part of communication and the foundation of relationships, acting like bricks to a wall, giving the relationship substance. Even if you don't do or have ever heard what the other person is passionate about, the sheer fact they are passionate about something is what you can relate to as you should know passion. Conversation would be dull and boring without the creative side, this includes anything considered humorous and acts as the cement between the bricks of connective conversation. Connective combined with trust can forge powerful relationships that last life times, with the addition of a bit of creative conversation can make everyone your best friend. Creative gives the communication dynamism and although connective conversation is important in terms of relationship building it is not necessary to have a good conversation. Everyone enjoys creative conversation, it is the funny side of it, including humour/banter/wit, anything that arouses pleasure and enjoyment within people. This can sometimes be tricky but every thread has the ability to be turned funny and depending on how tense the situation depends on what you can get away with as being funny. In general you should only turn threads into something funny if and when you believe what you have to say you know they will find funny, not just you. This is all about knowing who they are which is where the connective conversation comes into it and using literalisation, reversal, and exaggeration to the current situation you are both in. At the same time to get them relaxed enough to be able to divulge key information to you requires that of the creative connection. The more tense someone is the worse the joke can be but the more they will laugh at it. If someone feels really tense about conversation like when you first meet, they are more likely to laugh at the things they wouldn't normally find funny in an attempt to become comfortable around that person. The person that can stay comfortable or be themselves in the face of awkwardness will always come out on top. It is productive to find out who they are through connective conversation and then to relate the current topics that are being talked about or the current situation that is being experienced to the other person in a creative way. This forges deep friendship as you both experience Flow together, something normally only the people involved will find extremely funny creating private jokes to be remembered at a later date. Every situation and thread topic can be found funny, it is all about knowing how to relate what is currently going on to the person you are communicating with in a creative way. Strategy is key, overkill sets a tone that you are a try hard, say only that which you know they will find funny, not you. This will create an impression in their mind that you are funny, when they have that idea in their head it almost doesn't matter what you say, even the not so funny things including the unfunny become funny as you are funny. Key to all communication is timing, as well as connection and creation timing allows for a smooth flow of conversation. It enables people to consider what you are saying as you both move from point to point. In general a conversation should be a few connective points then turned creative, sharing a moment before moving onto something else. If you have started the first round then once that moment has been reached it is all about instilling patience to allow the other person to think of something to ask you, to retort back with what you have given them before hitting the same procedure again connective, creative, moment. Timing or patience allows for what's being said to set in, if conversation is to be balanced and especially if what is being talked about is serious, both parties need equal say in what is happening, both need to get points across. Allowing information to set in, talking slowly, precisely making use of strategic pauses and most importantly giving others the same treatment that you wish from them forces conversation to flow regardless of how upset or angry or anything anyone may be beyond their normal calm collect self. You should know balance, give people time to digest the points you say and allow them to lead the conversation. Give enough time for their answers, take in all that is

being said - feel the moment. Your answers then should be strategic, people will inevitably speak too much, especially if they are excited or upset about a situation so wait until they run out of steam on the point they're making before retorting, look for the gap in conversation to come in with. If you think someone is waffling and going off on a tangent inject a question to get them back on track, if they are talking to you and you are the listener, you are entitled to only want to listen to what you find interesting as much as they have the right to talk about what they think you'd find interesting. Maintain that authority. The ultimate aim to conversation is the creation of moments - a reflection on what is happening, be it funny or exciting or interesting or even polite it is the moment between the conversation where you both vibe on the same wavelength of say laughter which forges the real bond between people. This can only be done through the use of well timed conversation created from creative conversation, developed off of connective. Every point can be turned creative but use this wisely as its better not to try be funny then to try be funny and fail, obviously it is best to be funny, even humorous, saying things without the expectation it will be funny. If people laugh they laugh, if they don't its because they didn't recognise the funny side of it, regardless you get by being successful at conversation. What people find funny is relevance and comedy is all about strategic relevance, especially when patiently built up. In connective conversation be different - ask the questions everyone is afraid to ask, you have nothing to be apologetic for, even if you offend someone if your goal is positivity how were you to know they would be offended. Ask what no one else does, stay off of the monotonous track of casual small talk as much as possible question, answer, comment, reply. If this is done successfully, more often then not question and answer will be balanced, will be connective and then comment, reply will be creative where their reply will be laughter or a comment off your creative joke. At this point the moment is created and you patiently hold out for them to question you therefore keeping conversation balanced, even if it takes them a while to think up something. Conversation then follows this pattern - question, answer, comment, reply, moment, reflection. How you answer and reply becomes who you are as the words you choose to use become who you are known as to the person who is questioning you, because of this positivity is key. Describing is fundamentally important and is the difference between a boring, hard, awkward conversation and a nice easily flowing one, one where it does not matter what is said as it just keeps flowing. When someone asks you a question and you know the answer maybe boring spice it up with a joke, obviously if you talk a lot you will notice certain patterns and be giving the same information on a regular basis, to make it flow easier a general answer instead of specific on the key information is best. But when the answer isn't too great, joke about it first, see how far you can take the joke and make the other person believe it before divulging the information to them. By doing this it softens the blow of the boring information as humour is the grease for the conversation engine to work on and as they have pressed for the answer it won't look bad on you if it is boring. This is the best way to indirectly answer key questions about your key information generating intrigue. Other then this answering questions comes in the same form that the last paragraph explains; precise, concise, emotionally expressive, positively dominant descriptions used strategicly when there is a suitable gap in the conversation for the injection of information. The next key is to have a clear point you need to get across, build up to that point in one or two sentences and then be back in the position where you feel you have completed the round and wait for their comment. Waffling on with no precise point is awkward and rude to the point where you believe the other person is incapable in communicating with you effectively. Really its the opposite and you are making them incapable of trying to follow your logic and steer the conversation in a fun dynamic way.

Moving from one thought to the next per round is the easiest way to communicate as all that are in attendance should be able to entertain at least one thought at a time. Slow your mind down and concentrate on each point, describing it in both a logical and emotional way before moving on, get the most out of it you can. In general "what it is and what it will do" is the best way to describe anything, first start with its current state in one or two sentences then follow with what it means, where it is going, what it will do in again one or two sentences This is the best way to answer questions and when appropriate deviate off this track for a sentence or two with creative conversation i.e. joking before getting back on it. Remember when answering you choose the paths the person questioning can go down but in the end its up to that person to choose a path to lead the conversation down as they are the ones questioning in this round. The only time when this pattern is broken and expanded upon is story telling where you emotionally and logically get each relevant point of the story across, starting with a quick sum up and ending on a defining point of the whole story, the point all other points have been building towards. Finally the only things you should communicate to people is what they will be interested in or find funny or exciting, don't talk about things that you know they have no interest in unless they ask as this won't Flow conversation. This doesn't mean falsify and bend the truth it just means the way you tell an event to one person will different than how you tell it to another as they will be interested in different things. Conversation connection is all about situational relevance and then commonality. Almanac karma is then between you and your words, what you say to one person you can guarantee will go round to another, this is why it is best to be congruent with everyone and to only change what information you show to different people purely on what you know they are interested in. When it comes to doing anything, telling someone about it will normally mean someone completely different will eventually ask you about it. It is interesting to see how people talk, talking about others is good as long as its in a positive light so be careful as to what you tell others and be happy with what you tell them you don't mind the rest of the people around you finding out. This is why it is good to be charming. Other then this Almanac karma is exactly the same as Liberte karma. Keep key information locked away and let people see who you are through your actions not words, as the process of Wrkx is think, do, speak it is imperative that speaking about something only happens after it but not before. Only after something has happened can you speak of it as until it has happened, how do you know. The ultimate goal of conversation connection then is to connect to everyone, to become everyone's best friend, use your creative and connective side strategically and to always be polite and light hearted. Remember that conversation is always made up in feelings and occurrences, emotion and logic. Every point can be seen in these two lights eventually leading to moments of connection, pure feeling where one is in touch with another to such a degree that you know what they feel before they think about it! As the whole universe is energy and the vibration of that energy everything is feelings, this is the best way to communicate with the outside world be in people, plants or planets. Let you intuition guide you. Don'ts of Almanac - Don't be incongruent. - Don't destroy your hero status by being human. - Don't be negative and negatise others senses. - Don't divulge all your key information straight away as then you'll have nothing left to say. - Don't stand in silence. - Don't believe that conversation is not happening by listening to the silence of awkwardness and thinking its awkward.

- Don't criticise condemn or complain as this negatises conversation and makes people react negatively to it. - Don't talk incessantly, never listen, boast, make people feel small, or be rude in general. - Don't preach as everyone is different and everyone is in this life together and therefore are many more rights and wrongs then you'll ever see so your way is not the only way. - Don't be intimidated by peoples looks, speech or anything else about them, they are still people. Do's of Almanac - Do be congruent. - Do keep up your hero status and maintain your self respect no matter what. - Do be dominantly positive and positise their senses. - Do learn what you don't already know about people, take an interest and connect to who they are, learn their key information and remember it. - Do respect others, remember their name, give them recognition, admiration and appreciation where appropriate. - Do make the others feel comfortable in your company, through well timed connective and creative conversation. - Do connect to the Flow through what you feel. - Do take responsibility and lead conversation creating moments through making use of silence, pauses and words effectively. - Do make use of patience and Flow conversation generally in the correct format. - Do keep conversation balanced, be polite by initiating the first round.

Advanced Wrkx - Mastering the art of collaboration Wrkx is the collaborative effort between yourself and others, where thinking, doing and talking collide in an attempt to create for a better future for all beings. If one were to do some of the things that have been created in our great society by themselves, some things would take many lifetimes to do where as collaboratively it can be done 100's sometimes 1000's of times quicker. The more people that help to get something done the quicker that thing will be done and the more rewarding to more people it becomes. Another word for Wrkx is business and everyone has their own business from what they do when they are by themselves to what they do in collaboration. As Wrkx is made up of Ukno, Liberte and Almanac it is important to get each of these things correct in order to get the up most out of Wrkx and collaborate with others. Should you be able to exude a positive altruistic aura, with decisive leadership action to go with your minimal but effective and attentive words, there is no reason why you can not lead many men to build what it is you foresee as being a benefit to many. True collaboration in the spirit of altruism will make the world a safer and better place, with the idea being open and able to be taken and understood by many. Manipulation also will follow altruism as these things couldn't exist without their counterpart and so as long as there exists the altruistic way of doing things, so to will exist the corrupt, manipulative, falsified why of doing things. Sometimes at face value manipulative ways will seem almost better then the altruistic way of doing things but when it comes down to it people often quickly realise it is only in existence for one purpose, not for majority benefit but for the benefit of a few at these people's expense. What you do for you will die with you, what you do for others will be remembered throughout the ages, immortalising the very thoughts that people associate with you. This is what you should aim to achieve in life, something that helps everyone and in doing so helps yourself. This is altruistic collaboration in effect.

Collaboration is your work, your work your business, its the combined effort between you and those around you to create what it is you work towards. Many people keep their interests and work completely separated, submitting themselves to a 9-5 paid employment job and often living for the weekend. This type of job is neither right or wrong but the person who is paying you will pay you as little as they can afford to. If anyone wanted to become rich in life this is definitely the worst way to go about it. Regardless of what your interests or passions are, if you make your life your business and your business your life your work and interests merge until there is no definitive differences. It would no longer be a struggle to get up in the mornings as you literally got up to live your life every day and get paid to do so. You would love what you do and do what you love. This would also stem out hindrances to the work process, procrastination and stress would no longer exist in your life and most importantly you would feel great everyday about what you do. By staying ahead of what work you had coming in and doing it as soon as it came in you would effectively create spare time and in doing so make it look like you do no work everyday but still get things done. Stay in the area of awaiting new work, ahead of the wave and you will never be stressed over work as long as you didn't take on more then you can handle. If so sacrifice communication time to get work done if your overloaded, complete your current work before taking on anything else. Your business is more then just work for your employer, it is your life. Only you can look after and maintain your body, this is all part of what you do, not all business surrounds the idea of you have to make money. Managing yourself is in some ways a bigger priority then managing others to do work for if you fail to manage yourself, your time, your life then you would fail to manage anything else beyond that. Your business being your life doesn't mean doing your life to make money, it means doing your life to be able to do all the things you would spend all that money on anyway. Hence why it is within your interest to turn what you love doing not necessarily into a job as such but means that your doing what you love doing, surviving off that and becomes accepted as 'what you do'. Get out of the 9-5 of working for someone else who's paying you the minimal amount they can get away with paying you and do your own thing. You will soon notice 9-5, work routines, even the weekends disappear as you love what you do so much that you just constantly work and if you stay ahead of the wave then it will feel like you never do work again! Collaboration mastery is more then just doing what you love doing as your form of work, it is growing it and providing others with the opportunity of good well paid employment, to help others where possible and grow your business to a suitable size. From this point it should become self sufficient and not need your hand, this way you can start other smaller projects and grow them as well. It is almost like a forest, creating business for all the things you like doing in life. In terms of super massive corporate companies they are too big, stricken with greed as they fight to control the monopoly of their various markets. They take away employment for other people by putting smaller businesses out of business, generally speaking, not all companies are like this but when the aim of business is to increase profit regardless of social and environmental cost it is in the wrong paradigm. A business should work on how happy the current customers are with the product and improve on that which as a net effect will generate more money rather then solely focusing on ways to sell less for more. As Wrkx is the combination of a group's think, do and communicate the same positive manner one attributes to these things will be attributed to the business. If a business seems greedy it is because the people behind it are greedy, therefore as Wrkx is the most physical thing in your life it is imperative you have your own mindset aligned with altruism before creating a corporate entity of which will reflect your resolve. Out of all the laws Wrkx is the most physical, all others come from Yu or the spiritual where as Wrkx is Ukno + Liberte + Almanac and so indirectly comes from Yu. Where Yu is the perception of your minds eye, Wrkx is the perception of the universal eye. The universal eye being everyone else's minds eye, the perception of the Ultimate Observer is both the perception of your minds eye and the universal eye

together. Because of this it is not only imperative to align with the Flow in your own action but to get all people involved with your Wrkx flowing in the same direction. To get people to do things for you in business you need all three of your thinking, doing and communicating to be honed to near perfection, you need to be able to show you know what you're doing and where you're going, need to demonstrate in your actions that you mean everything you say and say everything you mean. You need to be a leader, need to adhere to altruism and need to be strong and decisive in your resolve. Most importantly you need a good vision or foresight of the future, not just for yourself but for all people that are around you. The traits you need in business are exactly the same as what you need in life to be considered as a 'somebody' in society. It is important to be positively dominant, to lead, to attract, to network in order to get business done. This is all secure communication and stems from a sound knowledge in how to get business done personally, how to be productive, efficient, logical and most importantly how to organise oneself. Personal business is practically everything that has been taught up to this point, in effect the only thing left to teach is to mind your own business and stay on your own path. People will come and go in your life, the Flow brings forth those to help you get things done from some of the most unlikely places. No matter who comes and goes, Yu will always be with you, your universe will always be with you including your path within it, never alone so grant others the same respect. Next time when things don't go the way you expect and you thoroughly believe the next person is trying to screw you over, take a step back, give them the benefit of the doubt - it is more then likely that they have been so caught up in their path they haven't realised what they have done. Be positive always and give others the positive benefit until proven negative, then confront them. Should you get you path in line with the Flow you will have achieved what is known as an alpha, this is the animal kingdom is the dominant, usually male of a pack. In our world it is someone who is looked to as to what to do, someone who supports peers and takes charge of life, someone that people can lean on even for a good night out, someone who demonstrates Yulian qualities. To recognise you have achieved this it takes time, the transition will be a definitive one, where one day you feel as though you're in the wake of the Flow to feeling like you ride the Flow ahead of the wave. Although you can feel like this it will take time before others recognise the change, sometimes being so caught up in their own path that its like they don't notice you've changed, just that now you are actualised. Once people start recognising the change they react accordingly and as long as you keep up the Yulian qualities, your actualisation creates more and more positivity in your life. This is mostly due to what's known in business as referrals Referrals are literally when one person talks to another person when you aren't there about you in a positive light, this could be what you recently have done or achieved to recommending you as the guy they need to get the job done. When this happens it is the best form of advertisement for your services that there is, the reason being that people will trust their friends and if their encounters with you have proven successful their friends will follow suit, no questions asked. The only downside is it reaches the least amount of target audience but good work will always breed good work and the people it does reach are guaranteed customers. Regardless of what your business is and who your customers are this is true with absolutely any and all business. If your business is your life then everyone is a potential customer and should you keep your customers happy even after the job is done you will cultivate a fan base to which each member will only help you get further along your path. Your communication skills need to be honed to near perfection in order to achieve cult status, if you want to have people following you it is important then that you first get them to like you. Once someone decides that they like you it will be much easier to use the other weapons of persuasion and

influence on them. Getting people to like you is all about commonality and courtesy, this forms the basis of mutual respect. After that for them to treat you as a friend you must treat them as a friend so take an interest in them and remember key details about them. Given enough time and energy anyone can become your friend, especially through enough shared experience. The second step in building a fan base is to get them to commit to the idea of following your lead. People's attention's spans often waiver, they quickly get sucked back into their own day to day existence. This is why it is necessary to always show that you know what you are doing, that you are in control of your life and are comfortable in any situation as you are very familiar and comfortable with you, your path and your universe, no matter what. Once people see this demonstrated to them on a regular basis, directly from yourself and indirectly for example talked about by others they will have no choice but to whole heartedly accept that you are someone to rely on. The third weapon of influence you must use to build your fan base is the weapon of reciprocation, this is perhaps the most powerful of all the weapons. This weapon simply states that human beings feel a mental obligation to repay favours done for them. This means give and receive, the more you give, be it attention, knowledge, joy, laughter even down to physical things, all humans will reciprocate and give the same back to you. Do this enough and people will directly see and indirectly hear of it all and your reputation will only continue to grow until you either stop or you give evidence to suggest you aren't like that. People can be fickle in that they want to believe you are a good person but any hint of negativity or that you aren't that leader they thought you were and it will take a long time to rebuild the trust. Regardless of what happens learn from it and move on in a positive direction, it won't be long before practice makes perfect and everyone makes mistakes from time to time. Constantly pushing your own personality or character regardless of what you face in life, holding true to your traits and what you believe to be right is dominance. Dominance runs everything in life, from how you feel around other people, to the words you choose, the actions you take... everything. So it's definitely important when meeting people, because they not only judge you based on what you say to them but also based on how the people around you treat you, which is always a reaction from how you have previously interacted with those other people. There are three types of dominance one should aim to master: Expert Dominance - Ukno Expert dominance is all about being knowledgeable in your field of expertise, the more you know about what you do the more respect you will gain from being able to do it. This is true no matter what your expertise is, be it your job, your social life, your hobby even your life itself. Executing informed actions and guiding others into doing the same will all amount to the idea that you know what you are doing and that you are in fact an expert of your craft. Once people recognise this they will recommend you and come to you when they are in need. This is perhaps the most important type of dominance as without it you can not do the next two and instead will gain an image that you look like you know what you're doing but really you won't. As expert dominance is involved in the next two types of dominance so to are the traits of an expert dominant, they are as follows: Confidence is a measure of how successful the cycle of internal to external congruently come true. The more congruent you are the more confident you become, the less congruent you are the less confident you become. On a basic level the more you succeed at what you do the more confident. If you want to do things but don't end up doing them this will make you less confident. This happens often because the thing you are trying to achieve gets lost in the dislike to the short term goals necessary to achieve the overall long term goal. Don't get lost, stay focused on what you want to achieve and more often then not the steps your mind goes through to convince you not to do the short term goal takes more time then completing the goal anyway! Don't think do!

Creativity refers to the phenomenon whereby a person creates something new (a product, a solution, a work of art etc.) which has some kind of value. What counts as "new" may be in reference to the individual creator, or to the society or domain within which the novelty occurs. What counts as "valuable" is similarly defined in a variety of ways. If one is an expert of ones craft then they should be at the forefront of that field of expertise, leading and inventing the field onto better directions. Altruism is selfless concern for the welfare of others. It is a traditional virtue in many cultures, and a core aspect of various religious traditions, though the concept of 'others' toward whom concern should be directed can vary among religions. Altruism is the opposite of selfishness. If one is expert dominant and altruistic then there is no doubt they will become a well liked individual remembered for many acts. If one is selfishly expert dominant then people may suffer. Authoritative Dominance - Liberte Authoritative dominance is all about responsibility, doing things for people. The more responsibility you have the more authority and therefore power you will gain because of it. It leads to reciprocation as people begin to feel the need to repay you as you're so nice and kind. Putting yourself in a place of authority is a true leadership quality; an above and beyond the call of duty type quality which once completed and recognised gets very well rewarded. Authoritative dominance gets things done and one should always look to taking the authority in ones own life and helping others achieve that quality in their life by being an authoritative figure to aspire to, a shining example. Expert and authoritative dominance together create amazing referrals from the people around you. Authoritative dominance requires the following traits: Self-discipline refers to the training that one gives one's self to accomplish a certain task or to adopt a particular pattern of behaviour, even though one would really rather be doing something else. For example, denying oneself of an extravagant pleasure in order to accomplish a more demanding charitable deed. Thus, self-discipline is the assertion of willpower over more base desires, and is usually understood to be a synonym of 'self control'. One needs self-discipline in order to get any idea that comes to consciousness done. Effectiveness relates to getting the right things done, it is all about bringing about the change you desire by having the goal in mind and aligning all actions to the achievement of that goal. Effectiveness is an important discipline which “can be learned and must be earned.” It mainly deals with working out what needs to be done and what you want to be done, tackle the needs first and all shall fall into place. In order to handle more responsibility being effective is key to not overloading your self with too much work. Decisiveness is a key character trait to getting things done. More often then not it is not the way it happens but the fact it happens which is important, being decisive allows you to make a choice quickly and combined with the trait of effectiveness allows you to lead and assert yourself where necessary. Authoritative dominance could not exist without decisive action. The only way to be decisive is through your intuition and faith in yourself to do the right thing in the moment. Know that there are no bad decisions as without mistakes you will never learn or grow. Be confident with no self-doubt and that whatever you decide in the moment is right for the moment and stick to it. Social Dominance - Almanac Social dominance is all about connection, a social butterfly who makes the situation appealing to the point where people want to be apart of it. When someone is socially dominant the people around go out their way to spend time in that individual's presence as people know they'll get decent conversation and fun times in doing so. This is all about mutual respect, being able to respect yourself to respect the same in others, no matter where you go you should always treat people with the same respect.

Obviously if the atmosphere is serious or light hearted adapt for that but everyone deserves and should have your respect until they do something to lose it just as you would expect the same from them. Social dominance is the least important out of the three but if acquired can easily communicate the other two in an effective way like no other. While it makes it easier for other people to recognise expert and authoritative dominance from yourself it also makes people presuppose you already have it, for this reason alone it is the most effective form of dominance. To be dominant socially the following traits are necessary: Empathy is the ability to understand others, from the words they speak which reflect the goal of their intention, the tone they put across which reflects the mood they are in, their body language which reflects how comfortable they are with you and they're feelings in general which reflects their belief system. Know all this and it doesn't matter what is said between you as rapport will be created as it is also the ability to share the feelings of another sentient being through consciousness as well as physically. Empathy develops the ability to have compassion towards other beings. Charisma is a trait found in individuals whose personalities are characterised by a powerful charm and magnetism or attractiveness, along with innate and markedly sophisticated abilities of interpersonal communication and persuasion. One who is charismatic is said to be capable of using their personal being, rather than just speech or logic alone, to interface with other human beings in a personal and direct manner, and effectively communicate an argument or concept to them. Humility is the quality of being modest, reverential, even politely submissive, and never being arrogant, contentuous, rude or even self-abasing. Humility, in various interpretations, is widely seen as a virtue in many religious and philosophical traditions, being connected with notions of transcendent unity with the universe or the divine, and of egolessness. The ability to show humility is key to whether people genuinely like you or not, when one is humble their actions appear true to those who witness it. This means that the more humble and charismatic you are the higher people will hold you in regard. Just like charisma is the ultimate trait for persuasion, humility is the ultimate trait in turning people into referrals Becoming dominant in the above areas in ones life allows for a strong foundation for future collaboration. It demonstrates that you mean business, that you know what you are doing with your life and the lives of others that lean on you as a rock. It is admired by people who for what ever reason have decided they are no longer able to be dominant over their own life, normally this is because of manipulation tactics to subservience by another individual. It is looked for by those who use it regularly and are looking to go into business with an equal partner. For anything you consider business, even if its your entire life, dominance allows you to get to where you want to be and not to allow yourself to become subservient and submissive to manipulative individuals. Wrkx then together with dominance can be enough to collaborate successfully, but if one is to have his ideas turned into physical reality then a few other practices must be learnt. The arts of persuasion influence others onto your way of thinking. Though this could be mistaken for manipulation as long as it is done for the greater good, i.e. for all, not one and that the other person always has a choice as to whether to go along with it or not, it can never be selfish or manipulative. Persuasion is a form of social influence. It is the process of guiding oneself or another toward the adoption of an idea, attitude, belief or action by rational and symbolic means. Persuasion plays heavily in the development of our society and all the collaboration that has happened and will happen. Humans invariably want to fit in and so can be persuaded to do so should they entertain the idea they are not, coupled with the proof within the Ether. For example someone tells a classy girl she isn't keeping up

with the latest fashion. They challenge the girl's belief structure that she is keeping up with the latest fashion, at the same time she also sees a number of people around her wearing the new trend she is yet to buy into. Because she internally entertained the idea and saw it externally at the same time, she will inevitably adopt the original idea she was sold. This is all that is needed for persuasion to work, you need to communicate the idea or belief so that they entertain it, see it in their mind and at the same time deliver real external evidence to back up the original claim and you will force the observer to have no choice but to conform should they want to stick with social norm. It is also worth mentioning that some individuals are very strong minded and will take a lot to shift them from their ways. The majority of people can be persuaded simply by changing the way you sell the idea to them. Should you put yourself in their shoes and talk only about what they will have after the transition, be it a sale or anything else people will be persuaded simply because they entertain the thought of a possible future they would very much like to be apart of. There are many forms of persuasion techniques, below are common practices found in everyday life:

Reciprocity - People tend to return a favour Thus, the pervasiveness of free samples in marketing and advertising. For example Ethiopia provided thousands of dollars in humanitarian aid to Mexico just after the 1985 earthquake, despite Ethiopia suffering from a crippling famine and civil war at the time. Ethiopia had been reciprocating for the diplomatic support Mexico provided when Italy invaded Ethiopia in 1937. Commitment and Consistency - Once people commit to what they think is right, orally or in writing, they are more likely to honour that commitment, even if the original incentive or motivation is subsequently removed. For example, in car sales, suddenly raising the price at the last moment works because the buyer has already decided to buy. Social Proof - People will do things that they see other people are doing. For example, in one experiment, one or more confederates would look up into the sky; bystanders would then look up into the sky to see what they were seeing. At one point this experiment aborted, as so many people were looking up that they stopped traffic. Authority - People will tend to obey authority figures, even if they are asked to perform objectionable acts. Liking - People are easily persuaded by other people whom they like. In viral marketing people are more likely to buy if they like the person selling to them. Generally more aesthetically pleasing people tend to use this influence excellently over others. Scarcity - Perceived scarcity will generate demand. For example, saying offers are available for a "limited time only" encourages sales.

Social influence is a powerful persuasive technique, so powerful a mass group of people may persuade themselves without them even being consciously aware of it and with no instigator. This would have been a big part in early neanderthalic life before we could comprehend everything we were doing. Social influence occurs when an individual's thoughts, feelings or actions are affected by other people. Social influence takes many forms: 1. Compliance is when people appear to agree with others, but actually keep their dissenting opinions private. 2. Identification is when people are influenced by someone who is liked and respected, such as a famous celebrity or a favourite uncle. 3. Internalization is when people accept a belief or behaviour and agree both publicly and

privately. When a compliance request has been made by someone more socially credible because of knowledge, ability or skill, people will comply to the request. Also when they like or trust the person they will also comply with the request. Achieve these states with others and they will comply with your requests. Social influence can also be described as power - the ability to influence a person/group of people to one's own will. Usually people who possess beauty, significant sums of money, good jobs and so on will possess social influence on other, "ordinary" people. So even if the person doesn't possess any "real" or political power but possesses the things listed above; one could persuade other people into doing something. However, good looks are not solely why attractive people are able to exert more influence than average looking people, confidence is the by-product of good looks and fuels dominance. Therefore, the individual's self-esteem and perceived persona is the critical factor in determining the amount of influence one can exert. Those perceived as experts may exert social influence as a result of their perceived expertise. This involves credibility, a form of social influence from which one draws upon the notion of trust. People believe an individual to be credible for a variety of reasons, such as perceived experience, attractiveness, etc. Additionally, pressure to maintain one's reputation and not be viewed as fringe may increase the tendency to agree with the group, known as group think. Neuro Linguistic Programming or NLP for short is an overall term for advanced persuasive techniques. It is based on the idea that with our senses we are only able to perceive a small part of the world. Our view of the world is filtered by our experience, beliefs, values, assumptions, and biological sensory systems. We act and feel based on our perception of the world rather than the real world. NLP teaches that language and behaviours (whether functional or dysfunctional) are highly structured, and that this structure can be 'modelled' or copied into a reproducible form. Using NLP a person can 'model' the more successful parts of their own behaviour in order to reproduce it in areas where they are less successful or 'model' another person to effect belief and behaviour changes to improve functioning. If someone excels in some activity, it can be learned how specifically they do it by observing certain important details of their behaviour NLP calls each individual's perception of the world their 'map'. NLP teaches that our mind-body (neuro) and what we say (language) all interact together to form our perceptions of the world, or maps (programming). Each person's map of the world determines feelings and behaviour Therefore, impoverished - and unrealistic - maps can restrict choices and result in problems. As an approach to personal development or therapy it involves understanding that people create their own internal 'map' or world, recognising unhelpful or destructive patterns of thinking based on impoverished maps of the world, then modifying or replacing these patterns with more useful or helpful ones. There is also an emphasis on ways to change internal representations or maps of the world in order to increase behavioural flexibility. There are many techniques in NLP to change a persons belief structure behind a point of view they have. In order to change it the following must occur 1. One must connect with other person and build rapport so that they feel you are both on the same social level (not one person is more socially dominant). 2. You then must gain trust in order for them to divulge key information to you, this can be done by doing things for others, specifically not telling other people things you are told. 3. The final step is to understand how the structure to their point of view works and know all the many different routes to a) uncover their way of thinking and why and b) challenge it with a different mode of thought. Building rapport and being on the same level is basic communication and can be achieved by taking a general interest in the person you are talking to and being humble about what you say about yourself.

Gaining people's trust is something that's achieved by showing you are trustworthy, the best way to do this is not to point out of gossip about people's failings. Sometimes this can take time to develop The last step is achieved through many different advanced techniques, once you gain someone's trust they are generally very open to you and so helping that person change the way they are thinking for the better can be relatively easy. Uncovering someone's way of thinking can be tricky, especially if they think in a way that you have not seen anyone previously do. Challenging it with a different mode of thought can also be tricky. NLP offers a wide range of tactics in helping someone beat their demons and become a better person. One should start with understanding the basics before attempting to learn the more advanced techniques. The basics to NLP literally dissect conversation teaching that even the most basic of communication comes from an advanced belief structure narrowed through one persons perception and also how to take that perception and already begin to change their mode of thinking by challenging their current mode and showing them a flip side to their opinion. This literally smashes the ego before it has time to build up a suitable defence based from their map and previous experience. Perceptual positions is a term denoting that a complex system may look very different, and different information will be available, depending how one looks at it and one's point of view. For example, considering a situation or relationship from the perspective of self (1st position), another person involved (2nd position) or from a neutral, objective, detached point of view (3rd position; "a fly on the wall"). Multiple perceptual positions involves looking at a situation from the viewpoint of the multiple people involved. For example, a strike looks very different from the viewpoint of a CEO, a worker, a customer and a supplier. A problem is almost always harder to solve if a person only appreciates their own viewpoint, and not those of others involved. Every event will have at least three ways of looking at it; positive, negative and neutral. Re-framing is the ability to take the context of what is being said and turn it into a positive frame. For example, say a university or college student breaks his leg during summer vacation. He is crestfallen, because he can no longer play tennis and golf with his family and friends. A few days later, he realises that he now has the quiet, alone time to learn how to play the guitar, something he had always wanted to do but had been too busy to attempt. He then discovers he has a great aptitude for music and becomes a decent guitar player by summer's end. One year later, he changes his major to music. After graduation he embarks on a successful music career. Years later, his friends recall how unfortunate his leg fracture was that summer, and he says, "Breaking my leg was the best thing that ever happened to me!" From then on, whenever he is disabled by injury or illness, he recalls the lesson and is far less despondent over his temporary disability than he otherwise would have been, as he takes the opportunity to do something novel. Ultimately, you reframe to open understanding, keep social interaction comfortable, or provide some heightened utility but it can also help in your personal life as well. Although difficult re-framing all thinking to positive literally kills thinking in its tracks as you decided then and there that the situation is a positive one, it alleviates stress and allows you to Flow on into all the next moments instead of being caught in one that has previously happened. Re-framing is a powerful technique. Anchoring is a technique where the mind recalls a state change or response when it is associated with (anchored to) some physical stimulus. This happens in such a way that perception of the stimulus (the anchor) leads by reflex to the anchored response occurring. This means that should your boss tell you "excellent work!" and at the same time pat you on the back, the next time he pats you on the back regardless of the words he says you will feel the feelings you felt from the first time he said "excellent work!". The stimulus may be quite neutral or even out of conscious awareness, and the response may be

either positive or negative. Anchors (the "trigger", or stimulus) can come in an infinitude of possible forms: verbal phrases, physical touches or sensations, certain sights and sounds, or internally, such as words one says to oneself, or memories and emotional states. An expansive view is that almost everything one perceives acts as an anchor, in the sense that perceiving it tends to trigger reflexively some thought or feeling or response. Anchoring is a natural process that usually occurs without our awareness, and may have positive impact, or be maladaptive. For example, a voice tonality that resembles the characteristics of one's perception of an "angry voice" may not actually be as a result of anger, but will usually trigger an emotional response in the person perceiving the tonality to have the traits of anger. There are certain speculations as to what criteria must be met before an Anchor can be properly formed. Most agree that the trigger must be
• • •

Specific - otherwise the subject will not begin to sensitize to it Intermittent - if it were constant then desensitization would eventually occur Anchored to a unique, specific and prompt reaction - otherwise the anchor will fail to elicit and reinforce any one single response due to many different reactions being associated to the trigger.

It is also important that reinforcement of an anchor (in other words, repeated formation with the aim of reinforcement) should have a "break" between each repeat, since the neurological 'lesson' is quite capable of working either way, and only one way is desired. In such instances precision and structure may determine the difference between success and failure. So through the above 3 techniques one already has a powerful arsenal for persuasion. When someone speaks and tells you of their perception you can now understand there are always 3 ways of looking at it, you can reframe their perception in a positive way and you can anchor the feelings they feel when you elevate them above the opinion that holds them back, i.e. when they are aware they are holding themselves back and you sense they have just realised a better structure to tackling the problem you can touch them in some way to anchor those feelings to that touch. This means in future if they ever have the same problem again, should you touch them in the same way and especially if you remind them of the previous time they felt as they do, their conscious will be flooded by the feelings they had before without the steps that led to that feeling the first time round. This is enough so far as casual psychiatry goes to help people including yourself next time you are tormented by anger or depression or anything negative but is only the basics for NLP. Below are some of the more advanced techniques that can be applied to conversation. The Milton Model is a model for indirect interpersonal communications, it intentionally utilizes distortion, deletions and generalization in a speaker's language to alter the speakers belief structure in order to effect change and persuade the speaker into another frame of thinking. This is used extensively in cognitive therapy but is also a powerful tool in persuasion. It is general, ambiguous and metaphoric. The Milton Model lists the key parts of speech and key patterns that are useful in directing another person's line of thinking by being 'artfully vague' and in principle the model states that larger chunks (more general use of language) can lead to more rapport, while smaller chunks, (more specific language) is more limiting and has a greater chance of excluding concepts from a person's experience. The patterns of the Milton Model can be used to
• •

Pace another person's reality to gain rapport. Access unconscious resources of another person to gather information or to lead them into an

altered state.

Distract the conscious mind.

The subconscious mind where peoples belief structures lie can not be directly and consciously instructed or changed. The subconscious mind responds mainly to openings, opportunities, metaphors and contradictions, communication then should be 'artfully vague', leaving space for the other person to fill in the gaps with their own unconscious understandings - even if they do not consciously grasp what is happening. Generally in conversation, should you show somebody evidence in your actions that you are something; cool, exciting, fun etc, then when they come to question you about the experience you let their mind make up what they want to believe about you. If somebody looks at you in a positive light, say they come up to you and say to you "oh your really good at listening", only you can break that idea they have of you in their head by proving that model wrong with your words. If your actions are enough to impress someone let them believe what they want about you, more often then not if someone looks at you positively it is as positive as it could possibly be hence why the more you tell them about you the more you break that model of thought. This also works when someone looks at you with a negative light, by talking about yourself then you break the negative model in their mind rather then add to it. The skilled conversationalist recognises these models of thought in other peoples minds and lets them continue to think what they want provided its generally true. The Milton model is purposely vague and metaphoric and is used to soften the meta model and make indirect suggestions. A direct suggestion merely states the goal. For example, "When you are in front of the audience you will not feel nervous". Whereas an indirect suggestion is less authoritative and leaves an opportunity for interpretation. For example, "When you are in front of the audience, you might find yourself feeling ever more confident". The preceding example follows the indirect method as both the specific time and level of self-confidence is left unspecified as this is the truth for the future is unwritten - indirect is the best method of communication on future events. It might be made even more indirect by saying, "When you come to a decision to speak in public, you may find it appealing how your feelings have changed." The choice of speaking in front of the audience, the exact time, and the likely responses to the whole process are framed, but imprecise language gives the listener the opportunity to fill in the finer details. And again as this is true, you know they will feel some sort of change but as you don't know what you leave out what that is, it allows the listeners sub conscious to fill in the gaps and build an amazingly positive model should they be looking at it positively. The Milton model suggests then that being indirect and unauthoritative in a current situation is the best way to be direct and authoritative in an overall general sense to any given situation. Although this is the synopsis to the best model of thought when entering conversation there are two techniques one should know in communicating before learning the Milton model fully. Rapport, both verbal and non-verbal, as well as entering the other person's world is the only way to really connect with someone without having been in their presence as they recall previous experiences, this will help when say talking to new people or about experiences you have the misfortune to miss with current friends. Making it seem like you fully understand as if you were actually there with them creates huge rapport as it is - this can be achieved by taking a real interest in them, this is conscious acceptance. There are more things you can do to get the other person to subconsciously accept you in this way also, matching of non-verbal behaviour (i.e., posture, gesture, breathing, etc) creates a subconscious connection to and from that person. This is noted by two people that spend a lot of time together, they often end up with the same mannerisms and habits picked up without either of them being consciously aware of it. This includes pretty much all non verbal behaviour down to breathing patterns and an obvious one is the stride they both take when walking next to each other. Using this model to match

somebody's subconscious mannerisms you develop the ability to enter the world view of the other person. From that vantage point and having established rapport, you will be able to make extremely effective interventions to help people overcome life problems by changing their mode of thinking and belief structure. Rapport (verbal and non-verbal) is essential for gaining interest and attention and necessary for effective communication.

Pacing and Leading is a powerful technique to getting people to do things they wouldn't normally do, it is something manipulators use a lot but if done in a positive way can aid someone tremendously. Pacing literally is just feeding back the listener's current experience, you literally pace the ongoing experience of the listener in order to build rapport and reduce resistance to the leading statements which would follow. Pacing also allows for conversation to slow down as it's almost like checks to make sure you have understood what is being talked about, it shows that you grasp an understanding as well which obviously is the foundation to verbal rapport. Pacing questions can be injected to conversation at any time, even if one would normally consider the timing to be rude. If the other person is congruent to wanting you to listen and understand then for them to be interrupted with a quick question about what is being talked about is fine. It can also help direct conversation, if someone starts talking passionately about something they tend to throw all their cards, so to speak, onto the table running out of things to say. This can be avoided by injecting pacing questions and trying to stay on one key topic for as long as possible or at least until the connective information is turned creative and a moment felt. Should you pace people correctly they consciously accept that you know them and that your opinion/perception is close to theirs, therefore anything you suggest, i.e. leading statements, will be taken well and more then likely tried. The following example demonstrates pacing and leading:
• • • • • •

You are sitting in that chair (pacing) You are looking over here (pacing) You are breathing in an even rhythm (pacing) Hearing the sound of my voice (pacing) And as you move slightly in your chair (pacing) You may also begin to find comfort entering into a state of relaxation (leading)

In the above example, if the first 5 statements are correct then the leading statement will be accepted as the listener will presume it is another pacing statement and the speaker will have effectively changed the listeners state from what it was to a state of relaxation without really doing anything. This state change happens within the listeners mind as subconsciously the speaker is accepted by the listener as being like them and so anything suggested will be seen as a potential benefit to the listener. The Meta Model consists of categories of questions or heuristics which seek to challenge linguistic distortion, clarify generalisation and recover deleted information which occurs in a speaker's language. It is useful when speaking to someone who is either using the Milton model or is trying to manipulate you or whom just leaves a lot of information out of their stories. Typically, questions may be in the form of "What X, specifically?", "How specifically?", "According to whom?" and "How do you know that?". It aims to clarify a persons speech and should they be congruent in wanting you to listen to their story then injecting these questions should not be an issue just like injecting pacing questions. All questions will normally be answered should they be asked in a friendly positive tone rather than an untrustworthy 'I don't believe you' tone. Whereas the meta model is very specific, the Milton models patterns are

intentionally distorted, generalised and deleted, should someone look at you in a positive light, their subconscious will fill in the blanks which is most beneficial to the listener in accepting a story or idea. Should they want clarity on anything, they will of course ask the same way the meta model is described. As long as you dance around the key information the Milton model will work and you will generate intrigue, especially as a lot of people will only ask the once and are more interested in coming across as being a nice friendly person rather than actually being interested in you. You would know if they were as they would further question once you gave them a vague answer. Should this happen it is better to clarify the moment, reframe it or move onto another point, for example ask them the same question and flow the conversation on once you have the answer. As the Milton model is the inverse of the meta-model it uses unspecified nouns, pronouns and verbs to carry the open ended message across to the listener. These are all general, vague and non specific:
• •

Process verbs: to understand, generate, think, consider, process, comprehend etc Pronouns: We, our, "this gentlemen", "some people" etc

Example: "People can generate resources using the Milton Model." In this sentence there are a number of aspects which are not specified according to the meta model of NLP:
• • •

Which people, specifically? (unspecified pronoun) How specifically can these people generate resources? (clarify unspecified verb) What specific resources do these people generate? (clarify unspecified noun)

In order for the listener to comprehend the sentence, he or she would have to make their own meaning for these unspecified nouns ("people", "resources") and verbs ("generate"). This is where the listener's subconscious will fill in the blanks as they will be to engaged with the conversation to notice they aren't getting fed specifics. Unless they have a definitive interest in the topics chosen they won't notice and before long the model they have in their head is vastly different to the one in reality, in a positive light it is far more positive than it is and the same with a negative light. Should someone get interested in your key information then one should change the subject. A Referential index shift is a shift in referential index occurring when the subject of the sentence shifts from one perspective to another. In the following example, first person (I) shifts to third person ("you"). Example: "From my perspective, I think this model has been in improving my communications, your colleagues will notice that you have become more effective in your communications." This change in reference is subtle and only picked up by the subconscious effectively agreeing that they have become better at communications even though the sentence started off with the speaker talking about them self Null comparatives is the use of comparative words (more, better, best, greatest etc) in which the starting point for comparison is not stated. These comparisons are frequently found in advertising. For example, in typical assertions such as "our burgers have more flavour", "our picture is sharper" or "50% more", there is no mention of what it is they are comparing to. In some cases it is easy to infer what the missing element in a null comparative is. In other cases the speaker or writer has been deliberately vague and weak in this regard, for example "Glasgow's miles better". The practising of null comparatives means you can give someone the message you want without having to compare it and prove its truth. As everything is what it is it means that you could literally state anything and it would be sited as true as long as it is not obviously false.

Universal quantifiers are quantifiers such as: all, every, everyone etc which lead the listener into accepting unspecified statements such as; "You can always improve your language skills with every conversation you have." What this does is specify something very general and probably true but doesn't specify how or where or why. Linguistic presuppositions are an implicit assumption about the world or background belief relating to an utterance whose truth is taken for granted in discourse. Examples of presuppositions include:
• •

Do you want to do it again? • Presupposition: that you have done it already, at least once. Jane no longer writes fiction. • Presupposition: that Jane once wrote fiction.

A presupposition must be mutually known or assumed by the speaker and listener for the utterance to be considered appropriate in context. It will generally remain a necessary assumption whether the utterance is placed in the form of an assertion, denial, or question, and can be associated with a specific lexical item or grammatical feature (presupposition trigger) in the utterance. Crucially, negation of an expression does not change its presuppositions: "I want to do it again" and "I don't want to do it again" both presuppose that the subject has done it already one or more times; "My wife is pregnant" and "My wife is not pregnant" both presuppose that the subject has a wife. In this respect, presupposition is distinguished from entailment and implicature. Presuppositions are the only way to aid and build upon the model someone has of you in their head after they see you doing something or hear of you doing something from someone else. It leaves key details to the imagination where the listener's subconscious will borrow from the model they already have in their mind of you to fill in the blanks. If someone sees you in a positive light you can guarantee its likely that model is better than you actually are. This although seemingly deceitful actually aids in getting things done, as the key details do not matter though to some they do, allowing them to believe what they want is their karma, not yours. If they say "wow you do this" and you agree even though you hardly ever do it still is truth and won't destroy the model they have of you, instead they will fill in the blanks for themselves. The key for yourself is to match exactly the map you have in your head with the territory you are in, i.e. don't assume anything, enquire about everything and the more knowledge you have the more informed you will be helping you lead to the best choices and therefore outcomes for you and those around you. Indirect suggestion is a suggestion hidden within metaphors, analogies and statements to convey a suggestion that may otherwise be too difficult for a person to deal with directly. This gets the listener to engage what's being said consciously while subconsciously acting on the suggestion. This is used in the following techniques: Conversational postulate is a yes/no question that is rarely answered with a yes or no. In order to understand the sense it is necessary to process the meaning of it. A question is normally asked to get the listener to engage in the right mode of thought before what is suggested is acted upon. Example: Can you just take a moment to take a deep breath and relax? This asks if the listener can take a moment to relax, obviously they can but as it qualifies them as to whether they can or not relax they will instinctively relax as a congruent mechanism. It is almost a rhetoric question that when asked produces the state in question. Embedded questions are questions that are processed by the listener as statements. Rather than directly

asking: "What are you thinking about?", which can often produce a defensive response to conceal the answer one might state: "I'm curious to know what you are thinking.", or "I'm just wondering what you are thinking." In the above example the question what are you thinking about? is embedded in the statement sentence structure. They aren't so much questions but a softly suggested statement that result in the same mode of thought as if it were a question otherwise bypassing the defensive position a direct question would raise within the listener. Embedded Commands use the same structure and format as embedded questions but instead of enticing a worded response are designed to result in a physical response from the listener. An embedded command is typically distinguished or marked out using a subtle shift in voice tonality or non-verbal cue. Example: "You may begin to feel a sense of comfort as you begin to develop these skills in your daily life." In the above example there are two commands: (1) feel a sense of comfort and (2) develop these skills that are embedded within the sentence structure. The command would be marked out by the speaker, for example, verbally with a subtle shift in voice tone (deeper voice tone) or voice quality ("a gravelly voice"), the voice may be directed spatially or with non-verbal cues or anchors (gesture, body position, held tilt etc). This works off the same way that pacing and leading does but in a combined sense. Negative Commands illicit the command though the speaker tells the listener not to. This is found everywhere in society, tell someone not to do something enough and they will eventually do it, at least contemplate doing it. For example: “do not think of a polar bear", as the command "think of a polar bear" is embedded within the statement the fact it is negative is void to the subconscious. It processes the command of thinking of a polar bear and therefore will make the listener think of a polar bear. Because it is negative this bypasses the conscious as it reads the negative. Asking of the command think of a polar bear and the listener may not comply and therefore will probably entertain the thought of "why" instead. Similar ideas to negative commands appear throughout popular culture and sayings. If you tell someone, "don't think of an elephant", it will result in listener thinking of exactly this. In this case "think of an elephant" is an embedded command which is syntactically processed before the negation, "don't". Tag Questions combine statement and question where the question that is really being asked becomes a command and instead a rhetorical question is added to the end which engages the listener to process the original question as a command therefore persuading them to do as commanded. The rhetorical question becomes a qualifying statement. For example: 1. You're coming, aren't you? 2. Do listen, will you? 3. Let's have a beer, shall we? The above tag questions illicit the response of the command in the listener by getting them to engage on the rhetoric question. In the first example; "You're coming, aren't you?" the listener will come as the conscious tackles the question of whether they can actually physically come or not. This is obvious that the listener can come but while the conscious deals with that the subconscious processes the command and makes the listener more likely to come along. The other way of asking this question is to ask "Are you coming?", this allows the listener to consciously decide not to come rather than with the tag question where the listener processes whether it is possible.

Metaphors are an understanding of one concept told through another concept. It is a figure of speech that constructs an analogy between two things or ideas; the analogy is conveyed by the use of a metaphorical word in place of some other word. For example: "Her eyes were glistening jewels". In this statement the listener will understand what the girls eyes appeared like by consciously understanding what a glistening jewel is like. A metaphor also denotes rhetorical figures of speech that achieve their effects via association, comparison or resemblance. It is more forceful (active) than an analogy, because a metaphor asserts two things are the same, whereas analogy implies a difference; other rhetorical comparative figures of speech, such as metonymy, parable, simile and synecdoche, are species of metaphor distinguished by how the comparison is communicated. The metaphor category also contains these specialised types:
• • •

allegory: An extended metaphor wherein a story illustrates an important attribute of the subject catachresis: A mixed metaphor used by design and accident (a rhetorical fault) parable: An extended metaphor narrated as an anecdote illustrating and teaching a moral lesson.

Metaphors are a good way to get somebody to understand what you are asking of them by delivering a story with the same commands or suggestions but in a different context. This gives the listener something to consciously comprehend therefore reinforcing the original command or suggestion. Sleight of Mouth focuses on influence by challenging, and thus changing, beliefs. Normally, a belief is simply something that you believe, like "I believe there is a God." However, in Sleight of Mouth the concept of belief is built on a more specific set of definitions, as follows:
• •

Complex Equivalence: X=Y, or X is equivalent to Y Cause-Effect: X causes Y, X results in Y

The above suggests that even saying "I believes there is a God" is built on top of more complex reasons as to why the believe exists, this can only be found by delving deeper into the listeners psyche and determining what past events have led to the current conclusion. This will either be complex equivalent or cause and effect. Complex Equivalence and Cause-Effect can be seen in the following two examples, respectively:
• •

You're late again, which means you don't love me. (Note that this is not just "I believe you don't love me", but rather there is something which leads to that outcome.) I am not going to do that because I am not that kind of person!

As all believe is built on previous experience and summed up into a statement sleight of mouth suggests finding out what those past experiences were to lead the listener to the current state of mind. One should use the meta model to work out what these beliefs are. Patterns are the in built triggers or modes of thought as to why people react in the way they do to certain situations. Developed off of internal belief structures surrounding previous experiences or memories of past events or built up thought models of an anticipated event, they form the guide as to how the mind believes the best course of action will meet their needs. A brief description of the key patterns appears below, they are the general framework that people readily run off. This allows you to pick a pattern and readily change someone's belief structure by questioning not what the context suggests but the underlying meaning to the context itself. Most of the understanding will follow when the pattern is combined with an example and seeing how the patterns are applied:

Intent: Focuses on the intention behind the statement. This can be done by highlighting their positive intent behind the belief, or by challenging the negative intent.

• • • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

Consequences: Finds consequence (even an unintended consequence) which results in the belief being challenged. Another Outcome: Maybe people who XYZ need ABC. Counter example: Uses an exception where their statement would not be true - which causes the belief that underlies the statement to be questioned. Apply to self: Turns the comment back to them - by saying (or implying) that the consequence they suggest applies to you, actually applies to them for making the original statement. Reality strategy: Challenges the belief based on the fact that beliefs arise from certain perceptions. Ultimately, this is about asking how they know their belief is true, or what aspects of the belief are really the issue. Model of the World: Argues that they are saying that as a metaphor for something else. Meta frame: Challenges the basis behind the belief, rather than the belief. Suggest that their belief presupposes something. Change Frame Size: Extends the implications of the belief to a larger (or a smaller) scale; or to a longer (or shorter) time frame. Hierarchy of Criteria: Challenges the belief based on more important criteria, suggesting something more important they should be considering. Chunk Down: Looks at a specific element and challenges the belief. Chunk Up: Generalises in order to challenge the belief. Metaphor/Analogy: Uses an example which challenges the belief. Redefine: Uses similar words to say the same thing, ensuring that the implication is changed. Time line: Challenges the belief on the basis of how long it holds true. A challenge may initiate: "That's true today, what about next year? Still true?" Redirect: Attacks the belief by questioning the underlying beneficial motives. Query "Yes, and what positive value leads you to believe that?"

As these patterns are what the mind uses to generate statements one can use the exact pattern or even a different one to challenge the subconscious belief structure and ultimately change it through the conscious statement itself. Examples and the belief challenging responses which ultimately will make the speaker of the original statement think twice about the validity of their statement are as follows: "You're late again, which means you don't love me."
• • • • • • • • • • •

Intent: "I'm glad you care enough about me to be concerned about that." Consequence: "You're just trying to get me to always fit within your timetable." Another Outcome: "Would you have preferred me to cancel our dinner, if I knew I was going to be late?" Counter Example: "Have you ever loved someone, but still been late?" Apply to Self: "An accusation like that makes it sound like you don't love me." Reality Strategy: "How did you come to that conclusion? Has someone accused you of something similar in the past?" Model of the World: "I'm guessing that it's not so much that I'm late, but you're concerned about me not focusing on the little things in our relationship." Meta frame: "Where did you learn that being on time equates to love?" Change Frame Size: "Most people are late for meetings every day... are you saying that none of them care?" Hierarchy of Criteria: "Isn't it more important that I actually made the effort to get here, in spite of everything that happened along the way?" Chunk Down: "What about all the times I have been on time?"

• • •

Chunk Up: "You're judging an entire relationship based on time-keeping?" Metaphor/Analogy: "Isn't that like saying if you don't cook for me every time, you don't love me?" Redefine: "You're saying a small delay defines an entire relationship?"

"I am not going to do that because I am not that kind of person!"
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Intent: "It's great that you make decisions based on how you see yourself as a person." Consequence: "Why are you focused on decisions which avoid you having to leave the house?" Another Outcome: "But if you don't do that, can you ever hope to develop into the person you'd like to become?" Counter Example: "Have you ever done something that you didn't think was 'you', yet you really enjoyed it?" Apply to Self: "You're not the kind of person to pre-judge, yet here you are - pre-judging." Reality Strategy: "And exactly what kind of person do you have to be to do that kind of thing?" Model of the World: "Does everyone who is afraid to try something new say that?" Meta frame: "You're only saying that because you're afraid of what others might think." Change Frame Size: "Yeah, that's right. Only a truly open-minded person would do that." Hierarchy of Criteria: "What's more important, trying ne w things and expanding your horizons or being safe and restricted in your tiny comfort zone?" Chunk Down: "What kind of person would that make you, specifically?" Chunk Up: "Do you always get out of trying new things by making excuses?" Metaphor/Analogy: "People aren't born astronauts." Redefine: "You don't have to tie up your identity with a few actions."

The above gives you an arsenal of responses to be able to question the underlying belief structure that lead the speaker to utter the statement in the first place. It doesn't matter which one is chosen so long as one of them is. Being able to change someone's belief structure is all about bypassing the conscious by giving it something to focus on therefore allowing the subconscious to process commands, suggestions or statements which fundamentally question the belief itself. If the conscious focus is occupied then it can not focus on putting up a defence to the persuasion and the subconscious is allowed to entertain the questioning of the belief. If you achieve this you at least achieve a few moments to consider what to say next. In conclusion persuasion will only work if the subconscious is allowed to entertain another belief pattern and if the speaker who is attempting to change the belief appears congruent, i.e. that they know what they are talking about, think, do and say what they are suggesting. If the listener suspects incongruities then the new belief structure will not stick and the old one will stay strong and even in some cases be reinforced. Persuading is mostly about being the example you suggest it better for this person and being able to hold your corner when explaining why the new belief is more beneficial to the listener. Persuading although a necessary tool for collaboration, is not the best way to go about manifesting collaboration between you and other people. You obviously must first know about what collaboration you are suggesting, for example if you want to run a snowboard event with others it is best that you know either how to snowboard or how to run an event. You must be able to think, do and say your craft well otherwise people will see incongruities and will entertain your idea for collaboration as a bad thing to get involved with. Secondly you must be able to sell an idea to the benefit of listener. The only way to do this is to put yourself in their shoes and entertain the benefits they would have once they have achieved what the collaboration will offer and feed that back to them. Getting them to entertain

these 'after' thoughts as a benefit is the only way to start them moving towards that as a goal. Thirdly and crucially you must have structure to achieving the collaboration. Should you be able to show you can do what you are suggesting (and obviously they can already do what they do) then you must allow the collaboration to naturally happen. A lot of this is down to the structure and allowing each to happen naturally. There are four steps involved: Relationship. This is where similarities between two people are noticed, the exact same way two people become friends. This is the beginning of collaboration, where rapport, trust and bonding through shared experiences happen as you start to recognise yourself in another. Nobody has ever collaborated with somebody else they don't trust. There needs to be a reason to collaborate in the first place even if it's something extreme like; "the enemy of my enemy is my friend". In this statement although enemies with somebody else the relationship is you both have a shared enemy that if you work together could be defeated therefore being of equal benefit to both parties. Relationship conversation begins to lead onto what possibilities could potentially lie down the road should you collaborate. Answers to relationship questions should lead to entertaining thoughts of possibility To achieve a conversation for understanding relationship between yourself and another, one must entertain and ask these key relationship questions:
• • • • • • • • • •

Who are we? How do we relate to the matter in hand? What links us? How do we see things? What do you see that I can't see? What do I see that you don't see? In what ways do we see things similarly, or differently? How can we understand each other? Where do we stand? Can we stand together?

Possibility. This is where the similarities that have been noticed from a connection in relationship begin to forge ideas as to what is possible for both parties involved should you collaborate. It starts to ask the questions about what benefits both parties could potentially achieve, the answers to which should start to breed thoughts of opportunity for both. Where as the conversation for relationship will show similarities between the two in terms of who they are, conversation for possibility will begin to show similarities between what the two parties want to achieve. Possibility delves deeper into the similarities you found in the relationship phase of collaboration. It doesn't just show whether you do similar things but whether you think similarly, that your maps are similar. Although you may seem the same if you don't have a similar vision for the future you will not collaborate any further and instead remain friends doing different things. To achieve a conversation for understanding possibilities between yourself and another, one must entertain and ask these key possibility questions:
• • • • • • •

What’s the problem? What are we trying to do? What’s the real problem? What are we really trying to do? Is this a problem? How could we look at this from a different angle? Can we interpret this differently?

• • • • • • • •

How could we do this? What does it look like from another person’s point of view? What makes this different from last time? Have we ever done anything like this before? Can we make this simpler? Can we look at this in bits? What is this like? What does this feel or look like?

Opportunity. Closely followed and as a result from a conversation of possibility, opportunity begins the real stages of collaboration. Although the previous two are necessary; one must get on with the other person (relationship) as well as share a common vision of the future (possibility), opportunity asks questions in the mindset that collaboration is no longer an idea but is real. A conversation for opportunity starts postulating possible actions including dates, times, places, anything physically involved with the collaboration. If this is not achieved then up until now collaboration will have been thoughts and words but no action. Opportunity leads to action as both parties should be fully on-board with the idea of collaboration and keen to turn it into a real thing. To achieve a conversation for understanding opportunities between yourself and another, one must entertain and ask these key opportunity questions:
• • • • • • •

Where can we act? What could we do? Which possibilities do we build on? Which possibilities are feasible? What target do we set ourselves? Where are the potential obstacles? How will we know that we’ve succeeded?

Action. This is the last stage in collaboration as it is the real hard shared physical collaborative experience that has only been entertained up until now. A lot of collaborative efforts may fail at this stage if previous stages have not been met. This is often due to a lack of knowledge in how much work is necessary from one side and that when they come face to face with that realisation, i.e. right before they are about to do it, it is likely they could pull out. Talking about something is one thing but actioning it is a whole other level. In general it is only good to talk about possibility of collaboration should you know you will be able to hold up your end of the effort and collaborate. In hindsight if someone pulls out now they are doing you a favour and although you wasted a lot of energy up to this point, it is better they pull out before anything physical happens rather than half way through. A lot of people like the feeling of when someone believes in their ability and so they talk a good talk but when it comes to walking they aren't anywhere to be seen. To achieve a conversation for understanding action between yourself and another, one must entertain and ask these key action stages: A conversation for action is a dynamic between asking and promising. It takes a specific form.

You ask the other person to do something by a certain time. Make it clear that this is a request, not an order. Orders may get immediate results, but they rarely generate commitment. The other person has four possible answers to this request. They can accept. They can decline.

They may commit to accepting or declining at a later date. (“I’ll let you know by…”) They can make a counter-offer. (“I can’t do that, but I can do…”)

The conversation results in a promise. “I will do x for you by time y.”

After a conversation for action there is only action itself left for achieving successful collaboration, this is all Liberte. It is advisable that you periodically meet with whom you are collaborating to make sure everyone is on the same track and to accommodate for any changes and developments everyone may have had since you first started. It makes sure that things go the way they were originally planned, deadlines are met and most importantly the more communication the faster and more efficient the path to the end result will be. When doing things for yourself obviously if you don't achieve what you envisioned only your confidence suffers and the effect of failure doesn't really spread to far. When doing things with other people failure is not only going to effect you but everyone else who is involved, this is why it is imperative you are true to yourself so you know you are true to others. Collaboration is life, if all things didn't work together in harmony as a self supported system then nothing would survive, this again is the nature of altruism where selflessness prospers and selfishness dies. This is fundamentally true from the tiniest molecules of life to the biggest bodies in the heavens and everything in between To be on top of your game in terms of your life individually and able to shine collaboratively is known in society as being alpha; in the top 10% of achievers in society. These traits are achievable by anyone and is only yourself holding you back that stops you from doing so, often the belief one has no power and in comparing themselves to others believing they are and never will be adequate There are 24 traits of being alpha and they allow one to overcome their own demons and begin to initiate a stage of inner peace through self respect. They help motivate you and make it possible to believe you can do whatever you set your mind to. The traits are as follows: 1. Have Diverse Interests - If you have the arts of Yulaw mastered then this will be no issue, one should always have interests that satisfy creative, action, communication and collaboration. Everyone generally fills these using hobbies, work and friends. The more interest you have the more intriguing you become as you find you will have time for your dreams. To work out your interests write down your life plan and put it into action. 2. Have Purpose - This is a recognition into why you do and strive to complete the interests you are interested in. A sense of purpose will secure you as a person as once you work it out then no one can tell you different when doing the things you want to do. A fireman can have many purposes; to fight fire, to save people, to make ends meet, no matter which one as long as he has purpose he will be passionate at his job. To work out your purpose establish your goals from your life plan. 3. Be Positively Passionate - Have passion when it comes to your purposes and interests. Being passionate is about finding the fun and excitement in any situation, no matter what it is, ask your self "what is great about this moment" find the positive in any situation and do it for you and your passion, not for someone else. Your internal self talk will eventually decide your outcome so choose your words wisely. Understanding passion is about understanding the emotion behind your actions. To work out your passion create your personal mission statement from the goals you have chosen, why do you want to achieve those goals. 4. Be Attracted to Yourself - If you can learn to love you and be comfortable with yourself, then everyone else can to and should you end up by yourself which often happens on ones path at certain points during the day then you will forever be happy with your presence as will others when they see you. Accept your limitations and change the things you can control. Love thyself.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Create affirmations which reinforce the positive beliefs you have of yourself and create opposite ones for your limiting beliefs. A positive belief creates a powerful mindset especially when recited internally no matter the situation. If you are positively passionate about yourself you will love yourself regardless. Show Confidence - When you reaffirm traits to yourself you will become confident especially if you believe in something and then make it happen. Confidence allows you to be comfortable in any situation or environment, a self assured approach to yourself demonstrates a level of adaptability to any environment. When one can adapt to the the ever changing world in a calm and comfortable manner then one will always find the best course of action for them self and others around them. Approach the goals and daily tasks you set for yourself in a positive manner and see them through to conclusion. The more you achieve what you set out to do the more confident you will become. Demonstrate Humour - People are generally attracted to both humour and confidence as that is what everybody likes to feel in a general sense. Humour allows people to feel relaxed and therefore comfortable around you, it is the gel to easy conversation. Even if you have nothing in common - humour will see you getting along with the other person, when you make them laugh you are effectively giving them something. It is a strategic thing and should only be used sparingly as part of your overall personality otherwise you become a clown and can't be taken seriously. Humour isn't about acting goofy but having something interesting to say with a humorous twist added to it. Practice humour daily and attempt to make everyone you meet laugh passionately, not politely at least once. Have Standards - A person that has standards does not need to look for validation from anyone else, it is someone who is comfortable in the skin they're in and follows a code of conduct. They are happy being by themselves or with others and if they don't meet your standards of conduct then you have no problem walking away and finding someone who does. This is an attractive quality to people because so many live a life they know isn't necessarily right and feel bad because of it, therefore they look to someone who does have a code that works. If someone breaks your code of conduct call them out in a polite manner, many people need to be told how they should behave. Write down and work out your standards you expect from yourself and others and implement it, this will lead to a much more happy and fulfilled life. Be Challenging - When one becomes comfortable with themselves, even learns to love themselves they become comfortable leading their own life. This means that talking to people isn't because you feel as though you need to, or to fill the silence, its because you want to and it can be fun, but at the same time one could walk away. Withhold your key information, make the other person get invested before delivering any detail on yourself and qualify the other person before you actually engage in a proper conversation with them. Make them open up to you before you open up to them - challenge them to want to know you and what you do. Communicate you could walk away at any time should it get boring, that they have to contend for your attention at least as much as you contend for theirs. Have an Identity - Know thyself, know who you are, know why you do the things you do and always move towards your intuitive sense of purpose. When you know and have an identity you become comfortable doing everything and anything you do, as long as you don't move outside your standards you will be happy and others will see this. When you know your place in the world, it becomes easier to be comfortable with what exactly it is that makes you a great person. Your identity should come from within! The way you act and what you do should be completely congruent with your inner-personality. Never follow the herd without considering whether it is the right move for you or not. All decisions should be made because you want to. Your identity

is formed by the things you enjoy doing and what you focus on. 10.Act Cool - To be cool is to be comfortable, to say the exciting, interesting and funny things while demonstrating non of it matters and you don't really care what happens because your cool, you can go with whatever Flows your way. This is to be laid back and accepting of every situation. You have to understand that when people meet you for the first time you’re still going to be subconsciously judged based on your value within a social context. Obviously your real value is revealed over time and experiences with someone but this is when you become comfortable with someone, be comfortable and accepting with everyone which stems from being comfortable and accepting of yourself and role with it. 11.Demonstrate Strength - Being strong is not just about being physically strong but mentally strong. It is another way to show confidence and self assurance. Should you be mentally strong nothing effects you, the little things don't annoy or upset you and you don't stress out over a problem, you look for the solution and remedy it. Nothing fazes you and everyone around you will feel safe and secure. A strong guy is somebody who can face a challenging experience in a relaxed and poised manner. To display strength, you have to practice facing the world in a relaxed state. When you’re not overly concerned about any situation, it’s easy to give off a vibe that you can handle any problem that might arise. Be in the moment and know that everything returns to the same state once it is done, knowing this you can bypass the need to get annoyed or upset as eventually you will be fine again so why bother. Always assume the positive. 12.Display your Authority - When one displays authority they demonstrate that they're well connected, knowledgeable about a variety of topics and truly understands social dynamics. When you act like an authority you know how to do things and you're not afraid to voice your own opinion. It also means leading and directing the conversation onto topics that you find interesting and that you know they will find interesting if told in an interesting way. You want them to be interested in you not the context, therefore anything you talk about they will find interesting. When you display an authoritative attitude, you’re subtly telling a woman that you have a lot going on in your life. You’re comfortable around people and know what interests them, being an authority means you’re comfortable with any topic that’s discussed. 13.Be the Fun Person - This means you avoid all threads of boring conversation and move the conversation on when a thread is dying. You are centre of attention because you lead interaction for yourself and others involved. You include everybody around in the interactions and know when to strategically use polite, fun, rapport building, attraction generating, exciting or interesting conversation. It makes you fun to be around and provides an interesting perspective about the world for others. This is all down to the words you choose to use, both internally and externally you should choose to speak with a positive spin on everything, every cloud has a silver lining, find it and expose it to yourself and others. Whenever you feel a negative thought creep into your head, pause for a second and then look for a positive benefit that you might be receiving from this experience. You’ll find that altering your speech patterns will help transform you into a more exciting, fun person to be around. 14.Be the Leader - This is a person who is not afraid to take action, who is decisive and assertive for the benefit of himself and others around him. You should make decisive choices and then have the confidence to stick by them, in essence you become the focal point of events as you lead everyone's experience. The leader is the one everyone looks to for good times or excitement, someone who takes charge of events and organises activities. The leader also makes strong eye contact with everybody and tells interesting stories that captivate everyone's attention. Eventually you will reach a point where people will call you and ask when we're going out again, when they start to look to you for fun you know you have become the leader.

15.Don't Show Your Desires - Removing your desires is the best way to meet someone new. Showing you have no interest in a “take it or leave it” attitude that almost gives you an aloof personality gets people invested in finding out who you are. It is the attitude of a confident person who is happy with themselves and feels no real urge to talk about them, this also allows for intrigue to be developed and for key information to be with held and talked of sparingly. Removing your desires shows that you have a lot going on in your life. It also demonstrates that you’re high status enough to not really care about the opinion of someone you just met or if the conversation abruptly ends for you are comfortable with yourself. Once people invest themselves in you they show its worth your time to divulge key information. 16.Have Options - Further the above of removing your desires and showing you have a lot going in your life one must have options. Having options allows you to continue your Flow regardless of what happens, it negates any idea that you 'need' the person you are currently in the presence of. It shows that you can actually get on with your own life regardless of whether that other person wants to entertain a conversation with you or not, it also forces the other person to invest time into you which should happen should they want you to invest time in them. A person with options is somebody who doesn’t place too much importance in any particular conversation. They know if the other person is not interested, then they can move on to somebody who will be. Failure is not a word in this person’s vocabulary. Every experience teaches them a valuable lesson that adds to their repertoire of who they resulting in them becoming a stronger person. A way to implement this attitude is to 'work the room', this means to open everyone who is around you and importantly introduce others to people you may have just met. 17.Voice your Opinion - The 'Yes Man' isn't attractive, this is someone who will agree to everything and won't be challenging or intelligible to engage in conversation. Having your own opinion and being secure about voicing it presents people with an avenue of conversation they wouldn't expect to be there. This adds to fun, interesting and exciting. Being able to not necessarily tell people their opinion is wrong but to challenge it really creates powerful rapport. Understanding why other people think the way they do about their opinion allows them to try understand yours to. This is all about being secure and set into what your passions are and why you see the world in the way you do. By crystallising your thoughts, you’ll become the person who can intelligently engage anybody in a discussion that will be remembered by both parties. 18.Control your Emotions - A high status person is the epitome of society's perfect person. Humorous, without using self-deprecating humour, leads, without being pushy and most importantly strong while never losing command of their emotions. An attractive person is somebody who can reign in their emotions in any situation. If a dangerous situation arises, they act cool and confident, while everyone else falls to pieces. Even when they feel an emotion, this person has enough self-control to maintain control. Controlling your emotions doesn’t mean you let people walk all over you. Instead, it’s about knowing when to confront someone and when to let something slide. Always defend yourself, but don’t get angry or emotional over the things that really don’t matter. A quick pause between actions of someone/something else and your reaction can be the difference between losing your control and maintaining it. Always look for the positives in everything and go with it. 19.Create Loyalty - Loyalty is an important characteristic to relations. In fact, when it comes to a long-term relationship it is a mandatory trait! A person’s loyalty shows a number of qualities that people desire; they're protective, reliable and honest. This means that you’re a person who takes responsibility of your life, you will be there for another person, through thick or thin. Trust is an important element of loyalty. In order to develop a deep connection, you have to show that you can be relied upon - your word should be golden. At no point should you deceive someone or

misrepresent who you are. You want to show that your friends and family are important in your life. You should be the person that they can rely upon when help is need and in return, they support you whenever you need somebody. A loyal person is someone who surrounds them self with quality people who take care of each other. 20.Show Intelligence - Focus on using your intelligence to succeed with people. Every problem you have has a solution, all you need to do is identify the problem then look for a solution. Being intelligent is to understand that many of the difficulties in life can be eliminated if you know how to systematically attack the problem. To show this in conversation one must engage a person on both the emotional and logical sides of the brain, this shows your smart without being overly nerdy or pretentious, quick-witted and knows the right thing to say. You will understand people and know how to work the nuances of a social interaction. Someone with social intelligence knows that life is about learning and experiencing new things, won't close off their mind by concentrating on one topic, instead will have fun with meeting new people. 21.Be Dominant - This is all about controlling your own life and actions, having options and demonstrating traits desirable to others. Putting all of the traits in action makes this happen, allows you to influence people with ease especially if its for their benefit, allows you to get things done and collaborate on many levels. Dominance is the reaction of the Ether in a way that lets you know you have yourself on track. Others will want to be like you, be with you and the more you do for others the more others will randomly do for you. You will be able to control the frame of conversation easily and others will let you as they know you will provide them with fun/exciting/interesting times they look for. This is the mark of a true leader. 22.Demonstrate Sexuality - Sexuality is a quality that can often be demonstrated without saying a word. Many famous actors throughout the past century have understood this truth. James Dean, Marlon Brando, and Sean Connery were all able to show sexuality without really talking too much. The way these guys used their body language exuded a level of sexual confidence that could easily trigger a positive emotion in women or guy depending on who your aiming at. Being sexual is an attractive quality and although most will disagree straight up as its a taboo subject, really deep down everyone enjoys harmless flirting or being funny with a hint of sexual innuendo. If your a guy, demonstrating sexuality without being slimy makes every woman want you and every guy want to be you. 23.Behave Dangerously - This doesn't mean go out and try get as close to death as possible, it does mean be exciting, live a life full of adrenaline pumping activities. The more exciting an activity the more you enjoy it, especially if its challenging. The more risk the more you feel alive. At his core, a dangerous person is self-centred, they live the life that they want, doesn’t allow others to dictate what he/she does and he never supplicates them self whenever someone else makes a demand. If you are self-centred in a way that is beneficial for others then its accepted in people's eyes as the way you are, therefore you can do what you want. If you are helping people those people will accept you for you regardless of who you are or what you do. To be more dangerous you should be constantly trying new things that’ll challenge your levels of comfort. Being dangerous doesn’t mean you have to act like an ass hole But it does mean you should embrace a more exciting lifestyle. 24.Be a Busy Guy - The best way to be an exciting, interesting and fun person is to lead an exciting, interesting and fun lifestyle. Having limited time for people will make you and those people value the interaction that much more. It will require people invest time in you if they really want to invest time in you leading to stronger connections and also more content to fill the conversation with. The more you see the same people the more those people believe they 'know' you, the less you have to talk about as the less has happened and so become uninvested

and uninterested in you as a result. When you’re a busy person, you’re demonstrating that you have a lot of options and that your time is valuable. To demonstrate this quality one should act vague and mysterious until you and the other person have either met again or are doing something you both enjoy and will remember. This is enough to get people invested in you exuding a 'want to get to know you' type vibe as you exude an 'in demand' type vibe. If one sticks with the above traits, one will create a personality that becomes attractive to every other person, you will effectively become society's role model. Able to handle any social context, bring fun, excitement and interest to those around you, lead people into creating better lives for themselves, help them to help you and most importantly; calm, composed and most importantly content with yourself and your world. When one becomes happy with themselves inside it reflects externally on the outside and others feel it from you, any negativity reflected into conversation that happened previously will have gone. Composed on your own ride of your life, aware of the things you can control and control them well. With the serenity to accept the things you can't control and to never let anything effect your composure and contentment, the balanced calm from within. And finally most importantly with the wisdom to understand the difference between what can and can't be controlled, this is fundamentally most people's issues when it comes to conversation, that they try and control the interaction so worried about it going wrong, wanting it to go right. In the end it is more then just you out in the Ether, everything living is a window for the ultimate observer so see what's inside you inside them and connect with it. See truth, stick with it and you will never go wrong. The whole Book can feel like a very long winded explanation of common sense, in the way its written you must experience what you read before it settles in and you understand adding it to your repertoire of who you are. Unfortunately common sense is never common practice and although this could be considered too basic to be taken seriously, it is however necessary for one who has had their mind completely twisted, giving them a warped sense of things. This has been detail on what it is. The Flow however has to be experienced to be able to fully understand, appreciate and become one with it. The information on how to do this is not found in the first 3 parts of Codex but next few. To understand the next few parts the first 3 must be understood otherwise reading the next lot by itself potentially could be completely pointless. The concepts talked about in the Creed need the concepts in the Book to be understood first in order for the observer to connect with the Creed itself. It is almost like a pyramid made of concepts where the more concepts you understand, built on top of previous concepts giving you a broader perspective until you reach the top and what you have to understand suddenly becomes very small. This is self actualisation and it leads to the truth that all this information, all this common sense is already us, we already know it, it is coded into our very DNA. The only reason the Book of Yulaw is necessary is to untwist the state of mind that a completely negative attitude and a life of downward negative spirals leave behind. Society can leave the mind in a shook and stressed state after trying to manipulate you into buying things from others, submitting to debt, taking advantage of you, making you work more for less pay. At no point in previous human history have we been so violent and malevolent to others and hidden it even from ourselves, in a position to help so many yet ignorant and corrupt in the aim of aiding only ourselves as we are today. So much suffering goes on around the world unnoticed as we continue to live out a fantasy get rich or die trying lifestyle inside a bubble which only aides the suffering. We have become so detached from the natural order, so driven by egotism and the need or desires for materialistic goods. Understanding Codex is re-education, understanding the Creed is to know a power far stronger then any self help guide, bible, school or teaching could hope to give you, that any collaborative effort could hope to break - the power of self mastery.

This is Yulaw - Self Mastery, composed of: 1. Yu - Belief Mastery 2. Ukno - Thought Mastery 3. Liberte - Action Mastery 4. Almanac - Communication Mastery 5. Wrkx - Collaboration Mastery As explained at the beginning of Part III; In Yulaw each law is built upon the previous, meaning that the each successive law can not happen without the one before. The ability to think can not happen without an observer, action can not happen without some form of internal decision, communication can not happen without action and collaboration can not function without the previous four laws; especially communication. To understand each concept the one before it needed to be understood and so the Book documents heavily building on ideas generated from the previous chapter, all except Yu - to observe. Obviously as it says above you can't think without there being an observer to observe the thoughts and make decisions based on what its presented with. To fully understand Yu it is necessary to understand the effects of the observer first and to know it is present before really being able to understand what belief mastery is all about. Belief mastery is an indirect process, one that is only directly effected by the result of the other 4 laws, for this reason you can semi control it. It is the start and the end of the causality process, something that all livings things have in common, the divine understanding that was before the Universe and will be there after. The energy behind all things as all things are its result. When communicating with anything you will see past the results to the truth, to the Flow, feel that what you are communicating with is the same thing that is inside of you, where your communication comes from. You will eventually notice it all around you as you become one with it and in doing so feel complete composure, calmness and collectedness as you become the most reliable thing in your life. For others who will wish to be like you for giving them really good experiences but you can not hope to control them into being one with the Flow, you can only show and suggest, they must find their own path. This is the same for everyone, all walking their own individual paths with unique perceptions on the world. Letting go of control over people, going with the Flow and accepting life actually makes things so much easier and so less complicated as you reach a state of equanimity and your answer to everything is be in the moment and go with the Flow. You will find this statement to be true about every problem in life. Finally you will know yourself as you reach this state of mental and physical balance. You will also rest comfortably and confidently in the fact that no one can know you better than you can, no matter how long they spend time with you. You are the most reliable person in your life, you are the creator of your life, you will look after you, you are the best friend you will ever have; so why not master you? All the problems in your life stem from an inability to tackle a particular problem you have with yourself and normally when you recognise this pattern of behaviour out in the Ether you will get angry towards it. Being uber positive and you will hate on negativity, be uber negative and you will hate on anyone who is positive, the only place to be is content as this really does not have an opposite as to not be content is to be something else. When you accept and become one with the moment, with the Flow you have complete control and can do anything you set your mind to.

-----PART IV----~You~
"The aim of life is self-development. To realise one's nature perfectly - that is what each of us is here for." - Oscar Wilde

There has been a lot discussed in the Book of Yulaw, a lot that leads to understanding more important concepts discussed in this section of the Codex. For most people, missing the first book and picking up the next shouldn't be an issue in understanding the Creed. Providing you have had a relatively 'normal' upbringing and a relative grasp of common sense, then the Book of Yulaw may not be necessary for you to read. If on the other hand you find yourself in a very dark place with no one to turn to, it is always knowledge that will light your way. Whether it be drugs or circumstance, manipulation, twist of fate, whatever it may be, the Book of Yulaw is designed to teach you everything again, from start to a relatively 'normal' and common mindset. Therefore in a sum up of the Book of Yulaw, of life, of Flow goes like this: You are the embodiment of yourself, that's everything physical about you - thoughts, actions and words which come from mind and body, the things you have complete control over, that no one can influence until you decide to give in and let them. As well as the meta physical or spiritual, that's your subconscious, your spirit, the thing with a thousand different names yet can't be explained in physical terms because its not physical. You are an extension of this spiritual energy, like a leaf on a tree, it connects everything together as one, it is everything - all the physical universe, everything in it. The physical, as a reaction to the spiritual is the result that has come from its intention. So the physical is not you, the physical is a reflection of who you believed you were in moments already passed, constantly playing catchup as time exists in the physical and so your intentions take time to manifest. The real You is the observer - the controller of focus and creator or manifestor of your life. A window, for the subconscious or spiritual entity to peer through and out into the Ether, whereby merely observing the Ether changes the Ether. This process is what creates an observer, this process is what makes you - you! Intention created from knowledge or previous observance pushes through the mind and into the body, it then effects outside the body as an action, which will in turn create a reaction from the Ether. The Ether is every environment beyond the observer; your mind, your body, the planet, the Solar system, the Galaxy etc. When an observer effects the world around them they learn from it through experience, acquire truth and knowledge from what is observed. From the knowledge acquired the observer can intend again and the cycle repeats. The more the intention matches the knowledge brought back through that which is observed, the stronger the belief structure surrounding the action-reaction in question. The more experience of an action the better the observer becomes at the action, in short practice makes perfect. The ultimate observer, which is the combination of every observer in the universe, from all living things learns from the world and helps manifest into it whatever the desired intent maybe. As an observer you have a unique perspective on the world, no one else will be able to rob you of that or judge you on it as physically only you are you and so only you will know what you know. As you are with you for your

whole life you are your best friend, no one will be able to take that from you and you must learn to love yourself for you are with you until the end of your life. You are entitled to your own opinion, it is valid, but know that at the same time everyone else is to. A clash of opinion doesn't mean you can't get along but instead means you have a valuable opportunity to learn why this person sees things the way they do. Perhaps there is something they know that you don't which could help you or vica versa. There is no reason why you can't get along with everyone, all you need to do is find common place and even if you find nothing physical in common, you will both have drive and passion, both feel emotion for things of which you can both relate to - be so opposite you're the same. Everything is one and the same, its only the physical reactions of the ultimate observer which make us see everything as apart. Because of this, connection with other people means seeing past the rift raft of the physical, of the conscious and engaging someone's subconscious, seeing what in you is in them and similarly they to you - this is true connection. What those things are is often found in action, shared experience and then looking upon it in the same way in times of reflection. As action is all there ever is, in you and them, everything that happens from action to reaction, spiritual to physical is a continual flowing cycle and so it is named thusly as the Flow. It is otherwise indescribable and unnameable of what it actually is, instead all we can see is the after effects, in what it does and that is to forever Flow. All things in the universe follow and utilise the same traits that the Flow moves in, as quite simply the universe is the reaction of the Flow. These laws of Flow are as follows: Flow is governed by a set of laws; everything is mathematically proportionate. Flow is full of symmetry; if something exists its counter part also exists. Flow flows in cycles; if something has a beginning it has an end and repeats. Flow is a system in balance; everything relies on everything else. Flow is forever flowing and changing and will always continue to flow. Where Yulaw fits in with the concept of Flow then is to not just understand Flow but to then take steps towards utilising it to ones benefit. Yulaw is the concept of self mastery, this is effectively an alignment with the Flow to help you help yourself and others in achieving anything the minds eye can see. It is to activate or actualise yourself, allowing you to experience constant bliss and to observe and actualise your life in ways that are quite simply divine. It allows whatever happens to happen and for you to be right in the centre of it, manifesting an co creating everything that goes on around you. It is sharing the power of creation with the ultimate observer - you can tap into the sheer abundant positive energy of the Flow by accepting the Flow for what it is and letting it flow its will through you. If you want to do anything better, then you must synchronise with the Flow and become self actualised. This is achieved by mastering the 5 laws that make up Yulaw: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Yu - Belief Mastery Ukno - Thought Mastery Liberte - Action Mastery Almanac - Communication Mastery Wrkx - Collaboration Mastery

The Book of Yulaw covers in depth thought mastery through to collaboration mastery, briefly touching on belief mastery. This is because just like the Flow which is only understood by observing its effects or reactions, the first law can only be fully understood once its effects or reactions are understood. It is here with the understanding of the last 4 laws and their mastery that the first law can be understood fully - the only skill needed to get the other laws mastered. Like how one must think a thought before it can be understood, or act out and action or speak a sentence before they can be understood; the

creation cycle's effect must be understood before its root can be understood. The root of all laws whether it be thought, action, speech or those laws in collaboration is belief. Belief is a pattern from which one can influence a choice immediately effecting the Ether bringing intention, the acting of belief, forth into being as part of the manifestation process. In carrying out the choice it will either prove the belief correct and true or false and wrong, as a situation is made up of many choices generally there will be beliefs that are both proved true and false. Between our belief and truth is where knowledge resides, half way between internal belief and external truth. It is the merging of these two hemispheres that create self and can lead to divine knowledge, well being and true connection all through synchronicity with the Flow. The relationship between belief and knowledge is that a belief is knowledge if the belief is true, and if the believer has a justification (reasonable and necessarily plausible assertions/evidence/guidance, basically a truth) for believing it is true then all merge into one on any given subject, becoming concrete adding to who one really is and allowing one to act with Flow.

Advanced Yu - Mastering your choice of belief Belief is the psychological state in which an individual holds a proposition or premise to be true. It can be the difference between reading the structure to each situation correctly; therefore allowing one to Flow effortlessly through the moment or reading the structure wrongly by applying a belief structure which just simply isn't true but applied none the less. Truth in most circumstances can change quite rapidly from moment to moment as it is only when in a certain moment are certain truths true. For example, one could be out partying and it would be true that they are having a good time, but with one phone call of bad news and the next moment it may no longer be true that one is having a good time. For this reason and to allow yourself to open up to the truth of the moment one must have an open belief structure. One where they know that they do not know until they become the moment and so remain completely open to whatever comes along. Then and only then can real truth be deciphered and the moment understood. In this respect as one moves from moment to moment what is anticipated and intuitively known can only ever act as a guide and thus one shouldn't fully rely on these things as the majority of it is decided on what is actually happening in the present moment. The only belief you should hold true before a moment and while moving into one is that the truth of any particular moment is only to be known as the moment unfolds. Therefore truth can never be known prior to an event but instead can be possibly pieced together and visualised through imagination and feelings. Through what is known from previous moments, from what has already occurred in the past and what we hope will occur in the future. Being open minded is the best way to navigate ones life as it allows you to be ready for any possible scenario as the only thing that should be in focus is the fact you can never know until you get to the moment in question - no thought. This in a nutshell means the grounds for all worry in life are completely unfounded and that worry instead is a reassurance mechanism that assures you are ready for certain outcomes. Unfortunately for the observer worry is a believe structure that one already knows what will happen and often forgoes core truths to a situation therefore manifesting bad karma as one attempts to focus on not letting that worry come true and in doing so selfishly brings the worry into existence. Belief then is knowing who you have been and boldly stepping forward with core truths about yourself in a never ending process of creation to find out who you are. As beliefs are made from truths and truths from beliefs all action happens dependant on certain truths and beliefs; beliefs presuppose on the idea of being either true or false. In any logical argument the truth can be reduced to two premises and a conclusion. In the statement: Socrates is mortal, since all men are mortal.

It is evident that a tacitly understood claim is that Socrates is a man. The fully expressed reasoning is thus; since all men are mortal and Socrates is a man, it follows that Socrates is mortal. In this example, the first two independent clauses preceding the comma (namely, "all men are mortal" (situation) and "Socrates is a man" (observer)) are the premises, while "Socrates is mortal" is the outcome. The proof of the outcome depends on both the truth of the premises and the validity of the argument, these can only be found in the moment itself. Leading up to the moment you can only go on what you know and be open and positive to any situation happening. The only way to do this is to know you don't know until you get there and instead rest assured about what you have found out in previous moments that have led to you being in the current moment, constantly learning new truth and observing current knowledge - Flowing. Just as one has a choice in thought, a choice in choosing which thoughts to entertain and which to deny, one also has a choice in what to believe. Though sometimes this maybe hard and no matter what it looks like the world is against you, it is worth giving the benefit of the doubt to everything and everyone until it is proven with hard physical proof in front of your eyes as to what the truths to the situation are. If it is proven to be negative act in a way that will get everything back on track, if the benefit of the doubt is given and the truths of the moment recognised and stuck to then you will see more often then not that it is a lot more positive then you give it credit. At the end of the day the situation is neither write nor wrong but is what it is and what that is is truths, made up of many truths from many different perceptions and paths of many different observers - what is true to one person may not be true to another depending on whether that truth is subjective, relative, objective, or absolute i.e. depends on which way you look at it. The situation is variable, the truths can change, the observer being you does not, because of this outcomes do not always go as planned. There are always two sides to every coin as well as a silver lining to every cloud. Instead if one looks at the truth of the situation rather then just their own truth you become more accommodating for others. Understanding another observers truth is to be able to say you fully understand your own truth. As an observer the way you observe becomes what you feel, if you observe in a negative spiteful way you will become a negative spiteful person. If you observe in a positive kind and caring way you will become that person as that is what pattern you will build as a belief structure to go into the next moment with. This is the truth to controlling your own life and that is to fundamentally believe the positive truths of a moment, disregard negativity as it only can halt your Flow and doesn't do anyone any good. To recognise that nothing is perfect apart from the Universe as a whole, everything makes mistakes including you so if you wish to be forgiven and helped, forgive and help others. If you truly want everything to Flow naturally, with synchronicity with the Flow, becoming an agent of the Flow, one must be on their game to constantly want the best for any given situation and so getting the best for themselves. Giving to receive. To train yourself into recognising positivity and acting upon it for the benefit of yourself and others is known as composure. The first thing to know about composure is that which you believe you inevitably become. If one focuses on the negative, one will act and feel negative; becoming negative regardless of the situation. Moments/situations are what they are, they aren't good or bad in an overall sense, to an individual from an individual sense the situation will be whatever that person focuses on. If the person in question has only focused on the negatives and acts, feels and becomes negative as a result, then so to will their perception of the moment. To them the moment is bad, negative, wrong and is a moment they should really learn from. This of course is their perspective, the moment itself can not be negative or positive,

just is. Turning a moment negative for yourself often turns other people's perspectives of the moment negative to or at least their perspective of you. When a person's perspective on a moment is turned negative it is known as negative Flow as your next set of actions/choices will be hindered by accumulated negativity also known as stress. As the ability to turn Flow negative exists so to does the ability to turn Flow positive under the exact same rules. To be positive and therefore positise their perspective of the moment one must stay open minded and focus only on the positives both in appreciation for past moments and visualisation for next moments. One must be aware of all truths and their constant change, be accommodating for any given moment no matter the situation. One must focus positively, through visualisation, action and observation which leads to the most important ability of your body; to feel positive. This leads to an accepting state of mind, where when the new moment comes along, one is a lot better prepared to Flow into the next moment. To be in this state reached through positivity, is to be composed and to reach equanimity - a state of mental or emotional stability arising from a deep awareness and acceptance of the present moment. Much like all religions talk of a connection to a divine being, equanimity is covered as a fundamental and core belief structure to being successful with life no matter the religion. Hinduism - Equanimity is the concept of balance and centeredness which endures through all possible changes in circumstances. Equanimity does not mean sitting around inactive while things are happening, or escaping from the world, or suppressing one's feelings. Equanimity is operating from the state of supreme watchfulness without an iota of attachment or aversion, a mind of equanimity is an original pure mind free from all suppression, fear, dullness and ignorance. Buddhism - It is neither a thought nor an emotion, it is rather the steady conscious realization of reality's transience and constant flow. It is the ground for wisdom and freedom and the protector of compassion and love. While some may think of equanimity as dry neutrality or cool aloofness, mature equanimity produces a radiance and warmth of being. The Buddha described a mind filled with equanimity as "abundant, exalted, immeasurable, without hostility and without ill-will." Judaism - Jewish thinkers highlight the importance of equanimity as a necessary foundation for moral and spiritual development. Christianity - defines equanimity as "evenness of mind, neither elated nor depressed." In Christian philosophy, equanimity is considered essential for carrying out the theological virtues of gentleness, contentment, temperance, and charity. Islamic - The word "Islam" is derived from the Arabic word Aslama, which denotes the peace that comes from total surrender and acceptance. Being a Muslim can therefore be understood to mean that one is in a state of equanimity in accepting and surrendering to each current moment. To become composed and reach a true state of equanimity one must be aware of the Flow and how it operates in its pure transience, its constant moving truths of situations, moment to moment. One must accept the Flow for what it is and the moment for what it is and flow with it, this is truth, this is the Ether. One must control oneself and embrace the 5 laws fully in a positive altruistic way, believing in your resolve with a clear conscious into every moment. This is control of choice and makes up your belief structure, this is you and who you are. Between truth and belief is where you as the observer sit you are both a combination of what you believe and what the world sees of you as true, this overlap is known as knowledge and is a constant changing thing. Although the content of the moments changes everyday the structure to which the content arrives remains the same. It is because of this that a loose structure can be recognised and applied to the content of ones own life, thus providing a clear unchanging guide through the transience of the Flow to run ones own life by, a code of Law, the Creed provides such a structure.

With every moment that comes along within the Flow one must always accept each moment to allow oneself to efficiently effect and react with the Flow. For every moment that comes along one should accept it for what it is, this is found in accepting yourself for who you are no matter the circumstance. Love thyself, be happy with you and where you have come from as it has got you to where you are right now. When one fully accepts thyself for who they are and accepts the moment for what it is, one becomes comfortable with life and therefore the Flow. They learn to create time as each moment comes along as they efficiently and effectively change the Flow for the better, for them and the world. A moment in creation can be broken down into the following sequence Intention - Composure - Action Intention provides the plan, the direction of what is to be manifested and created. This is the way the universe as a whole operates, there is the intention and the resulting creation, things to not create first and then intend, this is backwards. This is the defining point to creating that determines whether the creation is negative and doesn't happen or happens in a way unintended to a positive creation which is exactly how one intended. If you look at what is and then intend from it you get trapped in a cycle or a rut. When you intend for what will be you shift your entire focus to creating effortlessly, limited only by your imagination. Composure allows for one to be in a ready state, the same state that one always is, the person that you were before you got angry and will return to being afterwards. Composing allows for a clear mind and effective resolve when reacting and with the moment and observing it. When one recognises truth in all its forms composing becomes very simple as it always starts and ends from the same place, one where a person knows their own truth but can only go on what they have witnessed and knows nothing of other people's truths until they show you. What you know of another person is old and outdated information that constantly changes. Now is the present, act - this is all that is needed for composure. Action is the physical affect on the Flow, the bit that can be recorded, the net result of the intention and composition/belief. It is the delayed result of the conscious spiritual awareness that brought it into the universe as it takes time for things to happen. This is the reason things change as all things take different speeds to come into being. Putting on a hat happens a lot faster then winning a league, for key events need to take place for the league to be won. This is where the Flow gets its name from as everything flows into existence effortlessly, guided by the feelings that precede it and flow into the action also. When all three are aligned successful creation follows, where what one saw in their head has now become a part of reality. If the observer has misguided intuition then nothing will be created. If the observer fails at successful composure then the creation will happen but in a way that wasn't intended. If all are aligned creation occurs in all its glory. Feelings provide the gut instinct, they are at every step just as focus is. They guide the direction of creation through each step giving rise to how to best tackle or navigate the current moment, one must go with what one feels but also not to forget overall truth as selfish feelings and thoughts can overshadow truth and can give rise to the pain body. Feelings again are only fully known from a personal stand point and only after the moment happens can other peoples feelings be truly felt. This is all that is needed for thought mastery; focus on the positives, compose yourself in a positive way, feel and act in a positive way before, during and after the moment and you will embrace divine positivity and in doing so become positive with yourself and your world.

A moment of action can be broken down into the following sequence Focus Intention - Composure - Expression - Observation - Reaction Feelings It is worth noting that throughout the whole creation/action/communication process there is and always will be focus and therefore feelings. No matter what it is you do you will be focused and you will record and remember what happens, and no matter what happens you will feel something as a result. Wherever focus goes feelings follow. Feelings are indirectly under your control, they give you a good idea as to whether you are on track and flowing with the universe or whether you are not. When you are not you will feel the negative feelings we don't want to feel, when everything flows everything feels great to the point where you become unaware of time passing around you as you become completely absorbed in the action of the moment. Intended focus and resulting feelings are the beginning and end of the whole cycle but are with you throughout, for every stage of the sequence you will focus and feel something. Intention, composure and expression are the above creation process. What is next in the sequence is the way the universe reacts and it starts with you. The way you observe what is happening, be it from your own actions or something else's you observe. You take what you deem to be positive and negative, what you can relate to what you already know and you focus positively or negatively on the moment. The way you react goes into either reaffirming or denouncing the belief structure you had before, what you thought was true. It is imperative that one focuses positively on the moment, even if its negative to assure that what ever moments happen next come from a positive focus and therefore intention on the situation. Focusing negatively on a moment can only bring about a negative focus for the next and result in negative creation. This does not matter. Even if you slip up and this happens, as long as you can positively look back on that moment you have changed the Flow. This is all that is needed to break a cycle of negativity no matter how bad things get. Obviously you may still be surrounded by a negative environment but remember the Flow takes time to manifest and again the positive mind is the only one that can break negativity be it in the mind or environment. Reaction is how the universe reacts to your creation. As every action has a reaction the universe will react to every action created by any observer on all levels of consciousness. Reaction includes your observation but the reason both are split and observation comes first is because that is what you focus and recognise. First you focus on your immediate reaction and then everyone and everything else's reaction, this is the only way one can recognise and realise what is being created. This is all that is needed for action mastery; focus on the positives, compose yourself in a positive way, feel and act in a positive way before, during and after the moment, recognise the positives only from each moment, even if its a positive comparison to the negative and the world will react with you in a positive way. A moment in communication can be broken down into the following sequence Focus - Intend Question - Answer - Comment - Reply Moment - Reflection Each moment of communication really is three moments in flow. First there is the initiation of the communication which entails an active action from one person, for example questions or comments and an active reply from another observer in the form of answers and replies. It does not matter which way questions - answers or comments - replies happens as long as they both do. This is because the combination of both leads to an overall feeling of rounded conversation, both parts have put something

in. The focus - intend comes from the introduction of another conscious being and then focusing on them and intending to communicate. Each of the two moments either question - answer or comment reply both have a moment and reflection, so two in all but it is only with two will the same amount of energy from both parties be injected into the mix. If only one moment happens say just a comment and reply with no follow up question and answer it would be recognising something but not find out anything to do with it. If question - answer happens with no comment - reply then it is finding out something without properly recognising it for what it is. Generally from this people end up talking and pockets of knowledge flow comments - replies and question - answers, this is story telling. When this happens again both parties should communicate the same but as long as there is at least two moments no matter how brief of questions - answers and comments - replies then communication will be nice, round and above all polite. This works from successful story telling right down to successful small talk. A general day to day discussion also comes in threes, there is the person or observer, the situation that is being recognised generally including the observers actions and the outcome, the moment of truth the story is built up to. When people speak they will only mention two when telling a story or answering a question, it is quite easy then to talk about what is missing. For example when someone is speaking about how they are feeling or have felt - direct their focus onto the situation, when someone speaks of a situation - direct their focus onto the observer(s) involved and you will have a more rounded discussion. When talking to somebody truth can sometimes be illusive under the cover of politeness, if someone asks another if they are OK when they clearly are not and they reply "yes i'm fine thanks" its them being true to politeness not to their current circumstance. For this reason it is again split into three where first the question gets asked, then it gets asked in a way that links the person with their situation and finally the original question is asked on a real level. Achieving this is connection and its done so only when trust is achieved. Pushing the envelope and displaying trust on what to talk about finds out the real them and connects them to the real you. Often times this comes naturally, relevant to the situation at hand and experiencing things together. When communication is flowing action becomes a lot easier and so creation becomes effortless, this is true collaboration in harmony as one flows successfully with the Flow and you know this by focus and feeling. When one composes positively in all that they do create - act - communicate they achieve composure, when this has been introduced into your flow it takes time to manifest into the world around you. Eventually when your world catches up to your composure you achieve equanimity in a state of mental and emotional clarity from a deep awareness and acceptance of the present moment. This is actualisation, true collaboration mastery. A synchronicity between how you are composed and how your world reacts no matter what it is you do. Equanimity is a state of pure effortless positivity in connection with everyone and everything around you, achieving this only comes from knowing what moments are. Knowing that it is what it is as what it is is just the way one observer sees it, how you perceive it. This is known as their opinion it is the way it is because every opinion is neither right nor wrong, it just is a perception and everybody has the right to their own. Regardless of what it is one thinks, how it is they see it or how they have arrived at that perception through their previous experiences which have led to their current paradigm or belief. Because of this moments just are, they are neither right nor wrong, only your perception gives you that, you believe something is right or wrong for others and if you assume without asking you will only shatter your belief on the subject. Equanimity is coming at every situation positive and open minded, cup empty ready to be filled on the subject, always ready to learn. You have had previous cups that have helped you get to this moment but when in the moment it is a new one and so it is a new cup. It is knowing that flow just is - life just is, that the grand focus of every organism right up to the universe itself is unexplainable because its not physical, something you can't think about, because it is you. And so to record you you can only record

what pictures you can put into your head, the effects. When you try you only end up with after effects, the reaction to it. For this being open minded is the only way to see what is new and present. It is then not about what to think as that can only be in the wake of a moment but what you can feel. Feelings guide your intuition, the part of you 6 seconds ahead of physical reality. When one feels something a thought is attached to it, as the feeling has to be attached to something real, be it an experience or ideal or anything. This is where a positive perception causes a positive feeling and a negative one a negative feeling. Feelings not only guide you but they shape your world around you as your life unfolds in front of you. Whatever thoughts you have and therefore feelings associated with them you put out into the Flow. The universe then brings those feelings felt back to you but instead of thoughts it brings them in things. Through this thoughts become things as you will always attract the same things that you passionately think about through the law of attraction. All things that are focused upon in the mind come to the body in time, this is why it is imperative that your feelings be positive otherwise what negative feelings you choose to give focus to will also manifest giving rise to the quote what you resist persists. If you focus on only the bad things and more importantly reaffirm the negative feelings associated with the thoughts you put those feelings out into the Flow and so it brings the same feelings back to you through situations, circumstance and things. Feelings then aren't just a means to navigate the Flow but become the very tools to forge and create the Flow and your path through it. Being positive and always reading the positive no matter the situation or circumstance, even if its reading the contrast to a negative thought or situation is the only way to reach equanimity. Thinking and feeling negative, giving your energy to these things can only give rise to the opposite of equanimity - the pain body. When one has focused on the negative behaviour they don't like long enough, it manifests within your world until both what you want or intend and what happens are completely out of sync. One experiences pain and if they focus on the what has happened compared to what they want to happen they see negativity and think about what they don't want, therefore reaffirming the negativity and bringing more of the same into existence They feel a certain level or pain or stress and the more that is felt the more the pain body becomes addicted to those feelings and therefore scenarios are manifested to serve the needs of the observer. This can get even worse when a person becomes so focused on themselves that thy do dark and selfish things in search of the chemical rushes associated with the stress and pain needs of the pain body. This creates bad karma and demands a high level of effort and control to sustain the need for negatively focused energy and leaves many at a loss for the needs of one. Taking, controlling, manipulating and anything negative can create the darkest of villains much like a focus on the positive can create the most magnanimous of heroes. To prosper, to follow your light and lead a fully positive life limited only by your imagination is to actualise, this is Yulaw - self mastery. Everyone should aim to better themselves and the world around them, to self actualise and manifest their destiny.

~Yu-Law~
"Are your thoughts worthy of you? If not - NOW is the time to change them. You can begin right where you are right now. Nothing matters but this moment and what you are focusing your attention on, all you have to do is choose." - The Secret

Many people have understood and acted on enlightenment throughout the ages and continue to do so today. Many more people have acted on misguided enlightenment and have become some of the most ruthless people our world has seen. Most people want to find enlightenment but never do and the reason why is because they look everywhere else other then where to actually find enlightenment. That place being the same for everyone but completely different from everyone else's places, and that is from within. Truth can be ascertained only when you merge what information is from within, what you believe, to what information is from without, what you observe. No matter how much truth you find out there, it is only when you find something that truly allows you to look within, you inner self, to look at all your faults, all your skills, to see all your wants and needs that allows you to not just find but feel true enlightenment and act upon it. It is only when you make the conscious shift from focusing on the pain body which brings nothing but negativity to focusing on composure and eventually achieving equanimity that one will fully realise what positive enlightenment means. Life no matter where you look comes from the same place - consciousness. You can't have a universe until you have a mind within it to observe and create what is around. For this reason you come first and then the results being your world, you manifest from the unmanifested. Even the universe was created from we we call nothing, but all that nothing is is an absence of something, if you have nothing you still have something. Unfortunately because nothing has no physical form it is impossible to ever be able to think or imagine what nothing is. Something always comes from nothing where life manifested, the myriad forms of life that are subject to birth and death, comes from the unmanifested, the One Life beyond form. This is called Being, the eternal, ever-present One Life which is not only beyond but also deep within every form living and non living as its innermost invisible and indestructible essence. This is known throughout the world, recorded in every major school of thought, whether it be religion, science, tribal creed, far eastern philosophy or even psychology or astrology, they all use different words and terminology to describe the very same thing. Occasionally this is called God, but Being is preferred as it is an open concept, one which is impossible to form a mental image of and does not reduce the infinite invisible to a finite entity. The unmanifested is of that which cannot be spoken, thought or imagined, it is in fact nothing. When one tries to entertain the thought of nothing, they entertain the thought of the absence of something to which is negative, instead it is true nothing of which is where everything is created, where something comes from. It can not be imagined, explained or thought but it can be felt and as one would expect is a constant feeling of positivity like no other. Being is the unmanifested that life manifest from, both work in harmony and Flow together, as long as one is present so will the other and Flow will continue no matter what. This is the same for all things including all life, including you. You have the manifested you which is the result of the intention and focus of your being which is what is observing this text right now. This being you can not look at but only feel, you can not see yourself as you are you, much like a torch light can not shine on the torch. What is important is one recognises that their external comes from within, it does not create what is within. but instead created from what is within. They are both the same, this has been known since the beginning of time, that not only are you one with yourself but one with everything else around you. A good explanation is found in Buddhism -

"Brahman is knowledge" "The Self (or the Soul) is Brahman " "I am Brahman" "Thou art that" "All this that we see in the world is Brahman" "Brahman or Brahma is existence, consciousness, and bliss" The reason why so many early cults, tribes and civilisations mapped the changing of the stars and heavenly events is because the time scale of these events happening in the stars correlates exactly with events which happen within you. This is because everything from the macro - planets, stars etc to the micro - cells, molecules etc follow the same laws found throughout the universe and are effected by the same universal energy polarities. Everything is one, everything is connected and when you realise the stars are more than just objects above you, you to will experience true divine connection. A scientific approach to this is to recognise that all things physical are in existence only because they are built on a movement of energy, everything is energy. Energy itself can only be detected and recorded when it moves, otherwise it is called potential energy, invisible and unrecordable. This is Flow but through different terminology and everything is apart of it and because of it. You are everything, everything is you, there is no separation until you choose to believe it. This is why Ancient Greeks had a God for every different thing, the word worship is mistranslated from the word respect and the Greeks respected everything because in doing so everything respects you. Everything else around you is an illusion, it is the after effects in the wake of the consciousness that intended to put it there in the first place. Instead there is only the inner you. When one reaches a true state of equanimity they realise that which is within them is exactly the same within everything else. Identity diminishes, you become a child of Flow, not a person from a country with a religion, gender or any other divide. You instead recognise that which is deep within you is also rooted deeply in everything else, you recognise divinity, connection and when you see you in everything else you begin to love and appreciate everything wholly as you come to love and appreciate yourself wholly as both are one and the same. Energy is never created or destroyed it just is, always has been there always will, therefore it is just the results, the manifestation of the physical world that are subject to birth and death. Thoughts, actions, words are all recycled, borrowed, re-engineered and renewed, there isn't really any such thing as new as everything is just reinvented along the same repeating cycle of life. See this and be free from life's troubles as there is no need for seriousness as everything will work out, everything is designed to work correctly and does so for if it did not it wouldn't be here. Only when you believe something isn't working does it not work, therefore chill out, be cool, take it easy. Nothing is effort, everything is effortless once you allow yourself to embrace the fact the universe as a whole knows better than you in what is best for you. Go with it and be prepared to act and be patient for what you want. Make the right choices you believe to be right, harmonious, divine and you will lead an effortless life, enjoying the ride of the Flow. It is worth mentioning at this moment that there is a step before the first step towards equanimity. Although the first step is the real first positive step in acting in a composed way and taking the first of many correct steps to equanimity there is a previous. The step before step one can't be written down as a step, for the steps aren't recognised until one starts moving in a positive way. Much like how for something to be positive you compare it against something that is negative, the prelude step is normally one of pure negativity. An episode in your life so horrendously bad that you may even contemplate

suicide. Things have to get as bad as they can get before they start getting better. The reason for this is because only when things are at their worst will it make you take the decision to give up, to not care what happens, fuck your life. This allows you to let go in all that you thought you were, all that you have been trying to shape and control and finally to allow you to embrace something better. This scenario often happens to people on their death bed, which is a shame because their whole life they could have been something more. None the less one must go through something so bad and so emotionally devastating that they decide enough is enough and look to turn to something more positive. Once this happens then it is time to embrace the first step. The first step then to reaching equanimity is letting go of all previous thought, all future worry and embracing the present moment - recognising only the positives until you realise that even positive and negative don't exist, it just is. The major turning point is when you stop giving your energy or focus to negative scenarios, for doing so only makes them stronger, reinforces them within the universe and allows the to propagate. You must believe in better, take control of your thoughts, observations and the feelings that follow and only put them into the positive no matter what happens. Even if its a completely negative scenario or your slip up and think negative you can always take step back and view the positive whenever you choose to do so. With negative scenarios learn from them, see the positive, the how not to do and continue to flow onwards. Always remain in the moment as much as possible for yesterday is history, tomorrow is a mystery, but today is a gift, that is why they call it the present. If you focus your mind on the blissful nothingness, the light of the mind then all your focus is out within the Flow itself and one will realise their mind moves way faster than the Flow as it is in anticipation, a good 6 seconds in front of the present moment. When one achieves this even if they're life is completely upside down and horrifically negative - one can start to take control and turn it around into being the creator of life not a victim of it. The first step is believing in something better, recognising only the positives and focusing on the light of the mind in the present moment. Following the first step and with a bit of practice allows you to be composed going into any situation, recognising that only you can break your composure in any given moment. You won't start seeing the results perfectly that you focus on and intend for a while. As it takes time for the Flow to manifest every conscious entity's feelings, so to will it take time before you reach equanimity and your world catches up with you. This is generally a period of 2 weeks before people react differently to the new improved you, most of the time they don't even realise they are acting towards you in a new way. This is because we live our lives only 5% in the conscious, 95% is lived from the subconscious and the information here is what has been gathered since day 1 through our minds eye - it is the information we choose to focus on and therefore store away. When one decides on something, like what colour shirt to wear, a lot of the decision is based on information stored in the sub conscious. Like our universe the subconscious has no size so information that may affect wearing a red shirt could be the feelings associated with the last time you wore the shirt. If the decision is for something a bit further down the line like wearing the shirt at a certain point next week, one decides and stores the information away. It will stay in the subconscious where it is not consciously acted upon until the day one has to wear the shirt, only then is it recalled consciously. Although not acting upon it consciously and because it is stored away, it effects our conscious choices without us knowing. This is all in aid of allowing things to Flow rather then consciously having to stop and think about the decision longer than the moment deems it necessary. It is the acting on information stored away in the subconscious that we Flow most of our decisions on, most times without even knowing it. Therefore it is imperative that the correct information be stored

away in the subconscious to develop a powerful paradigm from. To successfully focus on the light of the mind is to successfully base it off of a strong true paradigm, one where thinking and working out is not necessary unless problems arise. Even if they do, they are solved almost instantly by going with Flow, by reacting positively to whatever comes along. The way you go into a situation will not be thought about and even if it goes what is seen as negative - you are only looking at the positives so for you the situation can't go negative. No matter what happens you remain unaffected, keep your cool, are calm and just ride it out. The second step then becomes not only consciously shifting focus to the positives as described in the first step of composure but also, and in short time with a bit of discipline, the shifting of your subconscious focus. After this step is complete both you and your mindset are focused on the positives, a completely open mind ready to learn and see. A paradigm and focus on beginning to listen to your world, to what is out there and the truths that exist. Now that the information that goes in there is positive and not hindered with any negative thoughts and feelings you can start to trust and love the paradigm or belief structure you build - trust and love yourself. The mindset is reminiscent to a child's, where one is constantly learning, open mind as they know they don't know but are yet to learn and experience. Believing you know nothing of past and future, just the moment and so acting within it in total awe and amazement. This mindset is the best you can possibly be in - constant learning and adapting. The second step is shifting your subconscious focus by opening your mind and positively seeking truths whatever they maybe, realise you never stop learning especially as truths change over time. The last step in achieving equanimity is where your world catches up with you and reacts to you in the same way you are interacting with it. This maybe that you become popular or your job turns into something you enjoy or just the removal of all negative emotion. It is whatever you believe it is and these examples are the effects of certain beliefs. Your life is exactly how you've believed it to be, whatever you believe happens, not what you think happens. Everything Flows exactly how you see and create it. Thoughts are normally open ended questions, they're there to guide you to more available options, only knowledge, what you know (truth + belief), should be acted upon. This will eventually achieve equanimity and constantly put you in the Flow state, completely in tune with your world. In this state of flowing with Flow, acknowledging truth and seeing the world for what it truly is - everything seeminglessly works. Some of the things you will notice are that there is no argument that will be 'lost' as its impossible to lose that which you aren't attached to. There is no person who will dislike you and you will never feel negative because of people. Everything will appear amazingly beautiful, so much more vibrant and full of life. Most importantly you will begin to demonstrate the traits or marks of a true hero, everyone will love you for you, the way it was meant to be. You begin to become centre of attention without even trying as you continue to selflessly dominate your world. Forever centred, collected and calm, able to tackle any problem with solutions head on, quick to defend a fellow man and an upholder of peace and balance. Purely positive, innocent, constantly open and learning. Attached only to the Flow. With the removal of thought to only coming into focus when called upon, it will allow you more time to focus into the Ether. This will allow you to remember the small details seriously well and in turn it will grant you everyone as a friend as you take active interest in everyone you communicate with and everything you experience. Above all you will have everyone's respect - that feeling you get when someone cares about your opinions, your life and your well-being. This all sounds too good to be true but equanimity wouldn't be divine if it didn't come with all the positive things. Once you reach equanimity, although it is a purely positive and blissful life to lead, it is important you don't stray from the track. This is where it is important to remember not only to go with what feels right but also in

collusion with what you know to be right. Making your decisions based on where the truth and belief cross over is normally a decision which is best not just for you but everyone around you and you always instinctively know which the right decision is. Should you have any doubt always go with intuition and what you feel, if you have an epiphany act on it. It generally takes about 14 days of constant composed positivity for your world to catch up, the majority of people will still be acting from their subconscious and although they treat you differently then before they may not realise they're even doing anything different. Staying true to your path is the only way to stay true to equanimity. This is where the Creed comes in. The third step is to embrace equanimity, to be patient and disciplined while the Flow is forged and to not forget you way once there. So the three or rather four steps to equanimity are laid out in the following order 0 - let go of negative ways and become open to change 1 - consciously shift focus to the light, recognising only positives of the current moment 2 - by consciously opening your mind to positive truths, you subconsciously rebuild your paradigm 3 - eventually your world catches up, embrace equanimity through patience and composure, once there do not to let go of it These are the steps to spiritual awakening.

YuLaw - Mastering you So you have hit a period of immense negative stress, almost to the breaking point, which has shattered your current belief structure or paradigm on how you see life. Or being tired of the same day to day pointless existence seek to be introduced to something more. Either way its decided its time for change, this is your inception the opening of the mind to learning new ideas and knowledge. You no longer feel negative, as you feel you've taken the first real step to better days. Eventually you feel good the majority of the time, able to slip back into your mode - you can control this and make sure of it. Although you succeed in remaining composed the world around you doesn't seem to recognise your positivity. Before you know it you are tempted in thinking and feeling negative thoughts and in letting go of composure in favour of more selfish rewards, fall back to where you once were - lost in the wake of the Flow. This is the toughest part for most when they start feeling composure, they get the feelings originally associated with the opening of the mind and shifting towards the positive light but because they lack the discipline necessary to see it through and affirm that belief they never reach true equanimity. They do manage to gain an insight into composure, so all is not lost, but sometimes this can lean towards them understanding manifestation, bending the Flow to their own will - misguided enlightenment. This is especially prevalent in people who blame their environment for losing so much and lose all sense of love and connection to the world. These people can become incredibly dangerous to others around them and have become some of the most tyrannical people in history. This makes the second step of rebuilding your paradigm or belief structure pivotal in reaching true equanimity. In order to rebuild your paradigm in a successful manner you must first be able to do the first step and compose. The finer points to which are as follows BE ASSERTIVE - Self assertiveness is not acting or being fake, it is the opposite. When you practice self assertiveness you live authentically, rather than being intimidated by others and hiding your true

self. Assertiveness is about keeping true to your self and your actions, addressing situations here and now as they arise in a positive problem solving way that creates a win-win situation. An assertive person interacts with people selflessly to achieve this. If you are not being asserting yourself into your moment you are abdicating from the moment, the normal hiding place of which is in your head chatting to yourself missing the moment as it flows on by. BE IN CONTROL - People who are in control instinctively know what is happening in the moment as they have had some form of experience already. They are able to make decisions before they are made as they anticipate all options and have unlimited patience. Being in control of yourself should not get mixed up with what you can not control, when one is in control it is only of bodily functions from belief to nerve impulses to move the body. As the observer can only fully control self, one can only indirectly effects the situation. The control of other people or other situations requires participation and compliance of others and in that way can not be controlled directly. The only way to do so in a positive way is not to control the situation at all. Instead control of you and yours while accepting whatever happens in a positive light is the only way to Flow. RECOGNISE & REMAIN POSITIVE - This is arguably the most important point to composure, to always see the positive side of things no matter the situation. This then reaffirms positively feelings and allows you to only recognise the positives in others. There is no time for negativity, the most depressing thought to allow your mind to focus on is contentment, acceptance of what is for what is. Controlling this will remove the pain body all together. If you slip up or are faced with negativity learn from it and move on, at the very least see the contrasting positive side to the situation. Every time you recognise the positive in something you remain positive as you feel positive because of it. This eventually leads to a state of neither positive or negative recognition, just recognition itself without a status attached. Where you just see things for what they are - the truth while at the same time remaining unaffected in a completely natural and positive state. FOCUS ONLY ON THE LIGHT - The way that most people start entertaining negative thoughts is through boredom from the pain body, as it likes to make up scenarios in order to feel better. A lack of knowledge in any given moment, missing one of the three parts to a moment - person, situation, outcome. If any of them are missing then you don't 'know' and the pain body fills in the gaps in a selfish way creating expectation. One should wait for the information, generally through observing and communicating, instead of assuming. In the mean time and for whenever you are in your head focus on the light of the mind - the divine unmanifested core of your being. Feel the feelings you get from focusing on this. This is the same thing that is focused on in meditation and like meditation, any thoughts that happen to float into focus are met with positivity and focus on the light of the moment. You will feel thoughts are no longer a problem in getting in your way of creation, as eventually you will call upon them only when you need to and all other times remain in the light of the moment and the mind. Positivity is no worries and the light is your companion, recognising it means alleviating boredom altogether and no longer allowing yourself to jump to untrue conclusions. Accepting the moment and the mind for what is and revealing in the positivity that comes with it stops control altogether. The key to all this is to stop attempting to control things and let go to simply go with the Flow. In trying to control a moment, one tries to control the person, situation and outcome, especially to influence what people think of themselves. This is an impossible feat, for it is up to them what they think, do and communicate, they have control of them just like how you only have control of you. One needs to to accept this and be the best example of themselves they can be in that moment,

focus on that, not what they think. As everyone is in the same boat together everyone has themselves to think about and control. In recognising this you realise what happens happens and though its majorly out of your hands you do you bit. Even if they can't connect with you very well they will still respect you. Control is only ever met with more control and stress, leave the how and why to the universe, act on current truth and the way things are, stay true to your word and no one will be able to falter you. Be the best you can be, if you are comfortable with yourself then it does not matter what others think, whether good or bad so long as you perceive everything in a positive light. Passing opinions are temperamental and subject to quick change depending on circumstances anyway, one minute they may think one thing of you but give it another minute of you being you and it may change as they learn more about you. Compose yourself and no one will be able to distract you from your inner strength and light therefore your moment. Acceptance is key. Be granted the serenity to accept the things you cannot change, the courage to change the things you can, and to have the wisdom to know the difference. Although you can not control what is beyond your body, you can of what is within. Control the 5 instruments of the body, master the 5 concepts of your life and be at one with the formless, with the Flow. Y - Being, the start of causality, be positive, believe in the positive, focus on the feeling of being; no thoughts no words no action - pure consciousness, pure light. The connection between you and your universe flowing in synchronicity. Observing the world peacefully while assured of personal truths which manifests as composure. Your cool everything is cool, is whatever it is. Unattached/collect, unaffected/calm, comfortable in the experience of pure bliss. U - Mind, the first physical manifestation of causality Thought control, everything is positive and true, no need for thinking or working out until it is true there is an issue to be solved. Other then this focusing on the light, no matter what situation comes along always positively re-framing it as there is no room for negativity. Once thinking is over returning to the higher self, that is a focus on no thinking, on the light. Experiencing pure oneness and connection with your world, where everything just makes perfect sense, as one gains clarity over each moment. You know your path through knowing the moment and being aware of all options while also knowing that you are the first to witness the route that's taken and so can never know until the moment of truth. L - Body, the next step in the manifestation of causality This is where the signals the mind has translated from the self are communicated to the body through electrical signals in the nervous system. As a result the body effects its own environment - the Ether. This is the creation process in effect. A strong focus on the light and positivity allows for smooth flowing righteous disciplined selfless action. As long as one does what is necessary, basically keeps to their word and stays true to their path, all will be good and good karma will come of it. If one breaks ones word or goes off their path sacrificing it for short term benefits, especially that of the pain body, then one is met with bad karma and experience a partial loss of identity, confidence and positive focus. Obviously every moment is a new one and in that each can be used to make up for previous ones that aided bad karma. When one syncs mind body and soul to positive light then one will move with the Flow and may experience a loss in time as you become engrossed with what you are flowing. With altruistic choices everything works in your favour and causality flows smoothly as foreseen. A - Communication happens all the time, whenever the causality process is in effect, communication is happening. First its the self to the mind, then the mind to the body and finally body to the Ether

before receiving a reactive signal. When one is in equanimity one is constantly communicating with everything and never gets caught up with any one thing as they are constantly flowing. Sentences flow just like actions; smooth, right, logical, selfless. When mind and body are aligned communication flows naturally. You experience connection on its highest form with everything as you no longer depend on it. Communication uses at least 3 moments to be rounded/well formed so it is always polite to do so. Communication is speaking of a moment either as a feeling or in physical logic of facts that surround the feeling in order to better communicate it. Although the logic proves the situation being talked of, it is only there to set up the listener to experience certain feelings. People often forget about what you say and often about what you do, but people never forget about how you make them feel. This is the true key to communication, it doesn't matter what is said so long as they understand the feeling being communicated. In equanimity, you can't help but communicate positive feelings. W - Collaboration Is the final stage of causality, it is where the original intention from self has fully manifested as an effect out in the Ether. This takes collaborative effort between a number of people. When one is in equanimity one will find it easy to collaborate with others as this is what one will be doing most of the time. Although there is your own path to think about, this normally flows into helping others out with theirs. In doing so this creates karma which in effect means 'they owe you one'. This will make them reciprocate as they feel indebted to helping you, even if you don't necessarily need the help. All collaboration needs a leader, someone to set the example and get anyone who wants to put effort in to do so. When true equanimity is hit you will experience the feeling of life being in order with all areas aligned, with mind, body and communication in harmony with the self. When all five areas are in synchronicity it is a constant Flow of ease to making your dreams become reality. The more you Flow the better you become at it, the faster you anticipate the options and the more positive you and your world are because of it. As well as composure in the moment, the re-shifting of your subconscious focus to rebuilding your paradigm, part of the ability to become positive and hit equanimity means all your needs are met. Meeting your needs is a step between shifting your subconscious focus and your world catching up, it is however something that is necessary to achieve total equanimity. This should happen with ease like it just fit into place as it just makes sense to focus on the needs that aren't met. Unfortunately wants are often mistaken for needs by the pain body resulting in certain needs being left out and the observer never making it to equanimity. When all needs are met you enter actualisation where all you have to worry about and play with is your wants as there are no needs left that aren't already taken care of. The needs explained below come in a hierarchy, this means the base needs have to be met before the others above can be. Should any one need disappear it becomes the primary focus of the individual to meet this need, the lower down the pyramid the more vital to survival the need becomes.

Everything in this pyramid needs to be present if one wants to reach equanimity. It's not so much that it has to be there, but more that you can't entertain beliefs/thoughts/feelings that any one is not there. As soon as that happens and you focus on a need not being there you are reacting to the pain body and stepping out of composure. Meeting these needs is apart of equanimity as they go hand in hand. In psychological terms it is known as self actualising - the notion of a person meeting their full potential and leading the wave of the Flow while others can't help but look on in awe. The self actualised part of this pyramid isn't exactly needs but instead contains character traits you will be most focused on. In self actualisation the terms of the top pyramid are put into the subconscious focus to such a degree that you won't even realise you will be doing them constantly. What this pyramid is missing is a shining light at the very top to signify reaching true equanimity but seeing as true equanimity is a focus on the unmanifested, having nothing at the top, although not showing anything is probably the best representation. As well as self actualising, equanimity also aligns your chakras opening them fully to the Flow, lets nothing hold them back - physically, mentally or spiritually. As the only thing that can close them is stress - you and your belief of suffering from closed chakras. In equanimity this thought never gets entertained as thoughts come under your control and are only called upon when necessary. It is hard to explain what fully opened chakras are like, exactly just how it is hard to explain the state of equanimity as different people experience it different ways but rest assured, like equanimity, when your chakras fully open you will feel it. As self actualisation is the last few steps towards true equanimity, the traits recorded from self actualised people can be attributed to what one feels once they reach equanimity. Therefore you know your actualised by demonstrating the following traits in an automatic way, i.e. you don't have to think about doing these as they happen naturally. The majority of which only comes from disciplined practise. Self actualised traits are as follows -

Realistic - Realisticly orientated has a more efficient perception of reality and has comfortable relations with it, this is extended to all areas of life. Unthreatened and unfrightened by the unknown. Has a superior ability to reason, to see the truth and is efficient with it. Self Accepting - Accepts oneself, others and the natural world for the way they are, sees human nature not as right or wrong but as it is, has no guilt or shame, enjoys life without regret or apology and has no inhibitions. Spontaneous - One is simplistic, naturally orientated and spontaneous in ones inner life, intentions are unhampered by convention or self defeating thought processes. Ethics are autonomous and dedicated to continual growth. Outward Focus - focuses on problems and people outside of oneself as there is no need to focus on the problems of self as they simply don't exist. Serene, characterised by a lack of worry and devoted to duty. Socially Detached - Doesn't rely on social attachment - can be alone without being lonely, retains dignity among confusion and personal misfortune, all the while remaining objective. Is ones own best friend and enjoys ones own company first while everyone else's is seen as a bonus to that. Autonomous - Independent of culture and environment, supports both but is not influenced by either, has a fresh rather then stereotyped appreciation for people and life. From moment to moment, living is transcending, thrilling and spiritual as one lives the present moment to the fullest. Naturally High - Feelings of limitless horizons, opening up to the vision, while simultaneously being more powerful but more helpless than before. Feelings of ecstasy, wonder and awe, the loss of placement in time or space, being completely in the moment at one with reality. Diplomatic - Identification, sympathy, affection for mankind, kinship with the good bad and ugly. Truth is clear as one can see things others can not, has profound intimate relations with few and is capable of greater love for all - love for the whole not just for any individual. Shares benevolence affection and friendliness with everyone. Democratic - Able to learn from anyone, humble, friendly with everyone regardless of race, political background, education or class. Aware - Knows the difference between means and ends and does not confuse the two. A self actualised person does no wrong enjoying the moment for what it is, getting to the goal, not just the result. The most tedious task becomes a game and has ones own inner moral standards that may appear immoral to others as they break tradition. Philosophical - Has an unhostile sense of humour, jokes become teaching metaphors intrinsic to the moment and are spontaneous. Can laugh at oneself but never makes jokes that hurt others. Creative - Enjoys an inborn uniqueness that carries over into everything one does, is original, inventive, uninhibited while always seeing the real and true. Culturally Detached - Resistance to inculturation, transcends cultural barriers, has an inner

detachment from culture, can be apart of them without becoming controlled by them. Has an indignation with injustice through inner autonomy and outer acceptance, can transcend the environment rather than just merely cope with it. Positively Focused - Patient, does not have imperfections as one sees them as uniqueness within the body as an individual and so become who you are and apart of growth. Universally Accepting - Realistically human as they have come to accept everything for the way it is including oneself, human nature, physical reality and the relationships with them. Truistic - Polar opposites of self, both positive and negative faces, merge into a third higher being that transcends both good and bad as they unite. Opposing forces from within are no longer felt as one becomes fully actualised and instead only sees truth. The above is what will come to you naturally when you have reached, or are close to reaching equanimity. Once composure is reached and with a bit of practice, the above will be obtainable. As well as the above traits you will find work becomes play and all desires fit in excellent accord with reason. All negativity including; worry, stress, pain, boredom, apathy and many more dissolve and become a forgotten memory of the past. One will know when they have achieved this as not only will you feel you have achieved this but one will attain child like qualities but is still very wise. As well as the above characteristics categorised by Maslow, he also lists the ways in which one can focus on getting to the peak of self fulfilment which are as follows: 1. Experience - experience things fully, vividly, selflessly, throw yourself into the experiencing of something, concentrate on it fully, let it absorb you an become you as you become it. 2. Take risk - Life is an ongoing process of choosing between safety and risk, make the risk choice for it will forever improve you and grow you towards your objectives and will be fulfilling. The safety choice is unfulfilling and easy, almost boring. 3. Let the self emerge - shut out the external clues from others of what to think, feel, do and say. Let your experience enable you to say what you truly feel as everything as a whole tells you what you should do. What do you want to do should come from within, be true to yourself. 4. Be honest - when you are honest you take responsibility, responsibility comes from within. When you focus on not being honest responsibility comes from the external. 5. Listen to your own tastes - be prepared to be unpopular, unlocking the full potential of self creates an unending fountain of confidence. If your are fully confident in your tastes then that in itself makes it popular even if everyone around you disagrees - each to their own. 6. Use your intelligence - work to do well the things you want to do, no matter how insignificant they may seem to be. Intelligence is the expression of self as you express yourself through your actions. Doing things intelligently reflects an intelligent personality, doing things half assed an that reflects a half assed personality. 7. Increase the potential for peak experiences - get rid of false reality, learn what your good at an what your potentialities are, focus on your natural talents. 8. Know thy self - find out who you are, find the self, what you are, what is good and what is bad. Find out what your own personal mission is, identify defences and negative and give them up. In Hinduism, moksha is the liberation from the cycle of birth and death and one's worldly conception

of self. A person reaches the state of nirvana only when moksha is attained. The Union with the supreme being Brahman with the experience of blissful ego-lessness is termed nirvana. As described above nirvana is equanimity and equanimity is nirvana as they are both the same thing. Moksha is the letting go of suffering which manifests from the pain body. This is also what is written above in regards to getting to equanimity. Information on equanimity, enlightenment, nirvana or whatever you want to call it can be found everywhere. Be warned over the information you have to pay money for - if information truly serves your best interests it will be free and provided unanticipated by Flow. If however it costs money then it serves first and foremost the interest of making your wallet lighter. Everyone is on their own unique path and because every person is unique, every path to personal equanimity is always unique. Though the text here may be of help to most, it won't activate the state unless it is believed by the reader through mind, body and soul that the information here is all that is needed. Achieving equanimity is not easy, but it is also not hard. The one thing you will find which can be rather pleasantly annoying is that when you get there you will almost be kicking yourself over how simple the thought of no thought actually is. You will more than likely be telling yourself "I can't believe I didn't think of this sooner"! Though this section of the book has tried to be short, explaining the unexplainable is sometimes a lengthy process. Therefore in an attempt to sum up the feelings or experiences you will have when you reach true equanimity, the following are the concepts you will positively recognise within yourself as soon as you actualise and compose. Eventually this will lead you to equanimity once your world catches up. Staying disciplined and true, believing whole heartedly in the positive no matter what is the only way your world will catch up. The below 5 points must all be present to successfully reach equanimity: Composure - This is paramount to being in the Flow, without successful composure the other points can not happen. Being composed is the feeling of being ready, knowing that you are in a position to deal with anything and is absolutely necessary for leading. As well simple effective direction, a leader's feeling of composure is mainly what is communicated to anyone listening for direction from a leader. Finally composure is about flowing unattached to anyone thing in particular and instead being attached only to the Flow as a whole - remaining composed, by never breaking composure through getting attached to any one thing. If you think through the logic, once whatever transient thing you are attached to subsides you will only ever return to a state of composure again anyway. This is definitely the most challenging thing about composure. Being in the moment - Should composure truly be present this point should come naturally. Being in the moment allows focus on the here and now, seeing as life only ever exists in the present moment it makes sense to only focus on this time frame. Though we have access to the past memory and can work out what may happen in the near future both are irrelevant to being composed. The past is yesterday, it has already happened - can't change it. The future is a mystery, you won't know until you get there and too much focus on the future means you miss present steps necessary in getting to the future. Now is a gift, hence why it is called the present, the focus on which is absolutely necessary to being in the moment. Seeing as there isn't too much to think about in the Now, when focused on, composure becomes relatively simple. Control - Control of Flow is majorly a misnomer as true control can only come through acceptance for what is. Acceptance is covered above in composure as remaining unaffected by the present moment and

going with whatever happens in a completely positive light. Although acceptance of the moment, no matter what, is the only way to go with Flow, this section is known as control as it is still under your control to choose to accept the moment or flow against it. In short you should choose to leave nearly everything up to the Flow as to do so is to go along with the Universe. If you are doing things to how you believe they should play out then you will have no worries as everything flows naturally so naturally you will flow with it. It is all about riding the flow, control over the things you can to allow acceptance of the things you can't. Navigation - The Flow is intention manifested through feelings where all physical facts and things merely set the stage for the feeling. For this reason it is fully the only way to navigate it. Should you rely on anything else, you are relying on the effects of the Flow which take time to manifest rather than the Flow itself. Always focus on good feelings, disregard the negative by seeing the contrasting positive or at least finding something positive to feel good about. Feel good and good things will happen. Thoughts are reactionary questions to physical events, they are there merely to help you uncover additional options as to the way you can Flow. That being said, epiphanies or sudden realisation are divine direction, aimed at inspiring you to certain options. Definitely act on these with haste as they have come from the Flow itself for you. Belief - This is the focus of energy, like the direction of a torch light. To be alive is to be able to effect change on where you point your focus, even if you focus on the unmanifested you are still focusing and directing the flow of energy from within you. This makes up the first stage of manifesting reality, to believe in something is to focus your energy into something, this you can choose and this should only ever be the positive. Belief shouldn't be mistaken for expectation, expectation is to assume you already 'know' how an event will happen and in doing so the required energy into making it happen is no longer focused in the required direction. This is turn often leads to the opposite to what is expected to happen, especially if talked about becoming a definitive break in composure. In the end what you believe is what happens - this is how you manifest your reality, your reality doesn't manifest you. No matter what it is you want to happen in your life all you need to do is ask, believe and receive In the end, regardless of whether your in equanimity or not, if you do your best that's all that can be asked of you and that people could ever expect. The difference being when in equanimity people don't ask the best of you, they see it before it happens. They get a feeling of being sure of you, think your funny before you've told a joke, nice before being polite, exciting before showing them what you do. In equanimity life really does feel like how you always believed it was meant to be, its something everyone should aspire for, like aspiring for food when your starving. There is only one major trigger that you need to set off in order to activate pure positivity and its unique to everyone. This is called your divine trigger and only you know how to trigger it. In a nutshell what you believe you must do to hit that period of 'yeh then everything will be sorted and it'll be all good'. That point where you feel you will really start living your life 'if only I could be like that', 'if only I could to that'. This is unique because the things everyone thinks they need to do to be sorted/made is always different and personal. Its just unfortunate that although most people know what it is they need to do to actualise and successfully compose, they often realise how long it will take, hype it up through talking like its already happened and finally get bored and look to something else. Society doesn't help this at all for the more people jump from one thing to another the more money they will spend in doing so. Society favours people who are unsure, willing to follow and want to be led. Achieving your divine trigger is the only way to break this, to actualise and become your true self. This

allows you to meet your full potential, whatever it is you believe you need to do, whatever you feel is right that is what you must do and stick to it! If you are unsure of what it is you need to do you first need to work out what you like and what you want to do with your life. Many of us are gifted with the choice to choose this, many more are not so use what you have and actualise yourself. In our modern world it is all to easy to forget and fall out of equanimity, by becoming attached to certain moments, things or people. The Buddha must have had it easy when he reached equanimity, for he had hardly any distractions, he had left his material possessions behind and would have found it easy to stay unattached to moments, feelings and people. When one has experienced life in equanimity for a time, as everything does, it becomes second nature to the observer. Although this is a good thing as you'll find it easy to stay in a blissful state of equanimity the more you practice, the brain can often get bored and look for something new. This means that you may drop all you have learnt and strived for to get to this position in favour of something new and exciting. This then leads to the danger of becoming attached When one has been in equanimity for a time, with a focus on the present moments, one tends to forget past, i.e. what steps one took to reach the moment of equanimity. This is because past isn't necessary, but what is is staying in equanimity once there. If one entertains the thought of no longer being in equanimity and has forgotten everything that led to that point it can be amazingly devastating. It is necessary to remember and live by certain important concepts to stop this happening. Much like why cardinal virtues and vices were listed, so that one doesn't fall off the path they have worked so hard to get on. All around the world there are codes of conduct which aim to make one as righteous as possible. These traits date back several thousand years and if someone spent a lot of time working out something that is found in practically every school of thought then it must be positively important.

Hero Theory - Mastering your world To maintain composure and indeed equanimity, it is important to recognise and realise certain key concepts constantly in order to not stray off the path of light. Many if not all civilised societies recognised this and so created a code of laws or ethics for everyone to follow. These later became the foundation of the laws that govern our society today. Although today's laws are complex and based around business practice as that is the focus of today's society, there was a time when the laws were a lot more simple and relevant to the self. This is seen in the following: Bushido Code of the Samurai Virtues & Vices of Catholicism 8 fold path of Buddhism Chivalry & Knightly Virtues Chinese code of Xia Any martial art discipline Even in fiction such as the Jedi code These moral codes found in the above are documented in practically every major religious movement and school of thought. There were and still are those able to understand the common good the moral codes would try to teach, and those who upheld them with much discipline and courage were almost elevated in society's eyes by society. They would uphold the code, would be actualised in equanimity and would defend the people and the balance of life. These people would be seen in the eyes of many as heroes to society, remembered through time and eventually leaving behind a legend. They were aptly

known as peoples champions, we call these people heroes Every great story has a great protagonist, both fiction and non fiction, that displays a thorough understanding of the information found in the code or ways of living. A person of honor, of whom would practice the concepts constantly and become a model or example for others to aspire to. This is seen in every culture many times over, across the whole world. In religion, protagonists are known as messiahs. All these people or heroes become a perfect personification of the Flow, whom preform acts of selflessness and great valour while favouring balance, love and prosperity for all. An epic hero is figure from a history or legend, usually favoured by or even partially descended from deities, but aligned more closely with mortal figures in popular portrayals. The hero participates in a cyclical journey or quest, faces adversaries that try to defeat him in his journey, gathers allies along his journey, and returns home significantly transformed by his journey. The epic hero illustrates traits, performs deeds, and exemplifies certain morals that are valued by the society from which the epic originates. They tend to be 'larger than life' and the ideal human. They usually embody cultural and religious beliefs of the people. Many epic heroes are recurring characters in the legends of their native culture. Most Epic heroes are part divine and possess recognisable human traits. An epic hero can also be a warrior of some sort who performs extraordinary tasks that most find difficult. Even though, Epic Heroes still make mistakes just like anyone else. There are many great examples of Epic Heroes in modern and ancient literature, including Beowulf and Achilles. As everything in existence has an equal opposite, there are of course opposites to people considered heroes of society, they of course are villains The term villain has been around since late antiquity where it referred to a person of less than knightly status and so came to mean a person who was not chivalrous. As a result of many unchivalrous acts, such as treachery or rape, being considered villainous in the modern sense of the word, it became used as a term of abuse and eventually took on its modern meaning. If the hero is a protagonist to a story the villain is the antagonist to the hero. Defined as a cruelly malicious person who is involved in or devoted to wickedness or crime; scoundrel; who constitutes an important evil agency. Though you are the protagonist of your own story, through choice it is up to you whether you become in society's eyes; a hero or a villain or neither remaining somewhere in between. This is demonstrated by the following graph where everyone falls into:

Selfish Dominance - This is someone who goes out there way to dominate people for their own personal gain, they employ direct tactics such as aggression, bullying and indirect tactics such as manipulation and lies. When this happens on a mass scale such as a dictator, where generosity is -100; greed, this person becomes the true villain Selfish Passiveness - This is someone who allows their reality to affect them instead of effecting it. They do so in a selfish way as in they look after themselves and their needs over the needs of others and will often take advantage of others in a passively aggressive way to satisfy their desires. Selfless Passiveness - This is someone who allows their reality to affect them instead of effecting it just like the above but where as the above looks out for only themselves the selfless passive person will put themselves at a deficit in order to better help and serve those around them. Although this is a selfless act it is often bad news for themselves as being passively selfless allows them to be taken advantage of and not be able to do much about it other than see it through out of sheer politeness. Selfless Dominance - This is someone who does not go out their way to dominate any one person other than them self and instead goes out their way to help others when they can. However in doing so others allow themselves to be dominated by this person as they hold them with extremely high regard because of how well they Flow and the example they set. Others often look to this type of person for anything they need, including direction. When someone does this on a mass scale, where generosity is +100 such as the Dalai Lama, this person becomes the true hero. Becoming selflessly dominant is not hard, it requires two things, +100 generosity, i.e. giving as much as one can and most importantly being in seemingly complete control over their lives, i.e. able to Flow perfectly with every moment that comes. Unfortunately, becoming selfishly dominant is also not hard and most people find it all too easy to forget their honor and walk the path of bad karma. The last state is where you teeter in the middle between the two, where you aren't generous but not greedy either, where you don't dominate anyone at all as no one looks to you as the example and mainly you don't effect the Flow, it effects you. Whenever anyone makes a choice it is along these three states. In any given moment when you are faced with a choice of your own you can either choose the path which you feel to be the right one, the many paths which you feel aren't right or you can choose to not choose and put off the choice entirely, usually through procrastination. These three ideas of choice are always present with every choice you face, even if it seems like you only have one option; you always have three and there are always consequences, known as reaction. As you would expect, making the choice that doesn't seem right but may benefit you is the selfish path, choosing not to choose keeps you passive and most importantly making the choice the feels right is the selfless path. Staying on the selfless path no matter what is where you want to go if you want to reach equanimity and become someone's hero. As one thing can not exist without its counterpart, the good of a hero could not exist without the evil of a villain to compare it to, it is important to recognise what makes a villain a villain in order to then recognise what makes a hero a hero. As life is a combination of your choice and the choices presented to you it is possible to become either one or the other by continually making either the selfless hero choice or selfish villain choice from options available to you in every given moment. A villain is someone who is opposite to a hero, completely selfish in their choices and desires that often hurts and destroys others in order to achieve what they want. Devoted to or caring only for oneself;

concerned primarily with one's own interests, benefits, welfare, etc., regardless of others. Characterised by manifesting concern or care only for oneself: selfish motives. Anyone who disrupts another's Flow for their own benefit is on the path of bad Flow, creating bad karma and taking you that much closer to becoming a villain if it were to go unchecked and continue. Enough bad choices and you will know nothing different, this will eventually lead you to becoming a villain to satisfy you own selfish desire as it goes unchecked. The most popular idea of a villain is complete control of everything they can touch, especially a desire to control the whole world which has been a running theme of dictators and the like throughout the whole of history. This idea for control of all things can stem from a number of different places, normally from certain key events the individual was exposed to as a child, therefore growing up with a corrupted foundation of life concepts. An example of such would be Hitler and how he saw everyone who wasn't white, blond and blue eyed as an inferior race and so took control and action to exterminate on mass everyone who didn't meet his standard in the holocaust. Hitler as well as many other dictators who manipulated and controlled masses of people with little regard to their quality of life or their life in general are widely regarded as truly evil. Evil is the intention of causing harm or destruction, specifically from the perception of deliberately violating a moral code. Evil is usually seen as the opposite of doing good and can be characterised as the following: 1. Is consistently self-deceiving, with the intent of avoiding guilt and maintaining a self-image of perfection 2. Deceives others as a consequence of their own self-deception 3. Projects his or her evils and sins onto very specific targets, scapegoating others while appearing normal with everyone else 4. Commonly hates with the pretence of love, for the purposes of self-deception as much as deception of others 5. Abuses political, emotional, social or any other type of perceived power 6. Maintains a high level of respectability and lies incessantly in order to do so 7. Is consistent in his or her sins. Evil persons are characterised not so much by the magnitude of their sins, but by their consistency 8. Is unable to think from the viewpoint of their victim 9. Has a covert intolerance to criticism and other forms of narcissistic injury True evil in all its forms has a common trait of having a completely warped perception of the world and so the individual acts in a way that reinforces the warped view regardless of the signs that say otherwise. While every living thing is entitled to its own perspective, opinions and perception on life, its when the individual has little to no regard about the perspectives, opinions and perceptions of others that is evil and will often go out of their own way to destroy, manipulate or change the perceptions of others to match and therefore reinforce their own. This leads to them becoming a villain because they will often seek to destroy anything that represents the light of truth as this light will only ever prove them wrong and there's no way they can look upon themselves in that way. To do so would create catastrophic effects either within the individual in the way of mental breakdown or outside the individual in the way of mindless devastation and destruction. Thus they make it priority to seek out and destroy anything that represents truth to allow them to continue to live in their own warped world. This creates a villain out of someone when they seek to destroy society's heroes Though there are many reasons one can end up making the selfish choices in life, there is one reason that stands out beyond all others as to why a life form would do so, and that is because of ego. Ego is the illusionary sense of self based on reactions to a moment, one's observations through

memories and thoughts. It is fundamentally the attachment of an individual to past memories of feelings and thoughts which obscures and bends one's focus when moving into a new moment. It is what happens when you focus on reality effecting you instead of focusing on you affecting reality, especially after negative situations. No matter what happens, no matter how bad as long as you learn from it and move on it will only ever be a positive experience as it adds to who you are and makes you more prepared for future similar moments one may yet experience. Instead if you let it effect you, let it become you, it becomes your focus and you no longer act to serve the needs of the self but act to serve the needs of the ego. This feeds what is known as the pain body and like the above traits on evil will continue to not see the light of truth in a selfish attempt to satisfy the warped needs of the ego. Evil starts with judging observations on situations, for example entertaining such negative thoughts as 'I'm not adequate', 'they must not like me', 'they're out to get me', instead of accepting situations for what they are and if its something that you think could be improved its focusing on it effecting you rather than doing something about it. This is the start, its not hard to reverse but once the pain body gets involved it can be hard as the pain body is an addict which thrives on the negative emotions one feels and the attachment to them. The pain body is described as the tendency to carry around an accumulation of old emotional pain, the identification or focus on the old memories or feelings is what causes all the reoccurring pain in the individual. The ego then drives the individual to focusing on bringing more situations of pain that satisfies the pain body of the negative feelings it thrives on. For example if one identifies with paranoia as they believe they could be a 'little crazy' but finds comfort in the character of the paranoid person then they will inevitably focus on creating situations which reinforce that idea. Being able to know where the pain is coming from will prevent the pain body to renew itself through you as you focus on effecting reality so the pain doesn't manifest instead of being affected by reality waiting to recognise more of the same negative emotion. Extended focus on the ego and pain body is what leads people like Hitler to be able to carry out those mass atrocities against life without any signs of sadness or remorse and instead reinforcing the idea he's doing the right thing. This is seen around the world too much today. So that's what leads an individual to becoming a villain against the rest of the Flow, the me vs them complex. Every choice one comes to is always a cross road towards individual right or wrong. Doing either for an extended period of time will inevitably lead to a spiral - a downward spiral of negativity trying to control, saying the universe is wrong thinking its me vs them, or an upward spiral of positivity where one sees more and more that the universe is them, they are the universe and it's forever doing exactly what it's supposed to do. Now that's its been written what a villain is, someone who wants to destroy and bend everything to their own will, it is easy to know what a hero truly is - everything this book has been working towards. It is only through sad times, hardship and immense stress that heroes are born. They start off as relatively normal people and are hardly ever born, instead they are made as they seek to endure, to fight for what is right and give themselves willingly to save others from the stressful times they endure. A hero is a man who does what he can, an ordinary individual who finds the strength to persevere and endure in spite of overwhelming obstacles. Famously said - a hero is no braver than an ordinary man, but he is brave five minutes longer. A true personification of the Flow; is charming, a leader, someone who leads by example, is self actualised, unattached, collected, composed and confident. It is someone that everyone will look to as an example, someone who is always there to help, to uphold balance and is really good company regardless of the situation. Somebody who knows truth, sees truth, is truth and Flows with the universe - an agent to the will of the ultimate observer. Most importantly a hero is innocent of hampering thoughts, completely autonomous - unattached to all transient things which allows one to move into the next moment with nothing to hold them back and act in a way unhampered by the ego or pain body to allow one to make the hero choice every time.

A hero is a protector and defender of truth, balance and Flow, who, in the face of danger and adversity or from a position of weakness, displays courage and the will for self sacrifice for the greater good of all humanity. The characteristics a hero follows is: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. composed and never loses his cool congruent in speech, action and thought, recognises and acts on truth unattached with a laid back attitude as he realises the transience of the Flow is an example to be followed, teaches through example, never imposes - allows others to learn and grow on their own path though and recognises each to their own realises that there is no "I" and that instead there is only Flow knows he only knows what is in the moment, so is constantly learning and that only the Flow has all the answers never performing any selfishness or evil and protects against both, fully selfless always recognises and practices their code of ethics taking the selfless golden choice in every moment even if it leads to death

A hero sees only truth, unlike evil that sees a warped sense of reality. This means that instead of being effected by reality and seeing things in a certain way, one always affects reality - moves from the same composed place with drive and divine focus. Regardless of what happens and regardless of selfish urges one has, the reaction is always the same - calm, controlled and above all selfless. To be able to act in this way, one needs a strong sense of self and a solid code of ethics to act from. Every hero will have these two things and is the only reason a hero can maintain the status of hero. With continual practice these traits become perfect, with these two concepts a hero can never go wrong so long as they stay true to themselves. Unfortunately society seems to prosper on the people that are the opposite; someone who has no self control and a selfish code of ethics. From birth you are taught to be materialistic and throughout your education you will be taught how to go out and make money, but there will be nothing in your education that truly benefits you for you, teaching you to be an upstanding citizen. Though your education is based around selfish materialism you are expected to just pick up the traits and concepts that are to make you an upstanding citizen and you are legally obliged to carry them out. This includes communication which is the foundation to any business deal that is to make money, this never gets taught, you're just expected to pick it up! No matter how much wrong you have done or what wrong you are habitually doing, it is never too late to change and start doing the right thing. The key to doing this is in recognition of your power to do this and letting it empower you into doing the right thing and to start making the right choice. A villain has the ability to switch and start becoming a hero at any time, all they have to do is choose to make the selfless choice. Unfortunately, the same can be said for a hero if they do not stay focused on truthful concepts and allow reality to affect their judgement. This is why a solid code needs to be compiled in order for it to be understood and more importantly remembered, this will allow, regardless of situation, for one to change their paradigm should it fall into a negative state of mind. There are many concepts and ways of doing things that can be considered either selfless or selfish, below is a compiled list of some of the more important concepts which can be refined down into 7 important points of either selfless or selfish behaviour. This creates a solid code of conduct to be able to make the selfless choice regardless of circumstance.

Irreverence Fear Gluttony Vanity Frustration Disgrace Sloth Envy Greed Lust Disloyalty Unfairness Hate False Reality Stupidity Stress Oppression Succumb Indulgence

-

Filial Piety Courage Temperance Humility Patience Honor Diligence Kindness Generosity Chastity Loyalty Justice Love Truistic Wisdom Ease Mercy Endure Restraint

Apathy Spite Suspicion Disorder Corruption Deceit Immorality Revenge Worry Rudeness Malevolence Despair Cruelty Indifference Complain Thanklessness Unreliable Cowardice Scoundrel

-

Equanimity Humour Trust Discipline Purity Honesty Rectitude Forgiveness Calm Politeness Benevolence Hope Compassion Empathy Appreciation Gratitude Dedicated Valour Noble

Anger - Enjoyment Agitation - Composure Disrespect - Respect Expectation - Surprise Ignorance - Knowledge Destruction - Creation Negligence - Vigilance Obsessive - Modest Recklessness Prudence Instability - Balance Dependent Autonomous Flustered - Collected Mischievous Behaved Annoyed Pleased Manipulate Acceptance Stubborn Accommodating War Peace Oblivious Aware

Selfish Follow these should you want to become a villain. These modes of character can be very rewarding in the short term but devastating to one's own life and the lives of others if continued to be practised They can lead to a place that becomes very hard to give up and even bends the idea of seeing the light. The bold trait is the overall general term which is always necessary and precedes any of the unbolded traits which get worse as they go on. Disgrace is the first step to becoming a villain. Disgrace - dishonor: bring shame or dishonor upon; "he dishonored his family by committing a serious crime" - Lust - crave: have a craving, appetite, or great desire for - Disrespect - lacking respect: neither feeling nor showing respect - Deceit - deception: the act of deceiving - Manipulate - influence or control for self benefit, usually at the expense of others; "He manipulated public opinion in his favour" - Disloyalty - deserting your allegiance or duty to a person, cause or principle; "disloyal aides revealed his indiscretions to the papers" - Fear - be uneasy or apprehensive about; "I fear the results of the final exams" - Succumb - to yield to an overpowering force or over whelming desire; to give up, or give in; to die Disorder - a physical condition in which there is a disturbance of normal functioning; "the doctor prescribed some medicine for the disorder" - Sloth - a disinclination to w ork or exert oneself, apathy and inactivity in the practice of virtue - Negligence - the trait of neglecting responsibilities and lacking concern, failure to act with the prudence where a reasonable person would - Unreliable - Not reliable, lacking a sense of responsibility; to say you will do something and then don't

- Mischievous - a vexatious or annoying action, or conduct or activity that playfully causes petty annoyance - Rudeness - is the disrespect and failure to behave, uncivil: lacking civility or good manners - Malevolence - having or displaying ill will; wishing harm on others; having an evil or harmful influence - War - an active strug gle between competing entities; the waging of physical conflict against another Greed - excessive desire to acquire or possess more (especially more material wealth) than one needs or deserves - Irreverence - lacking proper respect or seriousness especially for others; sarcastic, disrespectful, cynical - Indifference - showing no care or concern in attitude or action; "indifferent to the sufferings of others" - Envy - spite and resentment at seeing the success of another, accompanied by desire to have something that is possessed by another - Spite - malice: feeling a need to see others suffer, to intentionally annoy, hurt, or upset - Oppression - the state of keeping another down by unjust use of force or authority: "after years of oppression they finally revolted" - Hate - the emotion of intense dislike; a feeling of dislike so strong that it demands action - Destruction - the termination of something by causing so much damage to it that it cannot be repaired or no longer exists Agitation - to be unsettled, unable to be calm, or roused; "The speaker charged up the crowd with his inflammatory remarks" - Worry - disturb the peace of mind to become concerned, anxious, troubled, or uneasy; "I worry about my job" - Flustered - confused, befuddled, in a state of panic by having become overwrought with confusion - Annoyed - an unpleasant mental state that is characterized by such effects as irritation and distraction from one's conscious thinking - Despair - the feeling that everything is wrong and nothing will turn out well; "they moaned in despair and dismay" - Oblivious - lacking awareness; unmindful; Failing to remember and become forgetful - Stupidity - a poor ability to understand or to profit from experience, a lack of intelligence, understanding, reason, wit, or sense - Cowardice - refusal to confront a reasonable degree of fear or anxiety; the failure to demonstrate sufficient robustness in the face of a challenging situation Vanity - conceit: the trait of being unduly vain and conceited; false pride; the excessive belief in one's own abilities or attractiveness to others - Complain - to focus on discontent, displeasure, or unhappiness; "My mother complains all day" - Thanklessness - rude, ungrateful: not feeling or showing gratitude where it is due - Stubborn - refusing to move or change one's opinion; obstinate, usually out of fear of change - Obsessive - an unhealthy and compulsive preoccupated focus with something or someone - Cruelty - feelings of extreme heartlessness; indifference to suffering and finding pleasure in inflicting it - Immorality - deliberately violating one's own accepted principles of right and wrong - Scoundrel - a wicked or evil person; someone who does evil deliberately Dependence - relying upon or requiring a person or thing for support or supply; An irresistible physical or psychological need, especially for a chemical substance - Expectation - an uncertain belief about (or mental picture o f) the future that gives rise to the emotion of disappointment once that future is realised

- Ignorance - The condition of being uninformed or uneducated. Lacking knowledge or information - Suspicion - mistrust in which one doubts the honesty of another person, being of a suspicious nature; "his suspiciousness destroyed his marriage" - Frustration - restlessness: a lack of patience; irritation with anything that causes delay - Anger - A strong feeling of displeasure, hostility or antagonism towards someone or something, usually combined with an urge to harm - Revenge - retaliation: action taken in return for an injury or offence, to take revenge for a perceived wrong; "He wants to avenge the murder of his brother" - False Reality - simulated reality of presupposed truths created from ones mind where they choose to act from, while choosing to ignore what is real Instability - The quality of being unstable; A state that is not in equilibrium, or in which a small change has a large irreversible effect - Indulgence - an inability to resist the gratification of whims and desires - Unfairness - injustice by virtue for self benefit, generally by not conforming with rules or standards while making everyone else do so - Recklessness - foolhardy: marked by a defiant disregard for consequences putting self and others at risk - Gluttony - over-indulgence and over-consumption of food, drink, or intoxicants to the point of waste - Corruption - lack of integrity or honesty (especially susceptibility to bribery); use of a position of trust for dishonest self gain - Stress - difficulty that causes worry or emotional tension; "she endured the stresses and strains of life" - Apathy - complete lack of emotion or motivation about a person, activity, or object; depression; lack of interest or enthusiasm; disinterest Selfless Follow these should you want to become a hero. These modes of character can be very rewarding but require dedication and belief to reap those rewards, in the long term these are all extremely rewarding for you and others around you. They can lead to a place that becomes divine, equanimity, where everything is truly blessed. To myself this is the meaning of life, for all to reach this state of living. The bold trait is the overall general term which is always necessary and precedes any of the unbolded traits which get more divine as they go on. Maintaining honor is the first step to becoming a hero. Honor - the quality of being honorable and having a good name; "a man of honor" - Chastity - is a virtue concerning the state of purity of the mind and body - Respect - denotes both a positive feeling of esteem for a person or other entity and also specific actions and conduct representative of that esteem - Honesty - integrity, truthfulness, and straightforwardness, dependable: worthy of being depended on; "a dependable worker" - Acceptance - the attitude that something is believable and should be accepted as true; "acceptance of Newtonian mechanics was unquestioned for 200 years" - Loyalty - also called allegiance or truth, is faithfulness or a devotion to a person or cause - Courage - the ability to confront fear, pain, risk/danger, uncertainty, or intimidation - Endurance - the ability for an animal to exert itself for a long period of time, the power to withstand hardship or stress Discipline - a system of rules of conduct or method of practice, the trait of being well behaved, training to improve strength or self-control

- Diligence - giving the degree of care required in a given situation persevering determination to perform a task; "his diligence won him quick promotions" - Vigilance - the process of paying close and continuous attention; "wakefulness, watchfulness, and bellicosity make a good hunter" - Dedicated - complete and wholehearted fidelity, devoted to a cause or ideal or purpose; "a dedicated dancer" - Behaved - behave in a certain manner; show a certain behaviour; conduct or comport oneself; "You should act like an adult" - Politeness - a courteous manner that respects accepted social usage, the act of showing regard for others - Benevolence - disposition to do good, an act intending or showing kindness and good will - Peace - the absence of mental stress or anxiety, harmonious relations; freedom from disputes; "the roommates lived in peace together" Generosity - selfless concern for the welfare of others, the habit of giving freely without coercion - Filial Piety - respect for parents and ancestors regardless of response as without them you would not be here - Empathy - is the capability to share and understand another being's emotions and feelings - Kindness - pleasant and agreeable the quality of being warm-hearted, considerate, humane and sympathetic - Humour - a comic quality causing amusement, the ability to say something funny or amusing - Mercy - the feeling that motivates compassionate behaviour towards those who are less fortunate - Love - a strong positive emotion of regard, have a great affection or liking for; "I love French food" - Creation - the event that occurs at the beginning of something; make or cause to be or to become; bring into existence Composure - calmness of mind or matter, self-possession; steadiness of mind under stress - Calm - carefree; the cheerful feeling you have when nothing is troubling you when all aspects of your life are moving in a positive direction - Collected - cool-headed, emotionally stable, in focus; to bring together all mental clutter into a whole, to move forward without mental hindrance - Pleased - happy, content; feeling pleasurable satisfaction over something by which one measures their selfworth - Hope - to be optimistic; be full of hope or have hopes; the general belief and subsequent feeling that a desire will be fulfilled - Aware - the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of events, objects or sensory patterns; to have knowledge of something - Wisdom - a deep understanding of people, things, events or situations, empowering the ability to choose to act consistently to produce optimum results - Valour - exceptional or heroic courage when facing danger, the quality which enables a person to encounter danger with firmness; personal bravery Humility - the quality of being humble: modest, not proud, doing something out of the goodness of your heart, not for yourself - Appreciation - an understanding for the nature or meaning or quality or magnitude of something - Gratitude - is a positive emotion or attitude in acknowledgement for the benefit that one has received or will receive - Accommodating - helpful in bringing about a harmonious adaptation; "the warden was always accommodating in allowing visitors in"

- Modest - marked by simplicity; not bragging or boasting about oneself or one's achievements, unpretentious, humble - Compassion - a deep awareness of and sympathy for understanding the suffering of others and wanting to do something about it - Rectitude - rightness of principle or practice; exact conformity to truth, or to the rules prescribed for moral conduct; integrity; honesty; justice - Noble - to have honorable qualities; moral eminence and freedom from anything petty, mean or dubious in conduct and character, indicative of the higher self Autonomous - capacity to make an informed, uncoerced decisions, free from external control and constraint; existing as an independent entity - Surprise - a brief emotional state that is the result of experiencing an unexpected relevant event - Knowledge - the psychological result of perception, learning and reasoning which aids future action in meeting its intended result - Trust - complete confidence in a person or plan, to have certainty based primarily on past experience - Patience - the state of endurance under difficult circumstances, good-natured tolerance of delay or incompetence; exhibiting forbearance when under strain - Enjoyment - is a state of mind or feeling characterised by the pleasure felt when having a good time - Forgiveness - compassionate feelings that support a willingness to forgive; the act of excusing a mistake or offence without demanding restitution - Truistic - to consistently see the world based only on facts of reality; to not accept false or unknown variables without scrutiny or proof Balance - harmonious arrangement or relation of parts or elements within a whole; bring into balance or equilibrium - Restraint - keep under control; keep in check; discipline in personal and social activities; "he was a model of polite restraint" - Justice - the concept of moral rightness based on ethics, rationality, law, natural law, religion, fairness, or equity - Prudence - careful and sensible; marked by sound judgement; "a prudent manager" - Temperance - moderation in regard to natural appetites and passions - Purity - the state of being unsullied by sin or moral wrong; lacking a knowledge of evil - Ease - move gently, graciously and carefully, freedom from difficulty, hardship and effort; "he rose through the ranks with apparent ease" - Equanimity - the act of flowing or streaming; continuous positive progression; to be abundantly present and fully connected with Flow From the above, should you go the way of disgrace you can hit a negative downward spiral which means you see negativity and then act on what you see, not realising because you see it that way it becomes that way. This can eventually lead to apathy which is the worst state to be in as you feel detached from everyone and everything and most importantly unable to connect with others or feel emotion. If you maintain your honor you can hit a positive upward spiral which means you act positively and then see positivity as a result which makes it easier for you to act positively. This can eventually lead to equanimity, the best state you could be in, connected to everything and everyone and most importantly with the Flow as a whole. This can be shown as follows:

Disgrace Disorder Greed Agitation Vanity Dependence Instability

Honor Discipline Generosity Composure Humility Autonomy Balance

This code of selfish and selfless traits are the result you can expect from your choice in action. Starting with the selfish traits, should you be disgraceful to your true self you can expect disorder in your life, followed by greed as your wants and needs fall out of line. This leads to agitation and eventually vanity as you look to hold onto certain values which really don't matter as a whole but individually provides you with a little bit of sanity. This is followed by dependence and when you become attached to transient things that can disappear out of your life in a second it creates instability. When this happens it opens the opportunities to become a victim of drug addiction, crime, suicide and other situations that become impossibly hard to escape. On the other hand should you follow the selfless path you can elevate yourself above all the selfish behaviour. It starts with honor and honoring who you are and what you believe in and not breaking that for anyone or anything. This combined with the discipline to see this through allows you to be generous as you have your life in check and where as disorder leads to scarcity, discipline leads to abundance so you have more than you need and can give out. Once you are accepted as the person you are honoring you hit composure as nothing effects you from that composure, this allows you to become humble and then autonomous as you are attached only to yourself and the Flow as a whole. All this combined allows for balance and a continual flow into equanimity, all great people in our history have been in this state of mind and it is the state that all superheroes are based on from modern literature all the way back through previous civilisations. These states of mind are a result, they are reactions you feel to your choices, something you witness the effects of in the Ether. A lot of people know what is good and what they should be doing but are never told or never work out how to go about making those choices that are correct to them. It is all to easy to get caught up in the world around us that fails to guide us properly into making informed choices that truly benefit the individual. Making this correct choice every time leads to balance and equanimity. It takes a lot of dedication, practice and persistence until you hit that state but the results are extremely worth while and feel ultimately righteous, everything fits and flows exactly how you see it. The first and only thing you need to know and maintain is that you are fully in control of you and your life and only indirectly in control of life in general as all life is shared. Your choices and actions will effect life as a whole but not directly. For yourself you are in direct control and if anyone thinks different it is only because you have succumbed to someone else's oppression and given them control of your life through you letting them. This is the truth that will set you free and that you should always remember YOU ARE IN CONTROL OF YOU AND YOUR CHOICES. Now that you are aware that you are fully in control of you and your world as well as what states to base your belief and choice structures on, it is time to understand just how to make the right choice every time no matter what. Starting with the passive choice, if one chooses not to choose they are quite simply ambivalent to the moment, have no say or action towards either one choice or another. This is neither good or bad from a personal point of view and so can be subjected to both good and bad from

an objective point of view. The wrong choice is only ever made out of fear, a fear something will or won't happen for or to you should you not take control and make sure the something plays out. This could be anything from materialism all the way to connection with people. For example; a lot of people worry that they won't be seen as "adequate", won't be cool, won't be popular and instead seen as an outcast and not accepted. This is almost always due to modern society's hero being beamed out across every channel 24/7. An impossible icon that for example is often airbrushed to perfection in magazines or lives unrealistic lives through soap operas. Comparing oneself to this perfect person harbours the fear of inadequacy As a result of this irrational fear of not being accepted by others, it forces one to seek control of the conversation for personal gain; to be liked, to be accepted and to be talked about. This is manipulation of the moment and is the main cause of selfish negative spirals. People try to control things believing what moments the universe has provided is wrong, that it must be changed because its not supposed to happen like this.. This leads to all things selfish and starts one down the road of disgrace, cheating even themselves to get what it is they want. All villains start their path this way. The right choice is only ever made from a place of calm, when one person is feeling calm, like everything is how it should be; the right choice is then made. This calm, (which is often what one seeks with manipulation) can only be maintained by accepting every moment for what it is, mainly by not getting attached to anything, especially the moment itself. As everything is transient, all will become past soon enough; becoming attached to anything is inevitably futile as it'll never come back and only ever hold you back by distracting your focus from the next moment. Accepting the moment for what it is and working with it allows you to stay composed under pressure and not give into fear and the temptation of trying to manipulate the moment itself. If manipulating is disagreeing with what moments you and the universe have created, (which if you view the universe as wrong then you view you as being wrong), then accepting the moment is agreeing that the universe is right as it is knowing that you are also right. This leads to selfless positive spirals and the realisation that putting your faith in the universe is allowing the universe to put its faith in you. Choices, being fully in your control come down to the decision of being either manipulative, ambivalent or accepting. Manipulation will lead to villainy if constantly practised, just as acceptance will lead to heroism if constantly practised The following diagram shows manipulation to apathy and acceptance to equanimity including what one can expect in between, these reflect the internal states from the above virtues and vices -

There is no right or wrong moments from an objective point of view, obviously there are when you see that everyone has a personal point of view, instead there just are moments and the knowledge the universe is always flowing in the best interest for all life no matter what. If it wasn't then the universe wouldn't be expanding today and would've collapsed a long time ago. If it was all just random like science suggests then everything would be random, from the physical laws to absolutely everything, things just wouldn't make sense. You fully control you and your life, you can do whatever you want to do, but know if it impedes on anyone else's right to do the same there will be negative consequences and reactions. Control as a whole is shared between all living things across the whole universe from tiny cells to stars and everything in between, for this reason you can't control everything though a lot of people have let that thought consume them and tried to do so anyway. What you do have control over is your Yulaw, your belief, thought, action, communication and collaboration. You are what you believe, that's where it starts, work out what it is you want/need and do what you belief you need to do for it. Stay true to yourself and your life in a selfless way and the universe will stay true to you. So who are you, what should you do to achieve actualisation and being you? How do you master yourself? Well the answer is far simpler than any thought or mental process, in fact it is the absence of mental process and thought, instead its pure nothingness that is this answer. You maybe thinking “but what do you do?”, the sheer fact you just thought anything means that you are not able to shift your focus to being actualised. Only you can hold you back. It has to do with your belief structure, this takes time to build but in short eventually one will fully believe without a shadow of a doubt that they are actualised by becoming the product of their beliefs and sculpt the true idea of you. Right now the belief structure is along the lines of you aren't actualised, you haven't got what it takes.. yet. Most importantly you are waiting for that day to come along when everything is set and your life can begin, no more worries. The problem is you, the issue is your focus and the remedy is a shift in focus. So far in this book all that's been talked about is what is, a description of something that in a hundred years may look very different and have different truths. No matter as it is not what is that's important, only that its led you to a point where you now what to know what to do about it. A focus on wanting to look at yourself and see truth, to embrace change and become that better person you hold in your mind. Instead it is what to do about it that should become the focus of self. This the Creed offers, while the Codex opens your mind to the Creed it is in no way an answer but a description and should now be disregarded as

such - you've read all there is to the Flow but to understand and become it one must stop searching and start finding. The answer to becoming and mastering yourself is found in the first simple step of believing in yourself, paying attention only to the positives and the rest will fall into place - believe, act and flow.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful